Skip to main content

Full text of "The Biblical Repertory and Princeton Review"

See other formats


■ :r 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 
Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 


https://archive.org/details/biblicalreperto1218walk_0 


THE 


PRINCETON  REVIEW- 


APRIL  184  0. 


Art.  I. — Davies’’ s Stale  of  Religion  among  the  Dissenters 
in  Virginia. 

Among  the  papers  communicated  to  the  Rev.  Dr  Green, 
as  chairman  of  the  committee  appointed  many  years  ago  to 
prepare  a history  of  the  Presbyterian  church,  there  are  several 
relating  to  the  settlement  and  difficulties  of  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Davies  in  Virginia.  They  consist  principally  of  a correspond- 
ence between  Mr.  Davies  and  the  bishop  of  London,  and 
Drs.  Doddridge  and  Avery  in  England.  Some  of  these  letters 
are  so  much  injured  by  having  long  since  been  exposed  to 
moisture,  as  to  be  in  a great  measure  illegible.  Others  of 
them  however  are  in  good  preservation.  The  most  import- 
ant is  a long  communication  from  Mr.  Davies  to  the  bishop 
of  London,  which  we  propose  to  print  entire.  In  order  how- 
ever to  understand  it,  it  is  necessary  to  recollect  that  the  Epis- 
copal church  was  by  law  established  in  Virginia,  and  non- 
attendance  upon  its  services  made  a penal  offence.  To  make 
provision  however  for  dissenters,  the  legislature  had  adopted 
the  English  Act  of  Toleration,  and  given  it  the  force  of  law  in 
that  colony.  It  was  on  this  ground  that  Mr.  Davies  recog- 
nized that  act,  and  appealed  to  it  for  protection.  This  he 
states  distinctly  in  a letter  dated  May  21st,  1752,  and  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Avery.  He  there  says,  “I  am  fully  satisfied, 

VOL.  xix.  no.  2.  22 


No.  I. 


170  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

sir,  that,  as  you  intimate,  the  act  of  uniformity  and  other  penal 
laws  against  non-conformity  are  not  of  force  in  the  colonies, 
and  consequently  that  the  dissenters  have  no  right  nor  indeed 
any  need  to  plead  the  act  of  toleration  as  an  exemption  from 
those  penal  laws.  But,  sir,  our  legislature  has  passed  an  act 
of  the  same  kind  with  those  laws  (though  the  penalty  is  less) 
requiring  all  adult  persons  to  attend  on  the  established  church. 
As  this  act  was  passed  since  the  revolution,  it  was  neces- 
sary that  protestant  dissenters  should  be  exempted  from  its 
obligation,  and  tolerated  to  worship  God  in  separate  assem- 
bly (though  indeed  at  the  time  of  its  enaction,  viz:  the  4th 
of  Queen  Anne,  there  was  not  a dissenting  congregation  except 
a few  Quakers,  in  the  colony),  and  for  this  purpose  our  legis- 
lature thought  fit  to  take  in  the  act  of  parliament  made  for 
that  end  in  England,  rather  than  to  make  a new  one  peculiar 
to  this  colony.  This,  sir,  you  may  see  in  my  remonstrance 
to  the  govenor  and  council,  which  I find  has  been  laid  before 
you.  Now  it  is  with  a view  to  exempt  ourselves  from  the 
obligation  of  the  above  law  made  by  our  legislature,  that  we 
plead  the  act  of  toleration;  and  we  plead  it  not  as  an  English 
law,  for  we  are  convinced  that  it  does  not  extend  hither  by 
virtue  of  its  primitive  enaction,  but  as  received  into  the  body 
of  the  Virginia  laws  by  our  legislature.  And  though  for 
some  time,  some  pretended  to  scruple  and  others  denied  that 
the  act  of  toleration  is  in  force  here,  even  in  this  sense,  yet 
now  I think  it  is  generally  granted,  and  all  the  question  is 
about  the  intent  and  meaning  of  this  act;  and  particularly 
whether  a dissenting  congregation,  that  is  very  much  dis- 
persed, and  cannot  meet  at  one  place,  may  claim  a right  by 
virtue  of  said  act,  to  have  a plurality  of  places  licensed  for 
the  convenience  of  sundry  parts  of  the  congregation;  and 
whether  it  allows  a dissenting  minister  to  divide  his  labours 
among  two  congregations  at  sundry  meeting  houses  when,  by 
reason  of  the  scarcity  of  ministers,  each  congregation  cannot 
be  furnished  with  one.” 

At  first  there  was  no  difficulty  made  on  this  subject,  as 
the  Presbyterian  dissenters  had  obtained  licenses  for  five 
places  of  worship  before  Mr.  Davies  visited  them  in  1747. 
But  when  in  consequence  of  the  faithful  and  eloquent 
preaching  of  that  distinguished  man,  the  number  of  dissenters 
began  to  increase,  the  Episcopalians  took  the  alarm,  and  began 
to  throw  difficulties  in  the  way  of  granting  such  licenses.  They 
at  first,  it  seems,  took  the  ground  that  the  Act  of  Toleration 
was  not  in  force  in  Virginia,  and  that  the  dissenters  were 


1840.]  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  171 

without  any  legal  protection.  When  driven  from  this  ground 
they  restricted  the  sense  given  to  the  act,  and  wished  to  con- 
fine one  congregation  to  one  place  of  meeting,  and  one  min- 
ster to  one  congregation.  Against  this  the  Presbyterians 
remonstrated  as  an  invasion  of  the  rights  secured  to  them  by 
the  laws  of  the  colony.  The  Episcopalians  applied  to  the 
Bishop  of  London  for  his  interpretation  of  the  act,  as  appears 
from  the  following  extract  of  a letter  addressed  to  him  from 
Virginia, and  by  him  communicated,  together  with  his  answer, 
to  Dr.  Doddridge.  The  bishop’s  correspondent,  under  the 
date  of  July  27,  1750,  writes  to  him:  “Seven  meeting 
houses  situated  in  five  counties  have  been  licensed  by  the 
general  court  for  Mr.  Samuel  Davies.  In  those  counties 
there  are  eight  ministers  of  the  established  church.  The 
justices  of  New  Kent  county  lately  granted  him  a license  to 
have  a meeting  in  St.  Peter’s  parish,  but  their  order  has  been 
superceded  by  the  general  court,  it  being  judged  that  this  af- 
fair is  not  within  the  jurisdiction  of  county  courts.  The 
instruction  alluded  to  in  the  answer  of  Peyton  Randolph 
Esq.  attorney  general  of  Virginia,  to  the  first  question,  is  as 
follows.  ‘You  are  to  permit  a liberty  of  conscience  to  all 
persons  except  papists,  so  that  they  be  contented  with  a quiet 
and  peaceable  enjoyment  of  the  same,  not  giving  offence  or 
scandal  to  the  government.’  I earnestly  entreat  the  favour  of 
your  lordship’s  opinion,  whether  in  licensing  so  many  meet- 
ing houses  for  one  teacher,  they  have  not  granted  him  a greater 
indulgence  than  either  the  king’s  instructions  or  the  act  of  to- 
leration intended.  It  is  not  to  be  dissembled  that  several  of 
the  laity  as  well  as  of  the  clergy  are  uneasy  on  account  of  the 
countenance  and  encouragement  he  has  met  with;  and  I can- 
not forbear  expressing  my  own  concern  to  see  schism  spread- 
ing itself  through  a colony  which  has  been  famous  for  the 
uniformity  of  religion.  I had  almost  forgot  to  mention  his 
holding  forth  on  working  days  to  great  numbers  of  poor  peo- 
ple, who  generally  are  his  followers.  This  certainly  is  in- 
consistent with  the  religion  of  labour,  whereby  they  are 
obliged  to  maintain  themselves  and  families;  and  their  neglect 
of  this  duty,  if  not  seasonably  prevented,  may  in  process  of 
time,  be  sensibly  felt  by  the  government.” 

To  the  above  communication  the  bishop  replied:  “As  to 

Davies’s  case,  as  far  as  I can  judge  your  attorney  general  is  quite 
in  the  right,  for  the  act  of  toleration  confines  the  preachers  to 
a particular  place,  to  be  certified  and  entered;  and  so  the  prac- 
tice here  has  been;  and  it  was  so  far  admitted  to  be  the  case 


172 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [Afirl 


that  the  dissenters  obtained  a clause  in  the  10th  of  Queen 
Anne,  to  impower  any  dissenting  minister  to  preach  occa- 
sionally in  any  other  county  but  that  in  which  he  was  licensed. 

“ I observe  in  one  of  the  licenses  (a  copy  of  which  you  sent 
me)  Davies  is  permitted  to  assemble,  &c.  at  several  meeting 
houses  to  be  erected  on  the  lands  of  Joseph  Skelton,  &c. 
Now  the  act  of  toleration  requires  that  the  places  of  meeting 
shall  be  certified  and  registered,  but  how  houses  that  are  not 
in  being  can  be  certified  and  registered  I cannot  understand. 

“ The  Act  of  Toleration  was  intended  to  permit  dissenters 
to  worship  in  their  own  way,  and  to  exempt  them  from  pen- 
alties, but  it  never  was  intended  to  permit  them  to  set  up 
itinerant  preachers,  to  gather  congregations  where  there 
were  none  before.  They  are  by  the  act  of  Wm.  and  Mary 
to  qualify  in  the  county  where  they  live,  and  how  Davies 
can  be  said  to  live  in  five  different  counties  they  who  granted 
the  license  must  explain. 

“In  the  act  of  Wm.  and  Mary,  the  justices  of  the  peace 
can  admit  of  the  teachers  qualification,  which  is  the  reason  I 
suppose  of  your  justices  acting  in  the  present  case.  If  this 
power  be  lodged  with  the  governor,  as  your  attorney-general 
takes  it  to  be,  I do  not  see  how  the  justices  can  interfere, 
unless  they  suppose  they  can  do  whatever  the  justices  in 
England  can  do,  under  the  special  authority  of  an  act  of  par- 
liament, which  in  many  instances  would  be  an  absurd  claim. 

“ Since  I received  yours  I have  been  confined  at  home,  and 
as  the  ships  are  now  going  out,  I have  not  time  to  advise  on 
this  subject,  and  therefore  what  1 have  said  must  be  taken 
only  as  my  private  opinion;  but  as  this  case  concerns  the 
church  abroad  very  much,  I will  soon  learn  what  the  sense  of 
the  lawyers  is  here.” 

These  extracts  were  inclosed  to  Dr.  Doddridge  in  the  fol- 
lowing letter,  from  which  it  appears  the  Dr.  had  sent  the  bish- 
op an  extract  of  a letter  from  Mr.  Davies  to  himself.  The 
bishop  writes  thus: 


“ London,  11  May,  1751. 

“ Rev.  Sir, 

“ I am  very  much  obliged  to  you  for  the  open  and  candid 
manner  in  which  you  have  communicated  to  me,  the  case  of 
Mr.  Davies,  and  an  extract  of  his  letter  upon  the  subject.  I 
wish  all  cases  of  this  sort  could  be  as  fairly  stated:  it  would 
exclude  frivolous  complaints,  and  bring  the  rest  to  be  under- 
stood, which  often  times  they  are  not.  The  best  return  I 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


173 


can  make  you,  is  to  send  you  extracts,  verbatim  from  the 
account  I received  from  Virginia,  and  from  the  answer  I re- 
turned. You  have  them  enclosed. 

“ The  question  upon  Mr.  Davies’s  case,  as  far  as  it  appears 
yet,  relates  to  the  meaning  and  construction  of  the  act  com- 
monly called  the  Toleration  Act.  What  I conceive  the 
meaning  to  be,  appears  in  the  extract  from  my  answer.  If 
you  consider  the  act,  and  the  circumstance  under  which  it 
was  granted,  you  will  not,  I believe,  see  reason  to  think  me 
mistaken.  If  you  judge  the  liberty  granted  not  sufficient, 
and  that  you,  and  every  body,  have  a natural  right  to  propa- 
gate their  opinions  in  religion  in  such  a manner  as  they  ap- 
prove themselves,  that  is  quite  another  point,  and  in  which 
Mr.  Davies,  who  claims  under  the  Act  of  Toleration,  has  no 
concern. 

“ If  you  suppose  the  Church  of  England  to  be  (which  I am 
persuaded  you  do  not),  in  the  same  state  of  corruption  as  the 
Romish  church  was  at  the  time  of  the  Reformation,  there 
wants  indeed  no  license,  nor  authority  from  the  government 
to  justify  the  methods  of  conversion  which  Mr.  Davies  is 
pursuing,  and  which  the  Methodists  now  do  and  long  have 
pursued.  But  if  the  Act  of  Toleration  was  desired  for  no 
other  view  than  to  ease  the  consciences  of  those  who  could 
not  conform — if  it  was  granted  with  no  other  view,  how 
must  Mr.  Davies’s  conduct  be  justified,  who,  under  the  co- 
lour of  a toleration  to  his  own  conscience,  is  labouring  to 
disturb  the  consciences  of  others,  and  the  peace  of  a church 
acknowledged  to  be  a true  church  of  Christ  ? He  came  300 
miles  from  home,  not  to  serve  people  who  had  scruples,  but  to 
a country  where  the  Church  of  England  had  been  establish- 
ed from  its  first  plantation,  and  where  there  were  not  above 
four  or  five  dissenters  within  one  hundred  miles  of  it,  not 
above  six  years  ago.  Mr.  Davies  says,  in  his  letter  to  you, 
‘We  claim  no  other  liberties  than  those  granted  by  the  Act 
of  Toleration.’  So  that  the  state  of  the  question  is  admitted, 
on  both  sides,  to  be  this:  How  far  the  Act  of  Toleration  will 
justify  Mr.  Davies,  in  taking  upon  himself  to  be  an  itinerant 
preacher,  and  travelling  over  many  counties,  to  make  con- 
verts in  a country,  too,  where  till  very  lately,  there  was  not 
a dissenter  from  the  Church  of  England? 

“You  will  observe  in  the  extract  from  my  letter,  that  I 
promised  to  take  the  opinion  of  lawyers  upon  the  case;  but  I 
have  not  done  it;  which  I tell  you  that  you  may  not  think  I 
have  an  opinion  and  conceal  it  from  you. 


174 


Presby terianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


“ Mr.  Davies  says,  sundry  of  the  people  have  been  in- 
dicted and  fined,  and  it  is  upon  this  information,  I suppose, 
that  you  express  yourself  apprehensive  that  methods  of  seve- 
rity, not  to  say  of  oppression,  may  be  used.  Of  this  I have 
heard  nothing;  but  give  me  leave  to  set  you  right  on  one 
thing,  and  to  tell  you  that  my  name  neither  is  nor  can  be 
used  for  any  such  purpose.  The  Bishop  of  London,  nor  his 
commissaries,  have  no  such  power  in  the  plantations,  and  I 
believe  never  desired  to  have  it;  so  that  if  there  be  any 
ground  for  such  complaint,  the  civil  government  only  is  con- 
cerned. 

“ There  is  another  part  of  Mr.  Davies’s  letter  which  gives 
me  great  concern.  I mean  the  character  he  gives  of  the 
clergy  and  laity  in  Virginia.  I dare  say  you  have  so  much 
candor  as  to  deduct  something  from  the  general  character; 
knowing  how  hard  it  is  not  to  suspect  and  charge  corruption 
of  principles,  upon  those  who  differ  in  principles  from  us. 
I have  no  such  account  of  the  clergy  of  Virginia  as  will  jus- 
tify this  character;  though  there  may  be  reason  in  some 
cases  for  very  just  complaints,  and  how  can  it  be  expected  to 
be  otherwise,  considering  the  state  of  the  Church  of  England 
abroad;  the  care  of  it  as  an  Episcopal  church,  is  supposed  to 
be  in  the  Bishop  of  London.  How  he  comes  to  be  charged 
with  this  care,  I will  not  inquire  now,  but  sure  I am  that  the 
care  is  improperly  lodged:  for  a bishop  to  live  at  one  end  of 
the  world,  and  his  church  at  another,  must  make  the  office 
very  uncomfortable  to  the  bishop,  and,  in  a great  measure, 
useless  to  the  people.  With  respect  to  ordinances,  it  has  a 
very  ill  effect;  the  people  of  the  country  are  discouraged 
from  bringing  up  their  children  for  the  ministry,  because  of 
the  hazard  and  expense  of  sending  them  to  England  to  take 
orders,  where  they  often  get  the  small  pox,  a distemper  fatal 
to  the  natives  of  those  countries.  Of  those  who  are  sent 
from  hence,  a great  part  are  of  the  Scotch  or  Irish,  who  can 
get  no  employment  at  home,  and  enter  into  the  service  more 
out  of  necessity  than  choice.  Some  others  are  willing  to  go 
abroad,  to  retrieve  either  lost  fortunes,  or  lost  character.  For 
these  reasons,  and  others  of  a less  weight,  I did  apply  to  the 
king,  as  soon  as  I was  bishop  of  London,  to  have  two  or  three 
bishops  appointed  for  the  plantations,  to  reside  there.  I 
thought  there  could  be  no  reasonable  objection  to  it,  not  even 
to  the  dissenters,  as  the  bishops  proposed  were  to  have  no 
jurisdiction,  but  over  the  clergy  of  their  own  church;  and  no 
more  over  them  than  should  enable  them  to  see  the  pastoral 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism,  in  Virginia. 


175 


office  duly  performed;  and  as  to  New  England,  where  the 
dissenters  are  so  numerous,  it  never  was  proposed  to  settle  a 
bishop  in  the  country. 

“ You  are  probably  no  stranger  to  the  manner  in  which  the 
news  of  this  proposal  was  received  in  New  England.  If 
you  are,  I will  only  say,  that  they  used  all  their  influence  to 
obstruct  the  settling  of  bishops  in  the  Episcopal  church  of 
England.  Was  this  consistent  even  with  a spirit  of  tolera- 
tion? Would  they  think  themselves  tolerated,  if  they  were 
debarred  the  right  of  settling  ministers  among  themselves, 
and  were  obliged  to  send  all  their  candidates  to  Geneva  or 
Scotland  for  orders?  At  the  same  time  that  they  exert  this 
opposition,  they  set  up  a mission  of  their  own  for  Virginia, 
a country  positively  Episcopal,  by  authority  of  their  synod; 
and,  in  their  own  country,  where  they  have  the  power,  they 
have  persecuted  and  imprisoned  several  members  of  the 
church,  for  not  paying  towards  supporting  the  dissenting 
preachers,  though  no  such  charge  can,  by  any  colour  of  law, 
be  imposed  upon  them.  This  has  been  the  case  in  New 
England.  I am  sorry  to  add,  that  some  here,  for  whose  cha- 
racters and  abilities  1 have  due  esteem,  have  not  upon  this 
occasion  given  signs  of  the  temper  and  moderation  that  were 
expected  from  them. 

“ I do  not  willingly  enter  into  these  complaints  even  to  you, 
who  I am  confident  will  make  no  ill  use  of  them.  I wish  there 
was  no  occasion  for  them.  In  this  wish,  I am  sure  of  your 
concurrence,  from  the  love  you  bear  to  our  common  Chris- 
tianity. “ I am,  Sir, 

“ Your  most  affectionate  friend,  and 
“ Very  humble  servant, 

“ THOS.  LONDON.” 

Dr.  Doddridge  having  sent  this  letter  to  Mr.  Davies,  the 
latter  wrote  the  following  letter  to  the  bishop: — 

“My  Lord , 

“ My  little  name  would  probably  never  have  been  made 
known  to  your  lordship  in  this  manner,  were  I not  con- 
strained by  such  reasons  as,  I humbly  presume,  will  acquit 
me  from  the  censure  of  a causeless  intrusive  application.  Your 
lordship’s  general  character,  and  the  high  sentiments  of  your 
candour  and  impartiality  your  valuable  writings  have  inspired 
me  with,  persuade  me  your  lordship  is  a patient  searcher  after 
truth,  both  in  matters  of  speculation  and  fad;  and,  therefore, 


176 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


will  patiently  bear  the  following  representation,  though  un- 
avoidably tedious;  especially  when  it  is  intended  to  reflect  light 
upon  a case  which,  in  your  lordship’s  own  judgment,  con- 
cerns the  church  abroad  very  much,  and  help  to  bring  it  to  an 
impartial  determination:  and,  though  my  being  unaccustom- 
ed to  such  addresses,  may  render  me  awkward  or  deficient 
in  some  of  the  decent  and  precedented  formalities  with  which 
I should  approach  a person  of  your  lordship’s  dignity;  yet  I 
flatter  myself  my  inward  affectionate  veneration  will  natu- 
rally discover  itself  in  such  genuine  indications  as  will  con- 
vince your  lordship  of  its  sincerity  and  ardour,  and  procure 
your  indulgence  to  my  involuntary  imperfections. 

“When  his  honour  the  president  of  this  colony,  the  late 
Col.  Lee,  first  informed  me,  that  the  case  of  the  Protestant 
dissenters  here  had  been  laid  before  your  lordship,  I drew 
up  a representation  of  it,  with  all  possible  impartiality,  in  a 
letter  intended  for  your  lordship,  dated  August  13,  1750.  I 
had  no  suspicion  that  either  the  president  or  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Dawson  had  knowingly  and  wilfully  misrepresented  it;  yet 
J had  reason  to  conclude  their  representation  was  imperfect; 
as  they  were  not  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  circum- 
stances of  the  dissenters  in  these  parts.  This  supposed  im- 
perfection 1 attempted  to  supply  in  that  letter.  But  upon 
farther  deliberation,  I concluded  it  would  answer  no  valua- 
ble end  to  send  it;  as  I had  then  no  opportunity  of  procur- 
ing the  attestation  of  others,  and  I knew  a person’s  speaking 
in  his  own  behalf  is  generally  deemed  a sufficient  ground  to 
suspect  his  veracity.  Accordingly  I kept  it  by  me  till  about 
three  months  ago,  when  I sent  it,  with  some  other  papers 
upon  the  affair,  to  a correspondent  in  London;  leaving  it 
wholly  to  his  judgment,  whether  to  present  it  to  your  lord- 
ship  or  not.  I have  not  received  any  intelligence  from  him 
as  yet,  what  he  has  thought  proper  to  do;  and,  therefore,  lest 
your  lordship  should  not  have  received  it,  I shall  as  far  as 
I can  recollect,  lay  the  substance  of  it  before  you,  together 
with  such  additional  remarks  as  have  been  suggested  to  me 
by  occurrences  since  that  time. 

“ I informed  my  worthy  friend  Dr.  Doddridge,  of  the  state 
of  affairs  here  with  respect  to  the  dissenters,  about  a year  and 
a half  ago;  and  by  his  answer,  I find  he  has  laid  a large  ex- 
tract of  my  letter  before  your  lordship.  I wrote  it  with  all 
the  unreserved  freedom  of  friendship;  as  I did  not  expect  it 
would  have  been  presented  to  your  lordship’s  eyes:  yet  I 
am  glad  you  have  seen  it;  as,  by  comparing  it  with  this, 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


177 


which,  it  may  be  presumed,  I write  with  more  caution, 
your  lordship  may  be  convinced  I do  not  act  in  disguise,  but 
make  substantially  the  same  naked,  artless  representation  of 
truth  to  all  parties. 

“Dr.  Doddridge  has  sent  me  a copy  of  your  lordship’s 
letter  to  him,  with  the  extracts  of  the  letters  from  and  to 
Virginia  enclosed,  as  the  fullest  and  easiest  method  of  in- 
forming me  of  your  lordship’s  sentiments.  This,  my  lord, 
will  not,  I trust,  weaken  your  4 confidence  that  he  would 
make  no  ill  use’  of  your  lordship’s  freedom  with  him,  since 
the  matter  is  of  a public  nature;  and  the  reason  of  his  wri- 
ting to  your  lordship  was,  that  he  might  inform  me  of  your 
sentiments.  And  I find  some  misrepresentations  in  your 
lordship’s  letter,  and  the  extracts  enclosed,  which,  I appre- 
hend, I can  rectify.  I hope,  my  lord,  you  will  not  suspect  I 
have  so  much  arrogance  as  to  encounter  your  lordship  as  a 
disputant,  if  I presume  to  make  some  free  and  candid  re- 
marks upon  them.  My  only  design  is  to  do  justice  to  a mis- 
represented cause,  which  is  the  inalienable  right  of  the  mean- 
est innocent;  and  as  an  impartial  historical  representation 
will  be  sufficient  for  this  purpose,  it  is  needless  to  tire  your 
lordship  with  tedious  argumentation. 

“The  frontier  counties  of  this  colony,  about  an  hundred 
miles  west  and  south-west  from  Hanover,  have  been  lately 
settled  by  people  that  chiefly  came  from  Ireland  originally, 
and  immediately  from  the  northern  colonies,  who  were  edu- 
cated Presbyterians,  and  had  been  under  the  care  of  the  minis- 
ters belonging  to  the  synod  of  New  York  (of  which  I am 
a member),  during  their  residence  there.  Their  settling  in 
Virginia  has  been  many  ways  beneficial  to  it,  which  I am 
sure  most  of  them  would  not  have  done,  had  they  expected 
any  restraints  in  the  inoffensive  exercise  of  their  religion  ac- 
cording to  their  consciences.  After  their  removal,  they  con- 
tinued to  petition  the  synod  of  New  York,  and  particularly 
the  presbytery  of  New  Castle,  which  was  nearest  to  them, 
for  ministers  to  be  sent  among  them.  But  as  the  ministers  of 
said  synod  and  of  the  country  were  few,  and  vastly  dispropor- 
tioned  to  the  many  congregations  under  their  care,  they  could 
not  provide  these  vacancies  with  settled  pastors.  And  what, 
my  lord,  could  they  do  in  this  case?  1 appeal  to  your  lord- 
ship,  whether  this  was  not  the  only  expedient  in  their  power, 
to  appoint  some  of  their  members  to  travel  alternately  into 
these  destitute  congregations,  and  officiate  among  them  as 
long  as  would  comport  with  their  circumstances?  It  was 
VOL.  XII.  no.  2.  23 


178  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

this,  my  lord,  that  was  the  first  occasion,  as  far  as  I can  learn, 
of  our  being  stigmatized  itinerant  preachers.  But  whether 
there  was  any  just  ground  for  it  in  these  circumstances,  I 
cheerfully  submit  to  your  lordship.  The  same  method  was 
taken  for  the  same  reason,  (as  I shall  observe  more  particu- 
larly hereafter)  to  supply  the  dissenters  in  and  about  Hano- 
ver before  my  settlement  among  them;  and  this  raised  the 
former  clamour  still  higher.  There  are  now  in  the  frontier 
counties  at  least  five  congregations  of  Presbyterians,  who, 
though  they  have  long  used  the  most  vigorous  endeavours  to 
obtain  settled  ministers  among  them,  have  not  succeeded  as 
yet  by  reason  of  the  scarcity  of  ministers,  and  the  number  of 
vacancies  in  other  parts,  particularly  in  Pennsylvania  and 
the  Jerseys:  and  we  have  no  way  to  answer  their  importu- 
nate petitions,  but  by  sending  a minister  now  and  then  to 
officiate  transiently  among  them.  And  as  the  people  under 
my  charge  are  so  numerous  and  so  dispersed,  that  I cannot 
allow  them  at  each  meeting-house  such  a share  of  my  minis- 
trations as  is  correspondent  to  their  necessity,  the  said  synod 
has  twice  or  thrice,  in  the  space  of  three  years,  sent  a minis- 
ter to  assist  me  for  a few  sabbaths.  These,  my  lord,  are  the 
only  itinerations  that  my  brethren  can  be  charged  with  in 
this  colony;  and  whether  they  should  not  rather  run  the 
risk  of  this  causeless  charge,  than  suffer  these  vacancies,  who 
eagerly  look  to  them  for  the  bread  of  life,  to  perish  through 
a famine  of  the  word  of  the  Lord,  I cheerfully  submit  to 
your  lordship. 

“But  as  I am  particularly  accused  of  intrusive  schismati- 
cal  itinerations,  I am  more  particularly  concerned  to  vindi- 
cate myself:  and  for  that  purpose,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  in- 
form your  lordship  of  the  circumstances  of  the  dissenters  in 
and  about  Hanover,  who  are  under  my  ministerial  care. 

“The  dissenters  here,  my  lord,  are  but  sufficiently  nume- 
rous to  form  two  distinct  organized  congregations,  or  parti- 
cular churches;  and  did  they  live  contiguous,  two  meeting- 
houses would  be  sufficient  for  them,  and  neither  they  ijor 
myself  would  desire  more-  But  they  are  so  dispersed,  that 
they  cannot  convene  for  public  worship,  unless  they  have  a 
considerable  number  of  places  licensed;  and  so  few  that  they 
cannot  form  a particular  organized  church  at  each  place. 
There  are  meeting-houses  licensed  in  five  different  counties, 
as  the  letter  from  Virginia,  I suppose,  from  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Dawson  informs  your  lordship.  But  the  extremes  of  my 
congregation  lie  80  or  90  miles  apart;  and  the  dissenters  under 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


179 


1840.] 


' 

my  care  are  scattered  through  six  or  seven  different  counties; 
the  greatest  number  of  them,  I suppose  about  an  hundred 
families  at  least,  is  in  Hanover,  where  there  are  three  meet- 
ing-houses licensed;  about  twenty  or  thirty  families  in  Hen- 
ries; about  ten  or  twelve  in  Caroline;  about  fifteen  or  twenty 
in  Goochland;  and  about  the  same  number  in  Louisa;  in  each 
of  which  counties  there  is  but  one  meeting-house  licensed; 
about  fifteen  or  twenty  families  in  Cumberland,  where  there 
is  no  place  licensed;  and  about  the  same  number  contiguous 
to  New  Kent,  where  a license  was  granted  by  the  court  of 
that  county,  but  afterwards  superseded  by  the  general 
court.  The  counties  here  are  large,  generally  forty  or 
fifty  miles  in  length,  and  about  twenty  or  thirty  miles  in 
breadth;  so  that  though  they  lived  in  one  county,  it  might 
be  impossible  for  them  all  to  convene  at  one  place;  and  much 
more  when  they  are  dispersed  through  so  many.  Though 
there  are  now  seven  places  licensed,  yet  the  nearest  are 
twelve  or  fifteen  miles  apart,  and  many  of  the  people  have 
ten,  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  to  the  nearest,  and  thirty,  forty, 
or  sixty  miles  to  the  rest;  nay,  some  of  them  have  thirty  or 
forty  miles  to  the  nearest.  That  this  is  an  impartial  repre- 
sentation of  our  circumstances,  I dare  appeal  to  all  that  know 
any  thing  about  them. 

“ Let  me  here  remind  your  lordship  that  such  is  the  scar- 
city of  ministers  in  the  synod  of  New  York,  and  so  great  the 
number  of  congregations  under  their  care,  that  though  a part 
of  my  congregation  have,  with  my  zealous  concurrence,  used 
repeated  endeavours  to  obtain  another  minister  amongst  them, 
to  relieve  me  of  the  charge  of  them,  yet  they  have  not  suc- 
ceeded as  yet.  So  that  all  the  dissenters  here  depend  en- 
tirely on  me  to  officiate  among  them;  as  there  is  no  other 
minister  of  there  own  denomination  within  two  hundred 
miles,  except  when  one  of  my  brethren  from  the  northren 
colonies  is  appointed  to  pay  them  a transient  visit,  for  two 
or  three  sabbaths,  once  in  a year  or  two:  and  as  I observed, 
they  cannot  attend  on  my  ministry  at  one  or  two  places  by 
reason  of  their  distance;  nor  constitute  a complete  particular 
church  at  each  place  of  meeting,  by  reason  of  the  smallness 
of  their  number. 

“These  things,  my  lord,  being  impartially  considered,  I 
dare  submit  it  to  your  lordship: 

“ Whether  my  itinerating  in  this  manner,  in  such  circum- 
stances, be  illegal  ? And  whether,  though  I cannot  live  in 
five  different  counties  at  once,  as  your  lordship  observes,  I 


180 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


may  not  lawfully  officiate  in  them,  or  in  as  many  as  the  pe- 
culiar circumstances  of  my  congregation,  which  though  but 
one  particular  church,  is  dispersed  through  sundry  counties 
render  necessary? 

“ Whether  contiguity  of  residence  is  necessary  to  entitle 
dissenters  to  the  liberties  granted  by  the  Act  of  Toleration? 
Whether  when  they  cannot  convene  at  one  place,  they  may 
not,  according  to  the  true  intent  and  meaning  of  that  act,  ob- 
tain as  many  houses  licensed  as  will  render  public  worship 
accessible  to  them  all?  And  whether,  if  this  liberty  be  de- 
nied them,  they  can  be  said  to  be  tolerated  at  all?  i.  e. 
whether  dissenters  are  permitted  to  worship  in  their  own 
way , (which  your  lordship  observes  was  the  intent  of  that 
act),  who  are  prohibited  from  worshipping  in  their  own  way, 
unless  they  travel  thirty,  forty,  or  fifty  miles  every  Sun- 
day? Your  lordship  grants  we  would  have  no  reason  to 
think  ourselves  tolerated,  were  we  obliged  to  send  our  can- 
didates to  Geneva  or  Scotland  to  be  ordained;  and  is  there 
any  more  reason  to  think  so  when  great  numbers  are  obliged 
to  journey  so  far  weekly  for  public  worship? 

“ Whether  when  there  are  a few  dissenting  families  in  one 
county,  and  a few  in  another,  and  they  are  not  able  to  form 
a distinct  congregation,  or  particular  church  at  each  place, 
and  yet  all  of  them  conjunctly  are  able  to  form  one,  though 
they  cannot  meet  statedly  at  one  place;  whether,  I say,  they 
may  not  legally  obtain  sundry  meeting  houses  licensed,  in 
these  different  counties,  where  their  minister  may  divide 
his  time  according  to  the  proportion  of  the  people,  and  yet 
be  looked  upon  as  one  organized  church?  And  whether 
the  minister  of  such  a dispersed  church,  who  alternately 
officiates  at  these  sundry  meeting-houses  should,  on  this  ac- 
count, be  branded  as  an  itinerant? 

“ Whether,  when  a number  of  dissenters,  sufficient  to  con- 
stitute two  distinct  congregations,  each  of  them  able  to 
maintain  a minister,  can  obtain  but  one  by  reason  of  the 
scarcity  of  ministers,  they  may  not  legally  share  in  the 
labours  of  that  one,  and  have  as  many  houses  licensed  for 
him  to  officiate  in,  as  their  distance  renders  necessary?  And 
whether  the  minister  of  such  an  united  congregation,  though 
he  divides  his  labours  at  seven  different  places,  or  more,  if 
their  conveniency  requires  it,  be  not  as  properly  a settled 
minister  as  though  he  preached  but  at  one  place,  to  but  one 
congregation?  Or  (which  is  a parallel  case)  whether  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Barret,  one  of  the  ministers  in  Hanover,  who  has 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


181 


three  churches  situated  in  two  counties,  and  whose  parish  is 
perhaps  sixty  miles  in  circumference,  be  not  as  properly  a 
settled  parish  minister,  as  a London  minister  whose  parish- 
ioners do  not  live  half  a mile  from  his  church? 

“ I beg  leave,  my  lord,  farther  to  illustrate  the  case  by  a 
relation  of  a matter  of  fact,  and  a very  possible  supposition. 

“ It  very  often  happens  in  Virginia,  that  the  parishes  are 
twenty,  thirty,  forty,  and  sometimes  fifty  or  sixty  miles  long, 
and  proportionably  broad;  which  is  chiefly  owing  to  this, 
that  people  are  not  so  thick  settled,  as  that  the  inhabitants 
in  a small  compass  should  be  sufficient  for  a parish;  and  your 
lordship  can  easily  conceive  that  the  inhabitants  in  this  in- 
fant colony,  are  thinner  than  in  England.  The  legislature 
here  has  wisely  made  provision  to  remedy  this  inconvenien- 
cy,  by  ordering  sundry  churches  or  chapels  of  ease  to  be 
erected  in  one  parish,  that  one  of  them  at  least  may  be  tolera- 
bly convenient  to  all  the  parishioners;  and  all  these  are  under 
the  care  of  one  minister,  who  shares  his  labours  at  each  place 
in  propoction  to  the  number  of  people  there.  In  Hanover 
a pretty  populous  county,  there  are  two  ministers,  one  of 
them  has  two  churches,  and  the  other,  as  I observed  has  three; 
the  nearest  of  which  are  twelve  or  fifteen  miles  apart.  And 
in  some  of  the  frontier  counties  the  number  of  churches  in  a 
parish  is  much  greater.  And  yet  the  number  of  churches 
does  not  multiply  the  parish  into  an  equal  number  of  parish- 
es; nor  does  the  minister  by  officiating  at  so  many  places, 
incur  the  odious  epithet  of  an  itinerant  preacher,  a pluralist 
or  non-resident.  (Here  again  my  lord,  I appeal  to  all  the 
colony  to  attest  this  representation).  Now,  I submit  it  to 
your  lordship,  whether  there  be  not  at  least  equal  reason  that 
a plurality  of  meeting  houses  should  be  licensed  for  the  use 
of  the  dissenters  here,  since  they  are  more  dispersed  and  few- 
er in  number?  The  nearest  of  those  licensed  are  twelve  or 
fifteen  miles  apart;  and  as,  if  there  were  but  one  church  in  a 
parish,  a great  part  of  it  would  be  incapable  of  attending  on 
public  worship;  so  if  the  number  of  my  meetinghouses  were 
lessened,  a considerable  part  of  the  dissenters  here  would  be 
thrown  into  a state  of  heathenism,  wholly  destitute  of  the 
ministrations  of  the  gospel,  or  obliged  to  attend  statedly  on 
the  established  church,  which  they  conscientiously  scruple. 
And  indeed  this  will  be  the  case  with  some  of  them,  if  more 
be  not  licensed,  unless  they  can  go  twenty,  thirty,  or  forty 
miles  every  sabbath.  And  here,  my  lord,  it  may  be  proper 
to  observe,  that  in  the  Act  of  Toleration  it  is  expressly  pro- 


182  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

vided  ( That  all  the  laws  made  and  provided  for  the  fre- 
quenting divine  service  on  the  Lord’s  day — shall  be  in  force 
and  executed  against  all  persons  that  offend  against  the  said 
laws,  except  such  persons  come  to  some  congregation  or  as- 
sembly of  religious  worship,  allowed  cr  permitted  by  this 
act.’  So  that  the  dissenters  are  obliged,  even  by  that  Act 
which  was  made  designedly  in  their  favour,  to  attend  on  the 
established  church,  unless  they  come  to  some  dissenting  con- 
gregation; and  this  obligation  is  corroborated,  and  the  penal- 
ty increased  by  an  act  of  our  assembly,  which  enjoins  all 
adult  persons  to  come  to  church  at  least  once  a month,  ex- 
cepting as  is  excepted  in  an  act  made  in  the  first  year  of 
the  reign  of  King  William  and  Queen  Mary,’  &c.  But  how, 
my  lord,  is  it  possible  for  them  to  comply  with  this  injunc- 
tion, if  they  are  restrained  to  so  small  a number  of  meeting 
houses,  as  that  they  cannot  attend  them?  If  the  Act  of  Tole- 
ration imposes  this  restraint  upon  them,  does  it  not  necessi- 
tate them  to  violate  itself?  And  if  our  magistrates  refuse  to 
license  a sufficient  number,  and  yet  execute  the  penal  laws 
upon  them  for  the  profanation  of  the  sabbath,  or  the  neglect 
of  public  worship,  does  it  not  seem  as  though  they  obliged 
them  to  offend  that  they  may  enjoy  the  malignant  pleasure 
of  punishing  them?  The  Act  of  William  and  Mary,  my 
lord,  does  not  particularize  the  number  of  houses  to  be  licen- 
sed for  the  use  of  one  congregation;  but  only  requires,  in 
general,  that  all  such  places  shall  be  registered  before  public 
worship  be  celebrated  in  them;  from  which  it  may  be  reason- 
ably presumed,  the  number  is  to  be  wholly  regulated  by  the 
circumstances  of  the  congregation.  It  is,  however,  evident 
that  such  a number  was  intended  as  that  all  the  members  of 
the  congregation  might  conveniently  attend.  But  to  return, 
I submit  it  also  to  your  lordship,  whether  there  be  not  as 
little  reason  for  representing  me  as  an  itinerant  preacher,  on 
account  of  my  preaching  at  so  many  places  for  the  conve- 
iency  of  one  congregation,  as  that  the  minister  of  a large 
parish,  where  there  are  sundry  churches  or  chapels  of  ease, 
should  be  so  called  for  preaching  at  these  sundry  places,  for 
the  conveniency  of  one  parish?  Besides  the  reason  com- 
mon to  both,  the  distance  of  the  people,  there  is  one  pecu- 
liarly in  my  favour,  the  small  number  of  our  ministers;  on 
which  account  almost  the  half  of  the  congregations  that  have 
put  themselves  under  our  synodical  or  presbyterial  care,  are 
destitute  of  settled  pastors:  which  is  far  from  being  the  case 
of  late,  in  the  established  church  in  Virginia.  I shall 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


183 


subjoin  one  remark  more.  ’Tis  very  common  here,  my  lord, 
when  a parish  which  has  had  sundry  churches  in  it  under  the 
care  of  one  minister,  is  increased,  to  devide  it  into  two  or 
more,  each  of  which  has  a minister.  And  I submit  it  to  your 
lordship,  whether  my  congregation  may  not  be  so  divided, 
when  an  opportunity  occurs  of  obtaining  another  minister? 
And  whether  till  that  time  I may  not,  according  to  the  pre- 
cedent around  me  in  the  established  church,  take  the  care  of 
all  the  dissenters  at  the  places  already  licensed,  and  at  that 
petitioned  for,  when  I do  it  for  no  selfish  views,  but  from  the 
unhappy  necessity  imposed  upon  me  by  present  circumstan- 
ces, and  am  eager  to  resign  a part  of  my  charge,  as  soon  as 
another  may  be  obtained  to  undertake  it,  which  I hope  will 
be  ere  long? 

“ I know  but  little,  my  lord,  how  it  is  in  fact  in  England: 
but  I will  put  a case.  Suppose,  then  there  are  fifteen  families 
of  dissenters  at  Clapham  in  Bedfordshire,  fifteen  at  Wotten 
in  Northamptonshire,  fifteen  at  Kimbolton  in  Huntington- 
shire,  and  fifteen  in  the  north  corner  of  Buckinghamshire, 
(if  these  places  are  not  so  pertinent  as  others  that  might  be 
supposed,  your  lordship  can  easily  substitute  others  and  your 
candour  will  overlook  my  blunder,  as  I have  never  seen 
England  but  in  a map),  and  suppose,  that  these  families,  not 
being  able  to  form  a distinct  church  in  each  shire  and  maintain 
a minister  at  each  place,  agree  to  unite  into  one  organized 
church,  and  to  place  themselves  under  the  care  of  one  minis- 
ter, who  shall  proportion  his  labours  at  sundry  meeting-houses, 
one  being  erected  in  each  shire  for  the  conveniency  of  the 
families  resident  there.  I humbly  query  whether  in  this  case 
such  a congregation  may  not  according  to  the  act  of  Wm. 
and  Mary,  claim  a license  for  a meeting  house  in  each  of 
these  shires?  Whether  1 his  could  justly  be  suspected  as  an 
artifice 1 To  gather  dissenting  congregations  where  there  were 
none  before,  to  disturb  the  peace  of  the  church?’  Whether 
the  minister  of  such  a dispersed  congregation  should  be  stig- 
matized an  itinerant? — Or  (to  adapt  the  illustration  yet  more 
fully  to  the  case)  suppose  twice  the  above  number  in  five 
contiguous  shires  or  counties,  capable  of  constituting  two 
particular  churches,  and  maintaining  two  ministers,  and  sup- 
pose the  number  of  ministers  so  small,  that  they  can  obtain 
but  one  to  settle  among  them,  may  they  not  in  these  circum- 
stances unite  in  one  church,  and  place  themselves  conjunctly 
under  the  care  of  one  minister,  sharing  his  labours  among 
them,  at  seven  meeting-houses,  in  five  counties,  in  propor- 


184 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[Apkil 


tion  to  there  number  at  each  place?  And  would  not  such  a 
minister  be  justly  looked  upon  as  a settled  minister?  Or, 
would  he  he  limited  to  one  county  in  this  case,  because  the 
Act  of  Toleration  requires  him  to  qualify  in  the  county 
where  he  lives?  And  this,  my  lord,  suggests  to  me  a re- 
mark in  your  lordship’s  letter  to  Virginia:  ‘They’  [the 
dissenting  ministers]  ‘ are,  by  the  act  of  William  and  Mary, 
to  qualify  in  the  county  where  they  live,  and  how  Davies 
can  be  said  to  live  in  five  different  counties,  they  who  granted 
the  license  must  explain.’  You  know,  my  lord,  it  is  the 
judgment  of  our  attorney  general,  that  county  courts  here 
have  no  authority  in  such  matters;  and  your  lordship  has 
not  declared  your  dissent  from  him.  The  council  also  has 
published  an  order,  prohibiting  county  courts  to  administer 
qualifications  to  dissenting  ministers,  and  appropriating  that 
authority  to  the  governor  or  commander  in  chief.  And  how 
is  it  possible,  my  lord,  we  should  qualify  in  the  county 
where  we  live,  since  the  governor  does  not  live  there?  It 
is  hard  if,  after  we  are  prohibited  to  qualify  in  county  courts, 
as  we  desire,  the  validity  of  our  qualifications  should  be  sus- 
pected, because  we  did  not  qualify  there.  As  for  myself,  I 
was  required  to  qualify  by  his  honour  the  governor  in  the 
general  court,  which  consists  of  the  governor  and  council; 
and  as  the  epithet  general  intimates,  it  is  the  supreme  court 
of  the  whole  province,  and  what  is  done  therein  is  deemed 
as  valid  through  the  whole  colony,  as  the  acts  of  a county 
court  in  a particular  county:  and  consequently,  I look  upon 
myself,  and  so  does  the  government,  as  legally  qualified  to 
officiate  in  any  part  of  the  colony  where  there  are  houses  li- 
censed. 

“ To  all  this,  my  lord,  I may  add,  that  though  the  Act  of 
Toleration  should  not  warrant  my  preaching  in  so  many 
counties;  yet  since,  as  your  lordship  observes,  ‘ the  dissenters 
obtained  a clause  in  the  10th  Queen  Anne,  to  empower  any  dis- 
senting preacher  to  preach  occasionally  in  any  other  county 
but  that  where  he  wasl  icensed;’  and  since  the  reason  of  the 
law  is  at  least  as  strong  here  as  in  England,  and  consequently 
it  extends  hither,  my  conduct  is  sufficiently  justified  by  it. 

“ All  these  things,  my  lord,  furnish  a sufficient  answer  to 
your  lordship’s  question:  ‘How  far  the  Act  of  Toleration 
will  justify  Mr.  Davies  in  taking  upon  himself  to  be  an  itin- 
erant preacher,  and  travelling  over  many  counties  to  make 
converts  in  a country  too  where,  till  very  lately,  there  was 
not  one  dissenter  from  the  Church  of  England?’  And  it 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


185 


appears  to  have  been  stated  upon  misinformation;  when  im- 
partially stated,  it  would  stand  thus: 

“ How  far  the  Act  of  Toleration  will  justify  Mr.  Davies,  in 
sharing  his  labours  at  sundry  places  in  different  counties, 
among  professed  dissenters,  who  constitute  but  one  particu- 
lar church,  though  dispersed  through  so  many  counties  and 
incapable  of  meeting  at  one  place?  Or,  thus: 

“ Whether  legally  qualified  protestant  dissenters,  who  are 
dispersed  through  sundry  counties,  and  cannot  meet  at  one 
place,  and  by  reason  of  the  scarcity  of  ministers,  cannot  ob- 
tain but  one  among  them,  may  not  legally  share  in  the  labours 
of  that  one,  and  have  so  many  houses  licensed  for  him  to  of- 
ficiate in,  as  that  all  of  them  may  alternately  attend  on  public 
worship?  And  were  the  question  considered  in  this  view,  I 
confidently  presume,  your  lordship  would  determine  it  in  my 
favour,  and  no  longer  look  upon  me  as  an  itinerant  preacher, 
intent  on  making  converts  to  a party. 

“ But  I find  I have  been  represented  to  your  lordship,  as  an 
uninvited  intruder  into  these  parts;  for  your  lordship,  in 
your  letter  to  Dr.  Doddridge,  writes  thus:  ‘ If  the  Act  of 
Toleration  was  desired  for  no  other  view  but  to  ease  the  con- 
sciences of  those  that  could  not  conform;  if  it  was  granted 
with  no  other  view,  how  must  Mr.  Davies’s  conduct  be  jus- 
tified? who,  under  the  colour  of  a toleration  to  his  own  con- 
science, is  labouring  to  disturb  the  consciences  of  others. 
He  came  three  hundred  miles  from  home,  not  to  serve  peo- 
ple who  had  scruples,  but  to  a country  where  there  were  not 
above  four  or  five  dissenters  within  an  hundred  miles,  not 
above  six  years  ago.’ 

“ To  justify  me  from  this  charge,  my  lord,  it  might  be  suf- 
ficient to  observe,  that  the  meeting-houses  here  were  legally 
licensed  before  I preached  in  them,  and  that  the  licenses 
were  petitioned  for  by  the  people,  as  the  last  license  for  three 
of  them  expressly  certifies,  as  your  lordship  may  see:  which 
is  a sufficient  evidence  that  I did  not  intrude  into  any  of 
these  places  to  gain  proselytes  where  there  were  no  dissen- 
ters before. 

“ But  to  give  your  lordship  a just  view  of  this  matter,  I shall 
present  you  with  a brief  narrative  of  the  rise  and  increase  of 
dissenters  in  and  about  this  county,  and  an  account  of  the 
circumstances  of  my  settling  among  them.  And  though  I 
know,  my  lord,  there  may  be  some  temptations  to  look  upon 
all  I say  as  a plausible  artifice  to  vindicate  myself,  or  my 
party;  yet  I am  not  without  hopes  that  one  of  your  lordship’s 

VOL.  XII.  no.  2.  24 


186  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

impartiality,  who  has  found  it  possible,  by  happy  experience, 
to  be  candid  and  disinterested  even  when  self  is  concerned, 
will  believe  it  possible  for  another  also  to  be  impartial  for 
once  in  the  relation  of  plain  public  facts,  obvious  to  all,  though 
they  concern  him  and  his  party;  especially  when  he  is  will- 
ing to  venture  the  reputation  of  his  veracity  on  the  undenia- 
ble truth  of  his  relation,  and  can  bring  tbe  attestations  of 
multitudes  to  confirm  it. 

“About  the  year  1743,  upon  the  petitions  of  the  Presby- 
terians in  the  frontier  counties  of  this  colony,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Robinson,  who  now  rests  from  his  labours,  and  is  happily 
advanced  beyond  the  injudicious  applauses  and  censures  of 
mortals,  was  sent  by  order  of  Presbytery  to  officiate  for 
some  time  among  them.  A little  before  this,  about  four  or 
five  persons,  heads  of  families  in  Hanover,  had  dissented 
from  the  established  church,  not  from  any  scruples  about  her 
ceremonial  peculiarities,  the  usual  cause  of  non-conformity, 
much  less  about  her  excellent  articles  of  faith,  but  from  a 
dislike  of  the  doctrines  generally  delivered  from  the  pulpit, 
as  not  savouring  of  experimental  piety,  nor  suitably  inter- 
mingled with  the  glorious  peculiarities  of  the  religion  of 
Jesus.  It  does  not  concern  me  at  present,  my  lord,  to  in- 
quire or  determine  whether  they  had  sufficient  reason  for 
their  dislike.  They  concluded  them  sufficient;  and  they  had 
a legal  as  well  as  natural  right  to  follow  their  own  judgment. 
These  families  were  wont  to  meet  in  a private  house  on  Sun- 
days to  hear  some  good  books  read,  particularly  Luther’s; 
whose  writings  I can  assure  your  lordship  were  the  princi- 
pal cause  of  their  leaving  the  church;  which,  I hope,  is  a 
presumption  in  their  favour.  After  some  time,  sundry  others 
came  to  their  society,  and  upon  hearing  these  books,  grew 
indifferent  about  going  to  church,  and  chose  rather  to  fre- 
quent these  societies  for  reading.  At  length,  the  number 
became  too  great  for  a private  house  to  contain  them,  and 
they  agreed  to  build  a meeting-house,  which  they  accord- 
ingly did. 

“Thus  far,  my  lord,  they  had  proceeded  before  they  had 
heard  a dissenting  minister  at  all.  (Hear  again,  I appeal  to 
all  that  know  any  thing  of  the  matter,  to  attest  this  account.) 
They  had  not  the  least  thought  at  this  time  of  assuming  the 
denomination  of  Presbyterians,  as  they  were  wholly  igno- 
rant of  that  church:  but  when  they  were  called  upon  by  the 
court  to  assign  the  reasons  of  their  absenting  themselves 
from  church,  and  asked  what  denomination  they  professed 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


187 


. themselves  of,  they  declared  themselves  Lutherans,  not  in 
the  usual  sense  of  that  denomination  in  Europe,  but  merely 
to  intimate  that  they  were  of  Luther’s  sentiments,  particu- 
larly in  the  article  of  justification. 

“ Hence,  my  lord,  it  appears  that  neither  I nor  my  bre- 
thren were  the  first  instruments  of  their  separation  from  the 
church  of  England:  and  so  far  we  are  vindicated  from  the 
charge  of ‘setting  up  itinerant  preachers,  to  gather  congrega- 
tions where  there  were  none  before.’  So  far  I am  vindicated 
from  the  charge  of ‘coming  three  hundred  miles  from  home 
to  disturb  the  consciences  of  others — not  to  serve  a people 
who  had  scruples,  but  to  a country  where  there  were  not 
above  four  or  five  dissenters’  at  the  time  of  my  coming 
here. 

“ Hence  also,  my  lord,  results  an  inquiry,  which  I hum- 
bly submit  to  your  lordship,  whether  the  laws  of  England 
enjoin  an  immutability  in  sentiments  on  the  members  of  the 
established  church?  And  whether,  if  those  that  were  for- 
merly conformists  follow  their  own  judgments,  and  dissent, 
they  are  cut  off  from  the  privileges  granted  by  law  to  those 
that  are  dissenters  by  birth  and  education?  If  not,  had  not 
these  people  a legal  right  to  separate  from  the  established 
church,  and  to  invite  any  legally  qualified  minister  they 
thought  fit  to  preach  among  them?  And  this  leads  me  back 
to  my  narrative  again. 

“While  Mr.  Robinson  was  preaching  in  the  frontier 
counties,  about  an  hundred  miles  frpin  Hanover,  the  people 
here  having  received  some  information  of  his  character  and 
doctrines,  sent  him  an  invitation  by  one  or  two  of  their  num- 
ber to  come  and  preach  among  them;  which  he  complied 
with,  and  preached  four  days  successively  to  a mixed  multi- 
tude; many  being  prompted  to  attend  from  curiosity.  The 
acquaintance  I had  with  him,  and  the  universal  testimony  of 
multitudes  that  heard  him,  assure  me,  that  he  insisted  en- 
tirely on  the  great  catholic  doctrines  of  the  gospel  (as  might 
be  presumed  from  his  first  text — Luke,  xiii.  3),  and  did  not 
give  the  least  hint  of  his  sentiments  concerning  the  disputed 
peculiarities  of  the  Church  of  England;  or  use  any  sordid 
disguised  artifices  to  gain  converts  to  a party.  It  is  true, 
many  after  this,  joined  with  those  that  had  formerly  dis- 
sented; but  their  sole  reason  at  first,  was  the  prospect  of  be- 
ing entertained  with  more  profitable  doctrines  among  the 
dissenters  than  they  were  wont  to  hear  in  the  parish  churches, 
and  not  because  Mr.  Robinson  had  poisoned  them  with  bi- 


1S8 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


gotted  prejudices  against  the  established  church.  And  per- 
mit me,  my  lord,  to  declare,  with  the  utmost  religious  solem- 
nity, that  I have  been  (as  I hope  your  lordship  will  be  in  the 
regions  of  immortal  bliss  and  perfect  uniformity  in  religion), 
the  joyful  witness  of  the  happy  effect  of  these  four  sermons. 
Sundry  thoughtless  impenitents,  and  sundry  abandoned  pro- 
fligates, have  ever  since  given  good  evidence  of  a thorough 
conversion,  not  from  party  to  party,  but  from  sin  to  holiness, 
by  an  universal  devotedness  to  God,  and  the  conscientious 
practice  of  all  the  social  and  personal  virtues.  And  when  I 
see  this  the  glorious  concomitant  or  consequent  of  their  sepa- 
ration, I hope  your  lordship  will  indulge  me  to  rejoice  in 
such  proselytes,  as  I am  sure  our  Divine  Master  and  all  his 
celestial  ministers  do;  though  without  this,  they  are  but 
wretched  captures,  rather  to  be  lamented  over  than  boasted 
of.  When  Mr.  Robinson  left  them,  which  he  did  after  four 
days,  they  continued  to  meet  together  on  Sundays,  to  pray 
and  hear  a sermon  out  of  some  valuable  book,  read  by  one 
of  their  number;  as  they  had  no  prospect  of  obtaining  a mi- 
nister immediately  of  the  same  character  and  principles  with 
Mr.  Robinson.  They  were  now  increased  to  a tolerable 
congregation,  and  made  unwearied  application  to  the  pres- 
bytery of  New  Castle,  in  Pennsylvania,  for  a minister  to  be 
sent  among  them,  at  least  to  pay  them  a transient  visit,  and 
preach  a few  sermons,  and  baptize  their  children,  till  they 
should  have  opportunity  to  have  one  settled  among  them. 
The  presbytery  complied  with  their  petitions,  as  far  as  the 
small  number  of  its  members,  and  the  circumstances  of  their 
own  congregations,  and  of  the  vacancies  under  their  presby- 
terial  care,  would  permit;  and  sent  ministers  among  them  at 
four  different  times  in  about  four  years,  who  stayed  with 
them  two  or  three  sabbaths  at  each  time.  They  came  at  the 
repeated  and  most  importunate  petitions  of  the  dissenters 
here,  and  did  not  obtrude  their  labours  upon  them  uninvited. 
Sundry,  upon  hearing  them,  who  had  not  heard  Mr.  Robin- 
son, joined  with  the  dissenters;  so  that  in  the  year  1747, 
when  I was  first  ordered  by  the  presbytery  to  take  a journey 
to  Hanover,  in  compliance  with  the  petitions  of  the  dissen- 
ters here,  I found  them  sufficiently  numerous  to  form  one 
very  large  congregation,  of  two  small  ones;  and  they  had 
built  five  meeting-houses,  three  in  Hanover,  one  in  Henrico, 
and  one  in  Louisa  county;  which  were  few  enough  consider- 
ing their  distance.  Upon  my  preaching  among  them,  they 
used  the  most  irresistible  importunities  with  me  to  settle 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


189 


among  them  as  their  minister,  and  presented  a call  to  me  be- 
fore the  presbytery,  signed  by  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 
heads  of  families;  which,  in  April,  1748,  I accepted,  and  was 
settled  among  them  the  May  following.  And  though  it 
would  have  been  my  choice  to  confine  myself  wholly  to  one 
meeting-house,  especially  as  I was  then  in  a very  languishing 
state  of  health;  yet,  considering  that  hardly  the  one-half  of 
the  people  could  possibly  convene  at  one  plaee,  and  that  they 
had  no  other  minister  of  their  own  denomination  within  less 
than  two  hundred  miles,  I was  prevailed  upon  to  take  the 
pastoral  care  of  them  all,  and  to  divide  my  labours  at  the 
sundry  meeting-houses. 

“ And  now,  my  lord,  I may  leave  yourself  to  judge,  whe- 
ther the  informations  were  just  upon  which  your  lordship 
has  represented  me  as  not  ‘coming  to  serve  a people  that 
had  scruples,  but  as  disturbing  the  consciences  of  others,  un- 
der the  colour  of  a toleration  to  my  own,  and  intruding  into 
a country  where  there  were  not  above  four  or  five  dissenters,’ 
&c.  Your  lordship  must  see,  if  this  account  be  true  (and 
thousands  can  attest  if),  that  I had  not  the  least  instrumen- 
tality in  the  first  gathering  of  a dissenting  church  in  these 
parts.  Indeed,  I was  then  but  a lad,  and  closely  engaged  in 
study.  And  I solemnly  assure  your  lordship,  that  it  was  not 
the  sacred  thirst  of  filthy  lucre,  nor  the  prospect  of  any  other 
personal  advantage,  that  induced  me  to  settle  here:  for  sun- 
dry congregations  in  Pennsylvania,  my  native  country,  and 
in  the  other  northern  colonies,  most  earnestly  importuned 
me  to  settle  among  them,  where  I should  have  had  at  least 
an  equal  temporal  maintenance,  incomparably  more  ease, 
leisure,  and  peace,  and  the  happiness  of  the  frequent  society 
of  my  brethren;  never  made  a great  noise  or  bustle  in  the 
world,  but  concealed  myself  in  the  crowd  of  my  superior 
brethren,  and  spent  my  life  in  some  little  service  for  God 
and  his  church,  in  some  peaceful  corner;  which  would  have 
been  most  becoming  so  insignificant  a creature,  and  most 
agreeable  to  my  recluse  natural  temper:  but  all  these  strong 
inducements  were  preponderated  by  a sense  of  the  more  ur- 
gent necessity  of  the  dissenters  here;  as  they  lay  two  or 
three  hundred  miles  distant  from  the  nearest  ministers  of 
their  own  denomination,  and  laboured  under  peculiar  embar- 
rassments for  want  of  a settled  minister;  which  I will  not 
mention,  lest  I should  seem  to  fling  injurious  reflections  on 
a government  whose  clemency  I have  reason  to  acknowledge 
with  the  most  loyal  gratitude. 


190  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

“ It  is  true,  my  lord,  there  have  been  some  additions  made 
to  the  dissenters  here  since  my  settlement,  and  some  of  them 
by  occasion  of  my  preaching.  They  had  but  five  meeting- 
houses then,  in  three  different  counties,  and  now  they  have 
seven  in  five  counties,  and  stand  in  need  of  one  or  two  more. 
But  here  I must  again  submit  it  to  your  lordship,  whether 
the  laws  of  England,  forbid  men  to  change  their  opinions, 
and  act  according  to  them  when  changed?  And  whetherthe 
Act  of  Toleration  was  intended  to  tolerate  such  only  as  were 
dissenters  by  birth  and  education?  Whether  professed  dis- 
senters are  prohibited  to  have  meeting-houses  licensed  con- 
venient to  them,  where  there  are  conformists  adjacent,  whose 
curiosity  may  at  first  prompt  them  to  hear,  and  whose  judg- 
ments may  afterwards  direct  them  to  join  with  the  dissenters? 
Or  whether,  to  avoid  the  danger  of  gaining  proselytes,  the 
dissenters  in  such  circumstances  must  be  wholly  deprived 
of  the  ministration  of  the  gospel? 

“For  my  farther  vindication,  my  lord,  I beg  leave  to  de- 
clare, and  I defy  the  world  to  confute  me,  that  in  all  the 
sermons  I have  preached  in  Virginia,  I have  not  wasted  one 
minute  in  exclaiming  or  reasoning  against  the  peculiarities  of 
the  established  church;  nor  so  much  as  assigned  the  reasons 
of  my  own  non-conformity.  I have  not  exhausted  my  zeal 
in  railing  against  the  established  clergy,  in  exposing  their 
imperfections,  some  of  which  lie  naked  to  my  view,  or  in  de- 
preciating their  characters.  No,  my  lord;  I have  matters  of 
infinitely  greater  importance  to  exert  my  zeal,  and  spend  my 
time  and  strength  upon;  to  preach  repentance  towards  God, 
and  faith  towards  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ;  to  alarm  secure 
impenitents;  to  reform  the  profligate;  to  undeceive  the  hypo- 
crite; to  raise  up  the  hands  that  hang  down,  and  to  strengthen 
the  feeble  knees.  These  are  the  doctrines  I preach;  these  the 
ends  I pursue;  and  these  my  artifices  to  gain  proselytes;  and 
if  ever  1 devert  from  these  to  ceremonial  trifles,  let  my 
tongue  cleave  to  the  roof  of  my  mouth.  Now,  my  lord,  if  peo- 
ple adhere  to  me,  on  such  accounts  as  these,  I cannot  discour- 
age them  without  wickedly  betraying  the  interests  of  religion, 
and  renouncing  my  character  as  a minister  of  the  gospel.  If 
the  members  of  the  church  of  England  come  from  distant 
places  to  the  meeting-houses  licensed,  for  the  use  of  professed 
dissenters,  and  upon  hearing  join  with  them,  and  declare 
themselves  Presbyterians,  and  place  themselves  under  my 
ministerial  care,  I dare  say  your  lordship  will  not  censure 
me  for  admitting  them.  And  if  these  new  proselytes  live  at 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


191 


such  a distance  that  they  cannot  meet  statedly  at  the  places 
already  licensed,  have  they  not  a legal  right  to  have  houses 
licensed  convenient  to  them,  since  they  are  as  properly  pro- 
fessed dissenters,  in  favour  of  whom  the  Act  of  Toleration 
was  enacted,  as  those  that  have  been  educated  in  non-confor- 
mity? There  is  no  method,  my  lord,  to  prevent  the  increase 
of  our  number  in  this  manner,  but,  either  the  prohibiting  of 
all  conformists  to  attend  occasionally  on  my  ministry;  which 
neither  the  laws  of  God  nor  of  the  land  will  warrant;  or 
the  Episcopal  ministers,  preaching  the  same  doctrines  which 
I do;  as  I humbly  conceive  they  oblige  themselves  by  sub- 
scribing their  own  articles;  and  had  this  been  done,  I am  veri- 
ly persuaded  there  would  not  have  been  one  dissenter  in  these 
parts;  or  my  absolutely  refusing  to  receive  those  into  the 
community  of  the  dissenters,  against  whom  it  may  be  object- 
ed that  they  once  belonged  to  the  church  of  England;  which 
your  lordship  sees  is  unreasonable.  It  is  the  conversion  and 
salvation  of  men,  I aim  to  promote;  and  genuine  Christianity, 
under  whatever  various  forms  it  appears,  never  fails  to  charm 
my  heart.  The  design  of  the  gospel  is  to  bring  perishing 
sinners  to  heaven;  and  if  they  are  but  brought  thither,  its 
ministers  have  but  little  cause  of  anxiety  and  contention 
about  the  denomination  they  sustain  in  their  way.  Yet  my 
lord,  I may  consistently  profess,  that  as  I judge  the  govern- 
ment, discipline  and  modes  of  worship  in  the  dissenting 
church,  more  agreeable  to  the  divine  standard  than  those  in 
the  Episcopal,  it  cannot  but  afford  me  a little  additional  satis- 
faction to  see  those  that  agree  with  me  in  essentials,  and  are 
hopefully  walking  towards  the  same  celestial  city,  agree 
with  me  in  extra-essentials  too;  though  this  ingredient  of 
satisfaction  is  often  swallowed  up  in  the  sublimer  pleasure 
that  results  from  the  other  more  noble  consideration.  And 
here,  my  lord,  that  I may  unbosom  myself  with  all  the  can- 
did simplicity  of  a gospel  minister,  I must  frankly  own,  that 
abstracting  the  consideration  of  the  disputed  peculiarities  of 
the  established  church,  which  have  little  or  no  influence  in 
the  present  case,  I am  verily  persuaded,  (heaven  knows  with 
what  sorrowful  reluctance  I admit  the  evidence  of  it),  those 
of  the  church  of  England,  in  Virginia,  do  not  generally  en- 
joy as  suitable  means  for  their  conversion  and  edification  as 
they  might  among  the  dissenters.  This  is  not  because  they 
are  of  that  communion,  for  I know  the  gospel  and  all  its  or- 
dinances may  be  administrated  in  a very  profitable  manner, 
in  a consistency  with  the  constitution  of  that  church;  and 


192 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


perhaps  her  ceremonies  would  be  so  far  from  obstructing  the 
efficacy  of  the  means  of  grace,  that  they  would  rather  pro- 
mote it,  to  them  that  have  no  scruples  about  their  lawfulness 
and  expediency,  though  it  would  be  otherwise  with  a doubt- 
ful conscience;  but  because  the  doctrines  generally  delivered 
from  the  pulpit,  and  the  manner  of  delivery,  are  such  as  have 
not  so  probable  a tendency  to  do  good,  as  those  among  the 
dissenters.  I am  sensible,  my  lord,  ‘ how  hard  it  is,’  as  your 
lordship  observes,  ‘ not  to  suspect  and  charge  corruption  of 
principles  on  those  who  differ  in  principles  from  us.’  But 
still  I cannot  help  thinking  that  they  who  generally  entertain 
their  hearers  with  languid  harangues  on  morality  or  insipid 
speculations,  omitting  or  but  slightly  touching  upon  the  glori- 
ous doctrines  of  the  gospel,  which  will  he  everlastingly  found 
the  most  effectual  means  to  reform  a degenerate  world;  such 
is  the  corruption  of  human  nature,  in  its  present  lapsed  state; 
the  nature  of  necessity  of  regeneration,  and  of  divine  influ- 
ences to  effect  it;  the  nature  of  saving  faith,  evangelical  re- 
pentance; &c.'*  I cannot,  I say  help  thinking  that  they  who 
omit,  pervert  or  but  slightly  hint  at  these  and  the  like  doc- 
trines, are  not  likely  to  do  much  service  to  the  souls  of  men: 
and  as  far  as  I can  learn  by  personal  observation,  or  the  credi- 
ble information  of  others,  this  is  too  generally  the  case  in 
Virginia.  And  on  this  account  especially,  I cannot  dissuade 
persons  from  joining  with  the  dissenters,  who  are  desirous  to 
do  so;  and  I use  no  other  methods  to  engage  them,  but  the 
inculcating  of  these  and  the  like  doctrines. 

“ I beg  leave,  my  lord,  to  make  one  remark  more  to  vindi- 
cate the  number  of  my  meeting-houses,  and  as  a reason  for 
the  licensure  of  that  in  New  Kent.  That  in  a large  and  scat- 
tered congregation,  it  may  be  necessary,  the  minister  should 
officiate  occasionally  in  particular  corners  of  his  congregation, 
for  the  conveniency  of  a few  families  that  lie  at  a great  dis- 
tance from  the  places  where  he  statedly  officiates  for  the  con- 
veniency of  the  generality.  This,  my  lord,  is  frequently 
practised,  in  the  parishes  in  the  frontier  counties,  which  are 
very  large;  though  not  equal  to  the  bounds  of  my  congrega- 
tion. It  is  no  doubt  unreasonable,  that  the  minister  should 

* “ I do  not  intend  this,  my  lord,  for  a complete  enumeration  of  evangelical 
doctrines,  as  I intimate  by  the,  &c.  annexed.  For  your  lordship’s  farther  satis- 
faction, I must  refer  you  to  Dr.  Doddridge’s  practical  writings,  particularly  to  his 
Rise  and  Progress  of  Religion,  his  sermon  on  the  Power  and  Grace  of  Christ, 
and  on  Regeneration  ; which  I heartily  approve  as  to  matter  and"  manner,  and 
would  imitate  as  far  as  my  inferior  genius  will  admit. 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


193 


consult  the  conveniency  of  a few  rather  than  of  the  majority; 
and  therefore  I preach  more  frequently  at  one  of  the  meeting- 
houses in  Hanover,  where  the  dissenters  are  more  numerous, 
than  at  all  the  other  six.  But,  my  lord,  is  it  not  fit  I 
should  so  far  consult  the  conveniency  of  a few  families,  who 
live  in  the  extremities  of  the  congregation,  at  a great  distance 
from  the  place  where  I statedly  officiate,  as  to  preach  oc- 
casionally among  them  four  or  five  times  a year?  Though 
one  or  two  of  a family  may  be  able  to  attend  at  the  stated 
place  of  meeting,  yet  it  is  impossible  that  all  should;  and  why 
may  not  a sermon  be  preached  occasionally  in  their  neighbour- 
hood where  they  may  all  attend?  Again;  though  the  heads  of 
families  may  be  capable  of  attending  on  public  worship,  at  a 
great  distance  themselves,  )ret  it  is  an  intolerable  hardship 
that  they  should  be  obliged  to  carry  their  children  thirty, 
forty  or  fifty  miles  to  be  baptized.  And  is  it  not  reasonable, 
my  lord,  I should  preach  among  them  occasionally,  to  relieve 
them  from  this  difficulty,  once  in  three  or  four  months?  And 
may  not  houses  be  legally  licensed  for  this  purpose?  The 
meeting-house  in  New  Kent  was  designed  for  such  occasional 
meetings:  and  when  I have  given  an  account  of  the  affair,  I 
doubt  not  but  your  lordship  will  justify  the  procedure  of  the 
county  court  in  granting  a license  for  it.  Some  people  in 
and  about  that  county,  particularly  two  gentlemen,  of  good 
estates,  and  excellent  characters,  who  had  been  justices  of  the 
peace,  and  officers  in  the  militia,  told  me,  that  as  they  lived 
at  a great  distance  from  the  nearest  place  where  I statedly 
officiate,  and  therefore  could  not  frequently  attend  there, 
they  would  count  it  a peculiar  favour,  if  I would  preach  oc- 
casionally, at  some  place  convenient  to  them,  though  it  were 
on  other  days.  I replied,  that  though  1 was  wholly  unable 
to  perform  ministerial  duties  fully  to  the  people  at  the  places 
already  licensed,  yet  I should  be  willing  to  give  them  a ser- 
mon now  and  then,  if  they  could  obtain  a license  for  a place. 
Whereupon  they  presented  a petition  to  the  county  court, 
signed  by  fifteen  persons,  heads  of  families,  and  professed 
Presbyterians,  which,  (as  your  lordship  has  been  informed) 
was  granted;  but  afterwards  superseded  by  the  council. 
Hence,  my  lord,  you  may  see  what  was  the  occasion  and  de- 
sign of  this  petition;  and  that  it  was  not  an  artifice  of  mine 
as  an  itinerant,  ‘ to  gather  a congregation  where  there  was 
none  before;’  but  wholly  the  act  of  the  people,  professed  dis- 
senters, for  their  own  conveniency. 

“I  am  surprised,  my  lord,  to  find  any  intimations  in  the 
vox,.  XII.  no.  2.  25 


194 


Presbyterianism,  in  Virginia. 


[April. 


letter  from  Virginia,  about  the  validity  and  legality  of  the  li- 
censes for  seven  meeting-houses,  granted  by  the  general  court, 
especially  if  that  letter  came  from  the  commissary.  These 
were  granted  by  the  supreme  authority  of  this  colony;  and  can 
not  be  called  in  question  by  the  council,  without  questioning 
the  validity  of  their  own  authority,  at  least  the  legal  exercise  of 
it  in  this  instance.  And  the  Rev.  Dr.  Dawson  himself  (whom 
I mention  with  sincere  veneration),  sat  as  a judge  in  the  gene- 
ral court,  (for  he  is  one  of  his  majesty’s  council  here)  when 
the  licenses  were  granted,  and  did  not  vote  against  it. 
Whether  I have  since  forfeited  them  by  my  public  conduct, 
I dare  appeal  to  himself,  and  whether  there  be  any  limitations 
of  the  number  of  meeting-houses,  for  the  conveniency  of  one 
congregation,  in  the  Act  of  Toleration,  or  his  majesty’s  pri- 
vate instructions  to  the  governor,  I dare  submit  to  any  one 
that  has  seen  them. 

“What  I observed  above  concerning  my  preaching  occa- 
sionally on  working  days,  and  the  reason  of  it,  reminds  me, 
my  lord,  of  an  unexpected  charge  against  me  in  the  letter 
from  Virginia,  expressed  in  terms  contemptuous  enough.  ‘ I 
had  almost  forgot  to  mention  his  holding  forth  on  working 
days,  to  great  numbers  of  poor  people,  who  generally  are  his 
only  followers.  This  certainly  is  inconsistent  with  the  re- 
ligion of  labour,  whereby  they  are  obliged  to  maintain  them- 
selves and  families;  and  their  neglect  of  this  duty,  if  not  sea- 
sonably prevented,  may  in  process  of  time  be  sensibly  felt 
by  the  government.’  Here,  my  lord,  imaginary  danger  is 
traced  from  a very  distant  source;  and  I might  justify  myself 
by  an  argumentum  ad  hominem.  My  people  do  not  spend 
half  so  many  working  days,  in  attending  on  my  holding  forth 
the  word  of  life,  as  the  members  of  the  church  of  England 
are  obliged  to  keep  holy  according  to  their  calender.  But 
I know  recrimination,  though  with  advantage,  is  but  a spite- 
ful and  ineffectual  method  of  vindication.  I therefore  ob- 
serve, with  greater  pleasure,  that  as  I can  officiate  but  at  some 
one  of  my  meeting-houses  on  Sundays,  and  as  not  any  one  of 
the  seven  is  tolerably  convenient  to  the  half  of  my  people; 
many  of  them  cannot  have  opportunity  of  hearing  me  on 
Sundays,  above  once  in  a month,  or  twice,  and  I have  no  way 
to  make  up  their  loss  in  some  measure  but  by  preaching  in 
the  meeting-house,  contiguous  to  them,  once  or  twice  in  two 
or  three  months  on  working  days.  And  can  this,  my  lord, 
have  the  least  tendency  to  beggar  themselves,  and  families, 
or  injure  the  government,  especially  when  such  meetings  are 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


195 


chiefly  frequented,  (and  that  not  oftener  than  once  in  a fort- 
night or  month)  by  heads  of  families,  and  others,  who  can 
easily  afford  a few  hours  for  this  purpose,  without  the  least 
detriment  to  their  secular  affairs?  I can  assure  your  lordship 
a great  number  of  my  hearers  are  so  well  furnished  with 
slaves,  that  they  are  under  no  necessity  of  confining  them- 
selves to  hard  labour;  and  that  they  redeem  more  time  from 
the  fashionable  riots  and  excessive  diversions  of  the  age,  than 
they  devote  to  this  purpose:  and  I wonder  there  is  not  an 
equal  clamour  raised  about  the  modish  ways  of  murdering 
time,  which  are  more  likely  to  be  sensibly  felt  by  the  govern- 
ment, and,  which  is  worse,  to  ruin  multitudes  forever.  The 
religion  of  labour  is  held  sacred  among  us,  as  the  temporal 
circumstances  of  my  people  demonstrate;  which  are  as  flour- 
ishing as  before  their  adherence  to  me,  except  that  some  of 
them  have  been  somewhat  injured  by  the  fines  and  concomi- 
tant expenses  imposed  upon  them,  for  worshipping  God  inof- 
fensively in  separate  assemblies.  But  this  hardship,  my  lord, 
I will  not  aggravate,  as  I verily  believe  it'  was  not  the  effect  of 
an  oppressive  spirit  in  the  court,  but  of  mis-information,  and 
the  malignant  officiousness  of  some  private  persons. 

“I  am  fully  satisfied,  my  lord,  were  there  a pious  bishop 
resident  in  America,  it  would  have  a happy  tendency  to  re- 
form the  Church  of  England  here,  and  maintain  her  purity: 
and  therefore  upon  a report  spread  in  Virginia  some  time 
ago,  that  one  was  appointed,  I expressed  my  satisfaction  in 
it;  and  my  poor  prayers  shall  concur  to  promote  it.  I know 
this  is  also  the  sentiment  of  all  my  brethren  in  the  synod  of 
New  York,  with  whom  I have  conversed.  I am  therefore 
extremely  surprised  at  the  information  your  lordship  has  re- 
ceived concerning  the  reception  of  this  proposal  in  New 
England,  and  1 that  they  used  all  their  influence  to  obstruct 
it.’  I never  had  the  least  intimation  of  it  before,  though 
some  of  the  principal  ministers  there  maintain  a very  unre- 
served correspondence  with  me;  and  I have  also  the  other 
usual  methods  of  receiving  intelligences  from  a country  so 
near.  If  it  be  true,  I think,  with  your  lordship,  that  it  is 
hardly  consistent  with  a spirit  of  toleration:  but  it  appears 
so  unreasonable,  and  so  opposite  to  the  sentiments  of  all  the 
dissenters  whom  I am  acquainted  with  (and  they  are  many, 
both  of  the  clergy  and  laity),  that  the  informers  must  be  per- 
sons of  undoubted  veracity  before  I could  credit  it.  How- 
ever, my  lord,  I am  not  concerned:  the  synod  of  New  York 
to  which  I belong,  I am  confident,  have  used  no  means  to 


196 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


oppose  it;  but  would  rather  concur  to  promote  it,  were  it  in 
their  power;  and,  therefore,  if  your  lordship  deal  with  us 
secundum  legem  talionis,  we  expect  favourable  usage. 
The  same  things  I would  say  concerning  the  prosecution  and 
imprisonment  of  sundry  members  of  the  church  in  New 
England.  I never  heard  so  much  as  an  uncertain  rumour  of 
it;  and  I am  sure  it  is  neither  approved  nor  practised  in  the 
bounds  of  the  synod  of  New  York.  Were  your  lordship 
acquainted  with  the  members  of  that  synod,  you  would  own 
them  as  strenuous  advocates  for  the  civil  and  sacred  rights  of 
mankind,  and  as  far  from  a bigotted  intolerant  spirit  as  per- 
haps any  in  the  world.  And  here,  my  lord,  let  me  correct 
a small  mistake  (the  effect  of  imperfect  or  false  information, 
I suppose),  in  your  lordship’s  letter  to  Dr.  Doddridge:  Your 
lordship  takes  the  persons  in  New  England,  who  have  been 
accessory  to  those  prosecutions,  to  be  members  of  the  synod 
which  sent  me  as  a missionary  to  Virginia;  whereas  I am  a 
member  of  another  synod,  two  or  three  hundred  miles  dis- 
tant; and  do  not  in  the  least  act  in  concert  with  or  subjection 
to  the  ministers  in  New  England.* 

* This  letter  was  sent  by  Mr.  Davies  to  Mr.  Maudit,  in  London,  to  be  com- 
municated to  Drs.  Doddridge  and  Avery  (the  melancholy  news  of  Doddridge’s 
death  not  having  then  reached  this  country) — “ after  correction,  to  be  sent,  if 
you  judge  it  proper,  to  the  bishop.”  It  is  thus,  Mr.  Davies  wrote  to  Dr.  Avery, 
May  21,  1752.  When  Dr.  Avery  received  the  letter,  he  wrote  to  Mr.  Davies 
that  he  was  surprised  at  his  stating  to  the  bishop  that  he  and  his  Presbyterian 
friends  in  American  were  decidedly  favourable  to  the  mission  of  bishops  to  this 
country.  This  statement  he  said,  was  in  direct  contradiction  of  all  the  information 
which  he  had  received  from  other  quarters  on  this  subject.  It  is  no  doubt  Mr. 
Davies  was  misinformed  as  to  the  state  of  feeling  and  opinion  as  to  this  point. 
The  opposition  to  the  establishment  of  an  American  episcopate  was  very  general 
and  decided  ; and  was  as  warm  among  a portion  of  the  Episcopalians  themselves 
as  among  the  people  of  other  denominations.  This  opposition  would  have  been 
very  unreasonable  had  the  bishops  been  invested  with  no  other  authority  than 
that  contemplated  by  Mr.  Davies,  or  that  of  which  the  bishop  of  London  speaks 
in  his  letter  to  Dr.  Doddridge,  quoted  on  a previous  page.  But  there  was  so 
much  reason  to  expect  that  they  would  be  invested  even  in  colonies,  where  the 
Episcopalians  were  a small  minority,  with  the  powers  and  jurisdiction  of  their 
brother  prelates  in  England,  that  the  opposition  to  the  plan  was  a natural  and  jus- 
tifiable precaution  against  an  increase  of  that  oppression  to  which  the  non-epis- 
copal  denominations  were,  in  so  many  of  the  colonies,  already  exposed. 

When  Mr.  Davies  learned  that  his  friends  in  England  were  dissatisfied  with 
that  portion  of  his  letter,  he  wrote  to  Dr.  Avery,  saying  : “ Since  I received  yours, 
I have  been  uneasy  lest  my  letter  to  his  lordship  should  be  put  into  his  hands 
without  your  approbation  ; as  my  sentiments  therein  expressed,  concerning  the 
mission  of  bishops  to  North  America,  were  different  from  yours  in  your  letter  to 
me.  When  I expressed  my  satisfaction  at  the  proposal,  I spoke  in  the  simpli- 
city of  my  heart,  and  according  to  my  judgment,  which  I have  had  no  reason  to 
alter  since,  but  only  your  dissent ; in  which  I put  an  implicit  confidence,  as  you 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


197 


“ Your  lordship  huddles  me  permiscuously  with  the  Me- 
thodists, as  though  I were  of  their  party.  I am  not  ashamed 
to  own,  that  I look  upon  Mr.  Whitefield  as  a zealous  and 
successful  minister  of  Christ;  and,  as  such,  to  countenance 
him.  I love  him,  and  I love  your  lordship,  (the  profession, 
I hope,  will  not  be  offensive),  because  I hope  you  are  both 
good  men:  and  if  my  affection  to  him  proves  me  of  his  party, 
I hope  your  lordship  will  conclude  me  one  of  your  own  too: 
yet  I am  far  from  approving  sundry  steps  in  Mr.  White- 
field’s  first  public  conduct;  and  I am  glad  to  find,  by  some 
of  his  late  writings,  that  he  does  not  approve  of  them  him- 
self. The  eruptions  of  his  first  zeal  were,  in  many  instances, 
irregular;  his  regulating  his  conduct  so  much  by  impulses, 
&c.  was  enthusiastical;  and  his  freedoms  in  publishing  his 
experience  to  the  world  in  his  journals,  were,  in  my  opinion, 
very  imprudent.  As  to  the  rest  of  the  Methodists,  I know 
but  little  of  them;  and  therefore  must  suspend  my  judgment 
concerning  them. 

“ Our  loyalty  to  the  government  is  so  well  attested,  and 
universally  known,  that  I presume  none  have  ventured  to 
surmise  the  contrary  to  your  lordship;  and  this  renders  it 
needless  for  me  to  offer  any  thing  to  demonstrate  it.  Thus, 

have  better  opportunities  to  discover  the  consequences  of  such  a mission  than  I 
have.  That  a settlement  of  a bishop  in  dissenting  colonies  would  be  injurious 
to  them  I easily  see;  but  I find,  from  the  bishop  of  London’s  letter  to  Dr.  Dod- 
dridge, that  this  was  not  proposed.  And  I was  not  able  to  discover  what  injury 
the  settlement  of  a bishop  in  Virginia  or  Maryland,  where  the  Church  of 
England  is  established,  would  be  to  the  few  dissenters  in  them ; and  I was  not 
without  hopes  it  might  tend  to  purge  out  the  corrupt  leaven  from  the  established 
church,  and  restrain  the  clergy  from  their  extravagancies,  who  now  behave  as  they 
please,  and  promise  themselves  impunity,  as  there  is  none  to  censuie  or  depose 
them  on  this  side  the  Atlantic.  However,  dear  sir,  if  you  think  me  mistaken, 
you  may  take  what  measures  you  please  to  prevent  any  ill  consequences  that 
may  be  occasioned  by  the  unreserved  declaration  of  my  opinion  in  my  letter  to 
the  bishop.  And  as  I shall  hereafter  impose  upon  you  the  trouble  of  receiving 
and  revising  the  papers  I may  find  occasion  to  transmit  to  England,  I not  only 
allow,  but  request  you,  sir,  to  correct  or  suppress  them,  as  your  superior  judg- 
ment may  direct  you.  As  I judge  the  matter  is  of  great  importance  to  the  inter- 
est of  religion  in  the  colony,  I would  not  willingly  incur  guilt  by  omitting  any 
means  in  my  power  to  reflect  light  upon  it.  But  for  want  of  jndgment,  and  a 
more  thorough  acquaintance  with  the  state  of  things  in  England,  I may  some- 
times fail  in  the  right  choice,  or  prudent  use  of  means  for  that  purpose  ; and 
therefore,  to  prevent  any  ill  consequences,  I must  call  in  the  assistance  of  your 
judgment,  and  that  of  the  committee.”  The  committee  here  mentioned,  was  the 
“ Committee  of  the  Deputation  of  Protestant  Dissenters,”  established  in  Lon- 
don, to  watch  over  their  interests,  and  to  be  the  organ  of  their  communication 
with  the  government. 


198 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


my  lord,  in  the  simplicity  of  my  heart,  I have  laid  before 
your  lordship  an  impartial  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  relating 
to  the  dissenters  here,  as  it  appears  to  me;  and  made  some 
remarks  on  your  lordship’s  letter  to  Dr.  Doddridge,  and  the 
letters  from  and  to  Virginia.  1 please  myself  with  the  per- 
suasion that  I have  not  indulged  the  contradictious  angry 
humour  of  a contentious  disputant;  nor  the  malignant  par- 
tiality of  a bigot:  and  it  will  afford  me  peculiar  satisfaction, 
if  it  should  be  equally  evident  to  your  lordship.  All  the 
apologies  I could  make  could  not  atone  for  my  tediousness, 
were  it  impertinent  or  avoidable;  but  as  one  that  has  not 
naturally  a concise  method  of  communicating  his  thoughts, 
could  not  fully  represent  the  matter  in  fewer  words,  I pro- 
mise myself  your  lordship’s  forbearance. 

“ I am  persuaded,  my  lord,  were  you  convinced  the  repre- 
sentation I have  given  is  just,  your  lordship  would  turn  ad- 
vocate for  the  dissenters  here,  that  the  matter  might  be  de- 
termined in  their  favour.  I am,  therefore,  anxious  to  take 
some  method  to  convince  your  lordship  it  is  so;  and  I can 
think  of  no  better  method  than  to  give  those  that  may  look 
upon  themselves  concerned  to  refute  me,  an  opportunity  to 
make  the  experiment,  by  publishing  this  letter  to  the  world. 
This  I should  undoubtedly  have  done,  and  sent  your  lord- 
ship  a printed  copy,  had  I not  been  scrupulous  of  making  so 
free  with  your  private  letters  without  your  consent.  If  your 
lordship  approve  of  this  expedient,  I shall,  upon  the  first  in- 
timation of  it,  send  it  to  the  press. 

“ May  the  Great  Shepherd  and  Bishop  of  souls  shed  the 
richest  blessings  of  his  providence  and  grace  upon  you;  and 
long  continue  your  lordship  to  be  consumed  in  pious  services 
for  the  church  of  God!  Whatever  reception  this  letter  meets 
with,  this  shall  be  the  ardent  wish  and  perpetual  prayer  of, 

“ My  Lord, 

“ Your  Lordship’s 

“Most  dutiful  servant, 

“SAMUEL  DAVIES. 

“ Hanover,  in  Virginia,  Jan.  10.  1752.” 

“POSTSCRIPT. 

“ I am  heartily  sorry,  my  lord,  that  the  character  I gave 
of  the  clergy  and  laity,  in  Virginia,  in  my  letter  to  Dr.  Dod- 
dridge has  given  your  lordship  great  concern.  I have  no 
doubt  of  its  sincerity,  though  I am  uncertain  whether  it  w*s 
occasioned  by  a suspicion  of  calumniating  partiality  in  me, 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


199 


or  of  truth  in  my  account,  or  both.  There  was  no  part  of 
your  lordship’s  letter  that  affected  me  so  deeply  as  this;  yet 
I thought  to  have  past  it  over  in  silence,  and  accordingly 
made  no  remarks  upon  it  in  the  preceding  letter;  because  as 
I have  not  been  so  happy  since  as  to  see  reason  to  retract  my 
former  account,  I could  not  relieve  your  lordship  from  your 
pious  anxiety;  and  as  it  is  a tender  point,  and  the  information 
comes  with  a poor  grace  from  me,  1 thought  the  mentioning 
the  many  unwelcome  evidences  of  its  justice,  which  force 
themselves  upon  me  all  around,  would  but  increase  your 
lordship’s  concern,  and  confirm  the  suspicion  of  my  partiali- 
ty, which  you  intimate  in  your  letter  to  the  Dr.  though  with 
tenderness.  But  considering  that  I write  to  one  that  will  not 
officiously  spread  the  account,  to  the  disregard  of  religion; 
and  who  may  be  able  to  administer  remedies  to  so  deplorable 
a case,  if  seasonably  informed  of  it;  and  that  your  lordship’s 
correspondents  here  may  be  under  as  strong  a temptation  to 
extenuate  such  matters,  as  I may  be  supposed  to  be,  to  aggra- 
vate them;  and  consequently  a medium  between  the  two 
may  appear  to  your  lordship  to  be  most  just:  considering  also 
that  it  seems  necessary  for  my  own  vindication,  though  I 
do  not  desire  to  build  my  reputation  on  the  infamy  of  others: 
I have  determined  to  give  your  lordship  the  following  brief 
account,  which  I am  willing  should  pass  under  the  severest 
scrutiny. 

“ 1 am  sensible,  my  lord,  ‘ how  hard  it  is  not  to  suspect  and 
charge  corruption  of  principles  upon  those  who  differ  in  prin- 
ciples from  us,’  and  how  natural  it  is  to  a party  spirit  (and  alas! 
parties  are  generally  animated  with  such  a spirit)  to  magnify 
the  practical  irregularities  of  other  denominations;  sensible  of 
this,  and  how  inconsistent  such  a temper  is  with  the  generous 
religion  of  Jesus,  I have  conscientiously  kept  a peculiar  guard 
upon  my  spirit  in  this  respect:  and  yet  (with  shame  I confess 
it)  I have  not  been  entirely  a stranger  to  its  malignant  work- 
ings; though  I am  conscious  that  my  prevailing  and  habitual 
disposition  is  candid  and  generous,  otherwise  I should  be  self- 
condemned  in  pretending  to  be  a minister  or  even  follower 
of  the  Lamb  of  God.  At  present,  my  lord,  I feel  myself  calm 
and  impartial;  and  could  I make  my  letter  the  transcript  of 
my  heart,  your  lordship  would  believe  me.  I solemnly  pro- 
fess I am  conscious  of  no  indulged  party  spirit;  however  I 
am  so  sensible  of  my  own  weakness,  that  I may  implicitly 
suspect  I may  be  imperceptibly  tinctured  with  it;  and  there- 
fore your  lorship  may  at  the  venture  ‘deduct  something 


200  Presbyterianism  in  Virginia.  [April 

from  the  general  character.’  I shall  say  but  little  of  the  dif- 
ferences in  speculation  betwixt  me  and  the  clergy,  and 
others  here;  both  because  such  errors  may  not  be  so  perni- 
cious, as  various  practices  and  the  neglect  of  religious  and 
moral  duties;  and  because  these  are  more  disputable,  and  I 
may  be  more  liable  to  mistakes  about  them.  But,  my  lord, 
I cannot  indulge  an  implicit  suspicion  of  my  partiality  so 
far  as  to  rush  into  universal  scepticism  about  plain,  public, 
indisputable  facts,  obvious  to  my  senses.  I can  see,  I can 
hear,  with  certainty.  I cannot  be  so  infatuated  with  predju- 
dice  as  to  be  incapable  of  distinguishing  between  a religious 
and  profane  life,  between  a relish  for  divine  things,  and  a con- 
temptuous neglect  of  them,  between  blasphemy  and  prayer, 
drunkenness  and  sobriety,  &c.  And  I shall  chiefly  take  no- 
tice of  such  obvious  facts,  about  which  there  is  no  dispute 
between  the  church  of  England  and  the  dissenters.  I would 
also  have  it  noticed,  my  lord,  that  I would  not  have  this  ac- 
count looked  on  as  a history  of  the  state  of  the  religion  in 
Virginia  in  general;  but  only  in  those  counties,  (and  they  are 
not  very  few)  where  I have  had  opportunity  of  personal  ob- 
servations: and  these,  if  I may  believe  general  fame,  are  not 
more  degenerate  than  the  rest. 

“ I confess,  my  lord,  with  pleasure,  that  there  are  sundry 
of  the  laity,  in  the  sphere  of  my  acquaintance,  in  the  Church 
of  England,  who  are  persons  of  good  morals,  and  have  a 
veneration  for  religion;  and  some  of  them,  I doiibt  not,  are 
sincere  Christians,  whom  I cordially  love;  and  that  with 
more  ardent  affection  than  those  of  my  own  denomination 
who  appear  destitute  of  real  religion;  and  alas!  there  are 
many  such,  1 fear.  These  pious  conformists  can  witness, 
that  I have  not  been  officious  in  endeavouring  to  proselyte 
them  to  my  party;  and  that,  when  conversant  with  them,  I 
rather  choose  to  dwell  on  those  infinitely  more  important 
and  delightful  subjects  in  which  we  agree,  than  those  little 
angry  peculiarities  in  which  we  differ.  I also  cheerfully 
own  (nor  is  the  concession  forcibly  extorted  from  me),  that 
sundry  of  the  established  clergy  are  gentlemen  of  learning, 
parts  and  morality,  and  I hope  honestly  aiming  at  the  salva- 
tion of  men;  though  I cannot  but  disagree  with  them  in 
some  doctrines,  and  humbly  conceive  their  public  discourses 
generally  are  not  well  adapted  to  promote  their  pious  end. 
But,  my  lord,  notwithstanding  these  concessions,  religion 
may  be  in  a very  languishing  situation,  and  vice  triumphant 
in  this  colony.  There  may  be  a few  names  even  in  Sardis, 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


201 


who  have  not  defiled  their  garments;  and  yet  the  majority 
have  at  best  but  a name  to  live,  while  they  are  dead.  I 
must  therefore  now  lay  before  your  lordship  the  disagreea- 
ble part  of  the  character,  and  if  I expatiate  more  largely  upon 
it  than  the  former,  it  is  not  because  I take  a malignant  plea- 
sure in  so  doing,  but  because  my  present  design  urges  me  on 
the  unwelcome  task. 

“If  I am  prejudiced  in  favour  of  any  church,  my  lord,  it 
is  of  that  established  in  Scotland;  of  which  I am  a member 
in  the  same  sense  that  the  established  church  in  Virginia  is 
the  Church  of  England;  and,  therefore,  should  I give  your 
lordship  an  account  of  the  state  of  religion  there,  you  would 
not  suspect  it  of  excessive  severity.  Now,  my  lord,  suppose 
I had  resided  four  years  in  Scotland,  preached  frequently, 
and  obtained  a pretty  extensive  acquaintance  in  five  different 
counties,  gone  sometimes  as  a hearer  to  the  established  kirk, 
and  been  occasionally  at  courts,  and  the  like  public  conven- 
tions; spent  a week  at  sundry  times  in  the  metropolis,  and  a 
day  or  two  in  some  of  the  principal  towns;  lodged  in  private 
families  frequently,  in  various  parts  of  the  country;  and 
(which  I may  mention  as  of  some  weight,  in  conjunction 
with  the  other  opportunities  of  personal  observation)  re- 
ceived frequent  and  well  attested  informations  from  multi- 
tudes, from  various  parts,  and  of  different  denominations; 
your  lordship  would  grant  that  I had  sufficient  opportunities 
to  make  some  observation  on  the  state  of  religion,  and  could 
not  suspect  that  my  partiality  would  render  me  so  implicitly 
confident  that  religion  was  in  a flourishing  state,  as  that  I 
should  take  no  notice  of  obvious  public  facts  that  obtruded 
themselves  upon  my  senses;  or  so  pervert  my  judgment  as 
to  conclude  all  was  well  in  spite  of  the  most  glaring  evi- 
dence. Suppose,  then,  my  lord,  that  by  all  the  discoveries 
I can  make  in  these  circumstances,  I find  the  generality 
grossly  ignorant  of  the  nature  of  living  Christianity,  and 
of  the  most  important  doctrines  of  the  gospel:  if  I find  a ge- 
neral unconcernedness  about  their  eternal  states  discovered 
in  their  discourse  and  practice;  and  no  religious  solemnity, 
no  relish  for  divine  things,  no  proper  anxieties  about  their 
spiritual  state,  intimated  by  those  genuine  indications  which 
nature  gives  of  such  dispositions:  if  concern  about  such 
things,  and  a life  of  strict  holiness,  even  in  a member  of  the 
established  Church,  be  generally  ridiculed  as  a fanatical  sin- 
gularity: if  the  sabbath  is  prostituted  by  many  to  trifling 
amusements  or  guilty  pleasures;  and  if  worldly  discourse  be 

vol.  xii.  no.  2.  26 


202 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


the  usual  entertainment  without  the  sanctuary,  before  and 
after  divine  service:  if  by  far  the  greatest  number  of  fami- 
lies call  not  upon  God,  nor  maintain  his  worship  in  their 
houses:  if,  in  parishes  where  there  are  many  hundreds  of 
adults,  there  be  not  above  fifty  or  sixty  communicants,  and 
sundry  of  these,  too,  persons  of  abandoned  characters:  if 
multitudes,  multitudes  toss  the  most  sacred  and  tremendous 
things  on  their  daring  tongues,  by  profane  oaths,  and  shock- 
ing imprecations;  and  beastify  themselves  with  excessive 
drinking,  as  though  it  were  a venial  sin:  if  I get  me  to  the 
great  men,  and  find  that  these  also  generally  have  burst  the 
bonds,  and  broken  the  yoke:  that  they  discard  serious  reli- 
gion as  the  badge  of  the  vulgar,  and  abandon  themselves  to 
lawless  pleasures,  to  gaming,  cock-fighting,  horse-racing,  and 
all  the  fashionable  methods  of  killing  time,  as  the  most  im- 
portant and  serious  business  of  life:  if  public  worship  be  fre- 
quently neglected,  or  attended  on  with  trifling  levity;  and 
yet  the  most  build  their  hopes  of  heaven  on  these  insipid 
formalities,  regardless  of  the  manner  of  their  devotion:  in  a 
word,  if  the  trifles  of  time  and  sense  engross  all  the  thoughts 
and  activity  of  the  generality;  and  the  infinite  concerns  of 
eternity  be  neglected,  or  attended  on  as  matters  by  the 
by:  if,  my  lord,  I should  find  this  to  be  the  state  of  affairs  in 
Scotland,  could  my  prejudice  in  favour  of  that  church  so  far 
bias  me  that  I could  not  see  religion  to  be  in  a most  deplo- 
rable situation  in  her?  Or  would  my  character  of  Virginia, 
in  my  letter  to  Dr.  Doddridge,  be  too  satyrical  in  such  a 
case? 

“ This,  my  lord,  is  the  just  character  of  the  generality  of 
the  laity  here:  my  senses  tell  me  so,  and  I cannot  doubt  of 
it  more  than  of  my  own  existence.  I do  not  mean  that  all 
the  parts  of  this  character  are  generally  complicated  in  one 
person;  but  that  one  part  of  it  is  the  character  of  some,  and 
another  of  others,  and  that  the  whole  promiscuously  is  the 
character  of  the  generality  of  the  laity  here:  and  were  I as 
much  prejudiced  in  favour  of  the  church  established  in  Vir- 
ginia as  I may  be  supposed  to  be  of  that  established  in  Scot- 
land, I could  not  conscientiously  give  a better  account  of  it. 

‘‘Further:  suppose,  my  lord,  on  observing  religion  in  so 
melancholy  a situation  in  Scotland,  I have  opportunity  of 
observing  also,  what  measures  are  taken  by  the  established 
clergy  there,  for  its  revival,  and  to  promote  a general  refor- 
mation, and  find,  to  my  sorrowful  surprise,  that  the  general- 
ity of  them,  as  far  as  can  be  discovered  by  their  common 


1840.] 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


203 


conduct  and  public  ministrations,  are  stupidly  secure  and  un- 
concerned, as  though  their  hearers  were  crowding  promiscu- 
ously to  heaven,  and  there  were  little  or  no  danger;  that  they 
address  themselves  to  perishing  multitudes  in  cold  blood, 
and  do  not  represent  their  miserable  condition  in  all  its  hor- 
rors; do  not  alarm  them  with  solemn,  pathetic,  and  affec- 
tionate warnings,  and  expostulate  with  them  with  all  the  au- 
thority, tenderness,  and  pungency  of  the  ambassadors  of 
Christ  to  a dying  world,  nor  commend  themselves  to  every 
man’s  conscience  in  the  sight  of  God;  that  their  common 
conversation  has  little  or  no  savour  of  living  religion,  and  is 
not  calculated  to  excite  thoughtfulness  in  the  minds  of  the 
unthinking  creatures  they  converse  with;  that  instead  of  in- 
tense application  to  study,  or  teaching  their  parishioners, 
from  house  to  house,  they  waste  their  time  in  idle  visits, 
trifling  conversation,  slothful  ease,  or  at  best  excessive  ac- 
tivity about  their  temporal  affairs;  that  sundry  of  them  asso- 
ciate with  the  profane,  and  those  that  are  infamous  for  the 
neglect  of  religion,  not  like  their  professed  Master,  to  re- 
form them,  but  without  intermingling  any  thing  serious  in 
their  discourse,  or  giving  a solemn  check  to  their  guilty  li- 
berties; nay,  that  some  of  them  are  companions  with  drunk- 
ards, and  partakers  in  their  sottish  extravagancies;  that  they 
are  more  zealous  and  laborious  in  their  attempts  to  regain 
those  that  have  joined  with  other  denominations,  or  to  se- 
cure the  rest  from  the  contagion,  by  calumniating  the  dissen- 
ters, than  to  convert  men  from  sin  to  holiness:  if,  my  lord, 
I should  find  this  to  be  the  general  character  of  the  clergy  in 
Scotland,  how  could  I avoid  the  unwelcome  conclusion,  that 
such  are  not  likely  to  he  the  successful  instruments  of  a ge- 
neral reformation?  And  who,  that  has  not  sacrificed  to 
bigotry  all  his  regard  to  the  immortal  weal  of  mankind, 
would  not  rejoice  in  this  case  to  see  a reformation  carried  on 
in  Scotland,  by  a minister  of  the  Church  of  England?  For 
my  part,  I solemnly  profess  I would;  for,  though  by  this 
means  sundry  would  fall  off  from  the  established  church,  yet 
there  would  be  a greater  probability  of  their  escaping  eter- 
nal destruction,  and  being  made  members  of  the  church  tri- 
umphant in  the  regions  of  bliss;  which  would  be  infinitely 
more  than  a reparation  of  that  little  breach  of  a party. 

“ What  I now  suppose,  my  lord,  in  Scotland,  is  evident  mat- 
ter of  fact  in  Virginia,  unless  my  eyes  and  my  ears  deceive 
me,  and  I see  phantoms  instead  of  men.  The  plain  truth  is, 
a general  reformation  must  he  promoted  in  this  colony  by 


204 


Presbyterianism  in  Virginia. 


[April 


some  means  or  other,  or  multitudes  are  eternally  undone: 
and  I see,  alas!  but  little  ground  to  hope  for  it  from  the  ge- 
nerality of  the  clergy  here,  till  they  be  happily  changed 
themselves.  This  is  not  owing  to  their  being  of  the  Church 
of  England,  as  I observed  before;  for  were  they  in  the  Pres- 
byterian church,  or  any  other,  I should  have  no  more  hopes 
of  their  success;  but  it  is  owing  to  their  manner  of  preaching 
and  behaviour.  This  thought,  my  lord,  is  so  far  from  being 
agreeable  to  me,  that  at  times  it  racks  me  with  agonies  of  com- 
passion and  zeal  intermingled;  and  could  I entertain  that 
unlimited  charity  which  lulls  so  man}'  of  my  neighbours  into 
a serene  stupidity,  it  would  secure  me  from  many  a melan- 
choly hour,  and  make  my  life  below  a kind  of  anticipation  of 
heaven.  I can  boast  of  no  high  attainments,  my  lord;  I am 
as  mean  and  insignificant  a creature  as  your  lordship  can  well 
conceive  me  to  be;  but  I dare  profess  I cannot  be  an  uncon- 
cerned spectator  of  the  ruin  of  my  dear  fellow  mortals;  I dare 
avow,  my  heart  at  times  is  set  upon  nothing  more  than  to 
snatch  the  brands  out  of  the  burning,  before  they  catch  fire 
and  burn  unquenchably.  And  hence,  my  lord,  it  is,  I con- 
consume  my  strength  and  life  in  such  great  fatigue  in  this 
jangling,  ungrateful  colony. 

“ Hence,  my  lord,  you  may  collect  my  sentiments  con- 
cerning an  absurdity,  your  lordship  mentions  in  your  letter 
to  Dr.  Doddridge,  that  I should  attempt  to  make  converts  in 
a church  which  I acknowledge  in  the  mean  time  to  be  a church 
of  Christ.  I freely  grant  the  church  of  England,  to  be  a 
church  of  Christ:  but  when  1 see  multitudes  ready  to  per- 
ish, and  no  suitable  means  used  for  their  recovery,  can  it 
comfort  me  to  think  they  perish  in  a church  of  Christ?  The 
articles,  and  constitution  of  the  established  church  are  sub- 
stantially good,  and  her  ceremonies  are  little  or  no  hindran- 
ces, as  I observed  before,  to  the  edification  of  those  that  do 
not  scruple  them;  but  her  members  in  this  colony  are  in  fact 
generally  corrupted;  and  I think,  were  I one  of  her  min- 
isters, I should  rather  ten  thousand  times  see  them  pious  dis- 
senters, than  graceless  conformists.  It  is  true,  had  I no  other 
objection  against  conformity  but  the  present  degeneracy  of 
the  members  of  the  church,  it  would  be  my  duty  to  endea- 
vour to  promote  a reformation  in  her  communion:  but  as  I 
cannot  conscientiously  conform  on  some  other  accounts,  the 
only  practical  method  for  me  to  attempt  the  reformation  of 
her  members,  is  that  which  I now  pursue. 

“ I shall  only  add,  my  lord,  that  I humbly  conceive  the 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  205 


informations  or  personal  knowledge  upon  which  your  lord- 
ship  has  characterized  a great  part  of  the  clergy  in  Virginia, 
may  afford  you  equal  concern  with  my  character  of  them. 
I dare  avow  a more  noble  spirit  than  to  catch  at  it  with  a ma- 
lignant satisfaction  as  a confirmation  of  mine:  and  therefore 
I humbly  request,  nay,  demand,  as  a piece  of  justice,  that  your 
lordship  would  not  look  on  my  remark  on  it  as  the  language  of 
such  a disposition.  I only  remind  you  of  it  for  my  own  de- 
fence, and  it  shall  never  be  officiously  propagated  by  me.  If, 
as  your  lordship  observes,  ‘ of  those  that  come  from  England,’ 
(and  the  most  of  them  come  from  thence),  ‘ a great  part  are 
of  the  Scotch  or  Irish,  who  can  get  no  employment  at  home, 
and  enter  into  service  more  out  of  necessity  than  choice;’  if 
‘others  go  abroad  to  retreive  either  lost  fortunes,  or  lost  char- 
acters;’ how  can  it  be  expected,  my  lord,  that  persons  who  en- 
ter into  holy  orders,  or  come  to  Virginia,  from  such  sordid 
views  as  these,  should  deserve  a better  character  than  I gave 
of  them,  to  the  Dr.  more  than  I have  now  given  your  lord- 
ship?  But  I forbear,  your  lordship  will  forgive  the  inaccu- 
racies of  this  postscript,  as  I have  written  it  in  unavoidable 
haste.” 


■4. 

Art.  II. — A concise  History  of  the  Commencement , Pro- 
gress, and  Present  Condition  of  the  American  Colonies, 
in  Liberia.  By  Samuel  Wilkinson.  Washington,  Madi- 
sonian Office.  1839.  pp.  88. 

The  subject  of  African  Colonization  was  at  first  considered 
by  many  a scheme  so  impracticable  and  visionary,  that  they 
gave  it  no  serious  attention.  But  now,  when  the  practica- 
bility of  the  thing  is  no  longer  a problem,  but  a matter  of  fact, 
the  subject  begins  to  assume  an  importance  in  the  eyes  of  all; 
and  as  the  scheme  advances,  both  friends  and  enemies  became 
more  animated;  the  former  in  its  support  and  advancement, 
the  latter  in  virulent  hostility,  viewing  it  as  conceived 
and  prosecuted  with  the  design  of  perpetuating  slavery  where 
it  exists,  and  rendering  the  slaves  more  profitable  by  a remo- 
val of  all  free  persons  of  colour  from  among  them.  Now  it 
is  reasonable  to  believe,  that  different  persons  may  have  had 
different  means  and  motives,  in  promoting  this  enterprise. 


206  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

Some  of  these  may  be  purer  and  nobler  than  others:  this 
is  the  undisputed  fact  in  regard  to  most  things  in  which  men 
engage.  Even  the  profession  of  theChristian  religion,  and  zeal 
for  its  support,  proceed  from  different  motives  in  different 
persons.  Every  undertaking  or  institution  should  be  judged 
of,  not  by  the  motives  of  some  who  may  engage  in  its  prose- 
cution, but  by  its  own  merits.  The  scheme  for  colonizing 
the  western  coast  of  Africa,  by  the  free  people  of  colour,  was 
commenced  in  Great  Britain,  by  men  whom  none  will  sus- 
pect of  a design  to  perpetuate  slavery.  They  were  the  very 
men  whose  zeal  in  seeking  the  abolition  of  the  slave  trade  had 
inclined  them  to  devote  their  lives,  their  influenceand  their  ta- 
lents to  this  one  object.  Before  colonization  was  thought  of 
in  the  United  States,  the  colony  of  Sierra  Leone  was  firmly 
established  and  in  a flourishing  condition.  And  before  any 
society  was  formed  in  America  for  this  object,  the  business 
of  conveying  free  coloured  persons  to  Africa  was  commenced 
by  a single  individual,  himself  a coloured  man  of  New  Eng- 
land. As  early  as  the  year  1815,  Paul  C'uffee,  whose  name 
will  be  indelible  in  the  annals  of  the  free  republic  rising  now 
in  Africa,  carried  out  emigrants  from  New  England  to  the 
colony  of  Sierra  Leone.  This  remarkable  man  was  born  at 
New  Bedford,  Mass.,  in  1759.  He  was  descended  from  the 
two  races  of  people  who  have  been  so  deeply  injured  by 
Europeans  and  their  American  descendants;  for  while  his  fa- 
ther was  an  African,  his  mother  was  one  of  the  aboriginal 
tribes  of  this  country.  His  early  years  were  spent  in 
poverty  and  obscurity,  but  possessing  a religious  mind,  by 
industry  and  perseverance,  guided  by  practical  good  sense,  he 
rose  to  wealth  and  respectability.  He  was  largely  engaged 
in  navigation,  and  in  many  voyages  to  foreign  countries  com- 
manded his  own  vessel.  His  desire  to  raise  his  coloured 
brethren  of  this  country  to  civil  and  religious  liberty,  in  the 
land  of  their  forefathers,  induced  him  to  offer  some  of  the 
free  people  of  colour  a passage  to  the  western  coast  of  Africa. 
About  forty  embarked  with  him  at  Boston,  and  landed  at 
Sierra  Leone,  where  they  were  kindly  received. 

Only  eight  of  these  were  able  to  pay  their  passage;  the 
whole  of  the  expense  of  the  remainder  amounted  to  a sum 
a little  less  than  four  thousand  dollars.  Here  was  an  ex- 
ample of  philanthropy  which  has  never  been  exceeded  in  this 
or  any  other  country.  Here  was  a single  coloured  man,  born 
in  obscurity  and  poverty,  who  undertook,  without  aid  or  en- 
couragement from  any  society,  or  as  far  as  appears,  from  any 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  207 


individual, to  transport  thirty-two  persons  to  the  western  coast 
of  Africa,  at  his  own  expense!  And  this  was  but  the  com- 
mencement of  a colonization  enterprise,  which  he  would  have 
prosecuted  to  a far  greater  extent,  had  not  his  life  been  cut 
short.  His  death  occurred  the  following  year,  in  which  year 
the  secret  resolution  was  passed  in  the  Virginia  legislature  re- 
questing Mr.  Jefferson,  to  endeavour  to  obtain,  through  the  ge- 
neral government,  a territory  on  the  coast  of  Africa  or  else- 
where, for  the  colonization  of  the  free  negroes  of  Virginia. 
In  the  close  of  this  year  the  Rev.  Dr.  Finley  went  to  Wash- 
ington, and  by  the  aid  of  several  friends,  who  entered  warm- 
ly into  his  views,  instituted  “The  American  Colonization 
Society,”  which  dates  from  December,  1816.  It  appears  then 
that  the  scheme  of  colonizing  the  free  people  of  colour  did 
not  originate  among  the  slave  holders  in  the  south,  as  ex-presi- 
dent  Adams  has  published  to  the  world  to  be  the  fact,  but  was 
commenced  in  his  own  state  by  a man  who  deserves  to  be  as 
much  honoured  for  his  noble,  elevated  and  disinterested  views 
as  any  man,  to  whom  the  Bay  State  ever  gave  birth.  Yes; 
posterity  shall  know  that  Paul  Cuffce  is  of  right  the 
father  of  the  noble  scheme  of  American  colonization:  and 
we  verily  believe,  that  the  name  of  this  humble  but  noble- 
minded  man,  will  stand  out  in  bold  relief  in  the  history  of 
colonization,  when  many  other  names,  once  celebrated,  shall 
be  covered  with  the  rust,  of  oblivion. 

And  it  will  be  here  proper  to  remark,  that  we  have  good 
reason  for  believing,  that  it  was  the  noble  and  disinterested 
enterprise  of  Paul  Cuffee,  which  suggested  to  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Finley  of  Baskingridge,  New  Jersey,  the  idea  of  forming 
a society'  for  colonizing  the  free  people  of  colour;  and  not 
any  knowledge  which  he  had  obtained  of  the  secret  resolu- 
tion of  the  Virginia  legislature.  For  besides,  that  this  was 
secret  and  had  not  transpired,  so  as  to  come  to  his  ears,  be- 
fore he  had  his  mind  occupied  with  this  object,  it  was  by  no 
means  probable  that  he  should  feel  disposed  to  interfere  with 
a plan  devised  by  the  legislature  of  a large  slave  holding 
state  which  was  yet  in  its  infancy.  We  feel  that  we  have  a 
right  to  speak  of  the  views  and  motives  of  Dr-  Finley,  in  re- 
lation to  this  matter;  as  during  the  time  that  he  was  engaged 
in  meditating  this  benevolent  scheme,  we  were  in  habits  of 
intimate  intercourse  with  him,  and  have  heard  him  repeated- 
ly expound  his  accurate  views  of  the  benefits  to  be  derived 
from  the  successful  prosecution  of  this  enterprise;  and  al- 
though many  of  his  friends  were  of  opinion  that  he  was  en- 


208  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

thusiastic,  and  that  his  projected  plan  never  could  be  realized; 
yet  they  were  and  are  now  unanimous  in  believing,  that  his 
motives  were  of  the  purest  and  noblest  kind.  Few  men  have 
possessed  the  confidence  of  all  their  friends  in  a higher  de- 
gree than  Dr.  Finley.  Possessing  good  talents,  and  having 
received  a finished  education,  he  entered  the  sacred  ministry, 
and  became  one  of  the  most  powerful  and  successful  preach- 
ers that  we  have  known.  He  was  also  an  eminent  instructer 
of  youth;  for  when  he  settled  as  a pastor,  finding  that  a good 
classical  school  was  needed  in  Baskingridge,  he  engaged  in 
the  enterprise  of  erecting  an  academy,  which  he  superintend- 
ed for  many  years  with  unrivalled  skill  and  success.  Many 
of  his  pupils,  are  among  the  first  men  of  the  country  for 
solid  learning  and  well  disciplined  minds.  Among  these 
it  will  not  be  considered  invidious  to  mention  a Freling- 
huysen,  a Southard,  and  a Lindsly.  We  recollect  to  have 
heard  Dr.  Finley  speak  in  the  warmest  terms  of  admi- 
ration, of  the  benevolent  enterprise  of  Paul  Cuffee,  but 
never  heard  him  mention  the  secret  resolution  of  the  Virginia 
legislature,  which  was  a thing  then  utterly  unknown  to  us, 
though  in  frequent  correspondence  with  many  persons  resi- 
ding in  Virginia.  We  conclude  then,  that  the  true  father 
of  American  colonization  was  Paul  Cuffee;  and  the  proper 
founder  of  the  American  Colonization  Society,  was  the  Rev. 
Robert  Finley,  D.D.  After  the  gentleman  last  named  had 
conversed  freely  and  fully  with  his  brethren  and  friends,  re- 
specting this  project,  which  had  taken  complete  possession 
of  his  mind,  he  appointed  a public  meeting  in  this  place, 
which  was  held  in  the  Presbyterian  church,  at  which  some 
of  us  attended,  and  assisted  him  in  explaining  to  the  people 
who  had  assembled,  the  benefits  which  might  be  expected 
from  the  success  of  such  a plan.  Among  those  who  attended, 
we  well  remember  that  there  were  a number  of  respectable 
and  intelligent  Quakers,  of  the  neighbourhood.  The  benefits 
expected  from  this  scheme  were,  first,  the  melioration  of  the 
condition  of  the  free  people  of  colour,  by  removing  them 
from  a country  in  which  they  could  never  rise  to  respecta- 
bility, or  equality  with  the  whites,  to  the  country  of  their 
forefathers,  where,  by  the  blessing  of  a kind  providence, 
they  might  enjoy  all  the  privileges  of  freemen;  and  where 
they  would  be  no  longer  pressed  down  by  feelings  and  pre- 
judices, from  the  effect  of  which  they  cannot  escape  while 
they  remain  in  this  country.  The  second  benefit  expected 
from  this  plan  of  colonization,  by  its  founder,  related  to  Africa. 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  209 


It  was  confidently  expected  by  him,  that  the  successful 
establishment  of  a colony  on  the  western  coast  of  Africa, 
would  be  the  means  of  introducing  the  gospel,  and,  conse- 
quently, civilization  into  that  dark  continent.  It  was  also 
believed  that  colonies  along  the  coast  would  have  a salutary 
effect,  as  far  as  they  should  acquire  strength,  in  checking  the 
nefarious  traffic  in  slaves  along  the  whole  extent  of  the  western 
coast  of  Africa.  As  to  slavery,  it  was  the  deliberate  purpose 
of  Dr.  Finley  not  to  meddle  with  the  subject,  nor  to  have 
it  in  any  measure  implicated  with  the  plan  of  coloniza- 
tion, which  related  solely  to  the  free  people  of  colour. 
No  doubt,  he  foresaw  that  one  effect  would  follow  the  suc- 
cess of  this  enterprise  as  it  relates  to  slavery;  namely,  that 
such  persons  as  were  prevented  from  manumitting  their 
slaves,  only  by  the  want  of  a place  to  which  they  could 
send  them,  would  be  able,  when  this  plan  was  carried  into 
operation,  to  accomplish  their  wishes,  or  to  relieve  their 
consciences.  It  was  well  known  that  many  slave-hold- 
ers were  in  this  situation,  and  they  have  evinced  the  sin- 
cerity of  their  professions  by  availing  themselves  of  the  op- 
portunity which  this  society  has  offered  of  emancipating 
their  slaves  and  sending  them  to  Liberia.  Still  the  Ameri- 
can Colonization  Society  has  nothing  to  do  with  slavery; 
for  it  cannot  recognise  any  persons  as  properly  within 
the  constitutional  sphere  of  its  operation,  until  they  are 
free.  Yet  it  is  true,  and  we  do  not  wish  to  conceal  it,  that 
many  of  the  friends  of  the  society  greatly  rejoice  in  this 
collateral  effect  of  the  institution.  And  who  can  possibly 
find  fault  with  the  society  on  this  account?  Who  is  there, 
that  would  wish  to  prevent  those  who,  from  principles  of 
benevolence,  or  from  conscientious  motives,  wish  to  liberate 
their  own  slaves,  from  having  an  opportunity  of  doing  so  in 
a way  satisfactory  to  their  own  minds?  As  to  any  other 
effect  which  the  institution  of  this  society  would  have  on 
slavery,  such  as  has  been  ascribed  to  its  organization,  it  cer- 
tainly never  entered  into  the  benevolent  mind  of  Dr.  Finley. 
He  had  no  desire  to  see  slavery  perpetuated  in  this,  or  any 
other  country.  With  all  enlightened  patriots  and  politicians, 
he  lamented  it  as  an  evil,  for  the  removal  of  which  Provi- 
dence had  not  yet  opened  any  safe  way. 

It  is  true,  that  at  the  meeting  of  a number  of  distinguished 
men  in  Washington,  to  form  this  society,  there  were  some 
things  said  by  some  of  the  distinguished  speakers,  of  which 
a great  advantage  has  been  taken  by  the  assailants  of  the  so- 
vol.  xn.  no.  2.  27 


210  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

ciety;  as  though  these  sentiments  had  been  the  common 
opinions  of  all  concerned  in  the  institution;  whereas  they 
were  the  peculiar  views  of  the  persons  who  uttered  them. 
It  would,  indeed,  be  a hard  case,  if  every  society  was  re- 
sponsible for  every  word  which  its  advocates  may  say  in  its 
defence,  either  in  their  speeches  or  writings.  But  really, 
when  the  offensive  sentiments  uttered  on  that  occasion 
come  to  be  weighed  and  analyzed,  there  is  very  little  in  them 
which  ought  to  give  offence.  It  was  argued  that  the  re- 
moval of  the  free  people  of  colour  from  among  the  slaves, 
would  render  the  latter  more  valuable,  and  so  be  a benefit  to 
the  slave-holder  himself.  But  how?  In  no  other  way  than  by 
removing  a powerful  temptation  to  theft  and  robbery  out  of 
his  way,  and  rendering  him  more  contented  with  his  condi- 
tion. The  very  same  objection  might  be  made  to  preaching 
the  gospel  to  the  slaves;  for  it  is  an  acknowledged  fact,  even 
among  infidel  masters,  that  those  slaves  who  are  truly  reli- 
gious make  the  best  servants:  and  how  can  it  be  otherwise 
if  they  obey  the  plain  precepts  of  the  gospel?  Instructing 
the  slaves  in  the  doctrines  of  the  Christian  religion,  may  be 
said,  with  as  much  reason,  to  have  the  effect  of  rendering 
slavery  perpetual,  because  it  tends  to  make  them  better  ser- 
vants, as  the  Colonization  Society,  which  cannot  possibly 
have  the  effect  charged  upon  it  in  any  other  way  than  by 
making  the  slaves  better  men,  and  so  better  servants  than 
they  are  when  mingled  with  the  free  people  of  colour. 

While  we  have  accorded  the  honour  of  originating  coloni- 
zation in  these  United  States  to  Paul  Cuffee,  and  the  plan  of 
the  American  Colonization  Society  to  Dr.  Finley,  a native 
of  our  own  town,  and  an  alumnus  of  our  own  college,  of 
which  he  was  a faithful  trustee  for  many  years,  we  feel  con- 
strained by  a regard  to  truth  and  justice,  to  bring  to  public 
notice  the  plans  and  exertions  of  another  excellent  man  in 
favour  of  the  African  race:  and  although  he  did  not  actually 
form  a colonization  society,  he  did  form  the  plan  of  a mis- 
sionary society,  to  send  back  to  Africa  several  natives  of 
that  continent,  who  had  been  brought  here,  and  sold  as  slaves 
in  this  country.  The  person  to  whom  we  allude,  is  the  late 
Rev.  Samuel  Hopkins,  D.  D.  of  Newport,  Rhode-Island,  a 
man  as  much  distinguished  for  his  philanthropy  as  for  his 
piety  and  theological  knowledge.  We  have  been  surprised 
that  the  facts  which  we  are  about  to  relate,  have  never  been 
brought  before  the  public,  in  any  of  the  Colonization  papers 
which  have  been  published;  especially,  as  they  are  contain- 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  211 

ed  in  the  history  of  this  eminent  man’s  life,  published  in 
New  England,  by  John  Ferguson,  ten  years  ago.  For  some 
parts  of  the  following  narrative,  however,  we  are  indebted 
to  the  “ Life  of  Mrs.  Osborne,”  by  Dr.  Hopkins  himself. 

Newport,  Rhode  Island,  where  Dr.  Hopkins  resided,  was 
the  centre  of  that  trade  by  which  so  many  unfortunate  Afri- 
cans were  brought  to  this  country.  Before  coming  to  this 
place,  he  never  had  his  attention  turned  to  the  iniquity  of 
this  traffic  in  human  beings.  But  having  the  subject  now 
daily  obtruded  on  his  notice,  he  began  seriously  to  reflect  on 
the  injustice  and  cruelty  of  the  trade;  and  the  result  was  a 
deep  and  abiding  conviction  of  the  enormity  of  its  guilt. 
This  conviction  set  his  benevolent  mind  to  work  to  devise 
some  method  of  checking  the  evil,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  of 
repairing  the  injury  inflicted  on  unhappy  Africa.  In  a sermon 
addressed  to  his  own  congregation,  and  delivered  before  the 
war  of  the  revolution,  he  undertook  to  expose  the  iniquity 
of  the  slave-trade.  This  was  at  that  time  a bold  underta- 
king; for  this  traffic  was  then  the  source  of  wealth  to  the  state 
of  Rhode  Island;  and  his  own  congregation,  as  well  as  the 
whole  town,  were  deeply  engaged  in  it.  But  though  at  first 
he  hesitated,  yet  after  carefully  studying  the  subject,  and 
viewing  it  on  all  sides,  he  resolved  to  follow  the  dictates  of 
his  conscience,  and,  in  dependence  on  the  strength  of  the 
Lord,  to  make  a decided  and  consistent  stand.  Contrar)’'  to 
all  his  fears  and  expectations,  instead  of  the  bitter  opposition 
which  he  had  anticipated,  his  first  sermon  only  excited  won- 
der in  the  majority  of  his  hearers  that  they  had  never  seen 
the  subject  in  the  same  light  before.  His  arguments  pro- 
duced a clear  conviction  of  the  evil  which  they  had  been  so 
long  ignorantly  practising,  and  their  future  conduct  was  re- 
gulated in  accordance  with  their  new  views;  for  his  church 
soon  after  this,  passed  the  following  resolution:  “Resolv- 
ed, That  the  slave-trade,  and  the  slavery  of  the  Africans,  as 
it  has  existed  among  us,  is  a gross  violation  of  the  righteous- 
ness and  benevolence  which  are  so  much  inculcated  in  the 
gospel,  and,  therefore,  we  will  not  tolerate  it  in  the  church.” 
Whether  Dr.  Hopkins  was  not  the  very  first  man,  on  either 
side  of  the  Atlantic,  who  openly  denounced  the  injustice  and 
cruelty  of  the  slave  trade,  we  are  not  able  positively  to  de- 
termine. But  if  he  was  not  the  first  witness  against  this 
crying  sin,  he  was  undoubtedly  among  the  earliest. 

But  Dr.  Hopkins’s  views  were  not  restricted  to  the  point 
of  inducing  men  to  cease  from  doing  this  great  evil;  but 


212  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

were  extended  to  the  devising  some  plan  for  repairing  the 
injury  which  had  been  done,  as  far  as  this  was  possible.  He 
therefore  conceived  the  design  of  educating  and  qualifying 
some  pious  Africans  to  return  to  their  own  country  as  mis- 
sionaries. Accordingly,  a missionary  society  was  formed 
for  this  object;  and  when  a collection  was  taken  for  its  sup- 
port, this  conscientious  man  contributed  the  exact  sum 
which  he  had  received  for  a slave  which  he  sold  when  resi- 
dent at  Great  Barrington,  Conn.  In  the  town  of  Newport 
were  several  Africans,  who  had  become  truly  pious  since 
their  arrival  in  this  country.  These  Dr.  Hopkins  was  ex- 
ceedingly desirous  to  educate  and  send  back  to  Africa,  as  . 
missionaries  to  their  countrymen.  For  the  money  necessary 
to  redeem  one  of  these  young  men,  he  became  personally  re- 
sponsible; though  always  a very  poor  man.  He  also  made 
a vigorous  effort  to  procure  the  freedom,  and  provide  for  the 
education  of  three  more.  To  interest  benevolent  men  in 
this  enterprise,  he  wrote  letters  to  the  society  in  Scotland 
for  promoting  Christian  knowledge,  and  to  several  gentlemen 
in  England  of  known  benevolence.  One  of  these  was  Gran- 
ville Sharpe,  Esq.  who  was  so  much  distinguished  as  the 
friend  of  Africa.  Dr.  Hopkins  also  endeavoured  to  engage 
his  own  countrymen  in  the  scheme  which  he  had  formed; 
and  made  an  earnest  appeal  to  the  public  for  pecuniary  aid, 
to  enable  the  society  to  obtain  the  emancipation  of  such  per- 
sons as  it  would  be  desirable  to  send  to  Africa;  and  to  edu- 
cate them  at  some  literary  institution.  As  this  paper,  dated 
August  31,  1773,  is  preserved,  and  is  exceedingly  interest- 
ing, we  cannot  but  lay  it  entire  before  our  readers.  It  is 
proper,  however,  to  observe,  that  the  Rev.  Doctor  Stiles, 
then  also  the  pastor  of  a congregational  church  in  Newport, 
but  afterwards  president  of  Yale  College,  united  cordially 
with  Dr.  Hopkins  in  this  enterprise;  and  we  find  his  name 
subscribed  to  the  subjoined  circular. 

TO  THE  PUBLIC. 

“ There  has  been  a design  formed,  and  some  attempts  have 
lately  been  made,  to  send  the  gospel  to  Guinea,  by  encour- 
aging and  furnishing  two  men  to  go  and  preach  the  gospel  to 
their  brethren  there.  A memorial  was  drawn  up  about  three 
years  since  with  this  view;  and  a number  of  copies  were 
circulated.  It  is  now  offered  to  the  public. 

“ To  all  who  are  desirous  to  promote  the  kingdom  of  Christ 
on  earth,  in  the  salvation  of  sinners,  the  following  narrative 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  213 

and  proposal  are  offered,  to  excite  and  solicit  their  charity 
and  prayers. 

“ There  are  two  coloured  men,  members  of  the  first  con- 
gregational church*  in  Newport,  on  Rhode  Island,  named 
Bristol  Yamma,  and  John  Quamine,  who  were  hopefully 
converted  some  years  ago:  and  have  from  that  time  sustain- 
ed a good  character  as  Christians,  and  have  made  good  profi- 
ciency in  Christian  knowledge.  The  latter  is  the  son  of  a 
rich  man  in  Annamboe,  and  was  sent  to  this  place  by  his  fa- 
ther, for  an  education  among  the  English,  and  then  to  return 
home.  All  this  the  person  to  whom  he  was  committed  en- 
gaged to  perform, for  a good  reward.  But  instead  of  being 
faithful  to  his  trust,  he  sold  him  as  a slave  for  life.  But 
God  in  his  providence  has  put  it  into  the  power  of  both  of 
them  to  obtain  their  freedom.  The  former  is,  however,  fifty 
dollars  in  debt,  as  he  could  not  purchase  his  freedom  under 
two  hundred  dollars;  which  he  must  procure  by  his  labour, 
unless  relieved  by  the  charity  of  others. 

“ These  persons,  thus  acquainted  with  Christianity,  and 
apparently  devoted  to  the  service  of  Christ,  are  about  thirty 
years  old:  have  good  natural  abilities;  are  apt,  steady,  and 
judicious,  and  speak  their  native  language — the  language  of  a 
numerous,  potent  nation  in  Guinea,  to  which  they  both  be- 
long. They  are  not  only  willing  but  very  desirous  to  quit 
all  worldly  prospects  and  risk  their  lives  in  attempting  to 
open  a door  for  the  propagation  of  Christianity  among  their 
poor,  ignorant,  perishing,  heathen  brethren.  The  conven- 
ience of  all  these  things  has  led  to  set  on  foot  a proposal  to 
send  them  to  Africa,  to  preach  the  gospel  there,  if  upon  trial 
they  shall  appear  in  any  good  measure  qualified  for  this  busi- 
ness. In  order  to  this  they  must  be  put  to  school,  and  taught 
to  read  and  write  better  than  they  now  can,  and  be  instruct- 
ed more  fully  in  divinity,  &c.  And  if  upon  trial,  they  ap- 
pear to  make  good  proficiency,  and  shall  be  thought  by  com- 
petent judges  to  be  fit  for  such  a mission,  it  is  not  doubted 
that  many  may  be  procured,  sufficient  to  carry  the  design  in- 
to execution. 

“What  is  now  wanted  and  asked,  is  money  to  pay  the 
debt  mentioned,  and  to  support  them  at  school,  to  make  the 
trial,  whether  they  may  be  fitted  for  the  proposed  mission. 

(f  As  God  has  in  his  providence  so  far  opened  the  way  to 


Dr.  Hopkins  was  the  pastor  of  this  church. 


214  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

this,  by  raising  up  these  persons,  and  ordering  the  remark- 
able concurring  circumstances  and  events  which  have 
been  mentioned,  and  there  is  most  probably  no  other  in- 
stance in  America,  where  so  many  things  conspire  to  point 
out  a mission  of  this  kind,  with  such  encouragement  to  pur- 
sue it;  may  it  not  be  hoped  it  will  have  the  patronage  of  the 
pious  and  benevolent? 

“ And  it  is  hUmbly  proposed  to  those  who  are  convinced  of 
the  iniquity  of  the  slave  trade , and  are  sensible  of  the  great 
inhumanity  and  cruelty  of  enslaving  so  many  thousands  of 
our  fellow  men  every  year,  with  all  the  dreadful  and  horrid 
attendents;  and  are  ready  to  bear  testimony  against  it,  in  all 
proper  ways,  and  do  their  utmost  to  put  a stop  to  it;  whether 
they  have  not  a good  opportunity  of  doing  this,  by  cheerfully 
contributing,  according  to  their  ability,  to  promote  the  mis- 
sion proposed;  and  whether  this  is  not  the  best  compensation 
we  are  able  to  make  the  poor  Africans,  for  the  injuries  they 
are  receiving  constantly  by  this  unrighteous  practice,  and  all 
its  attendants. 

“But  aside  from  this  consideration,  may  it  not  be  hoped, 
that  all  who  are  heartily  praying,  ‘ thy  kingdom  come ,’  will 
liberally  contribute  to  forward  this  attempt  to  send  the  glo- 
rious gospel  of  the  blessed  God,  to  the  nations  who  now  wor- 
ship false  gods,  and  dwell  in  the  habitations  of  cruelty,  and 
the  land  of  the  shadow  of  death;  especially  since  the  King  of 
Zion  has  promised  that  whosoever  parts  with  any  thing  in 
this  world  ‘ for  the  kingdom  of  God’s  sake,  shall  receive 
manifold  more  in  this  present  time,  and  in  the  world  to  come 
life  everlasting. 

“Ezra  Stiles. 

“ Samuel  Hopkins. 

“ Newport,  B.  I.,  Jlug.  31,  1773.” 

The  effect  of  the  above  sensible,  sober,  and  pious  circular, 
was,  that  contributions,  to  the  amount  of  more  than  a hun- 
dred pounds,  New  England  money,  were  sent  in;  of  which 
fifty-five  pounds  were  collected  in  New  England;  thirty 
pounds  were  granted  by  the  society  in  Scotland  for  promo- 
ting Christian  knowledge;  and  five  pounds,  sterling,  were  the 
donation  of  a gentleman  in  London. 

Several  ecclesiastical  bodies  expressed  their  cordial  appro- 
bation of  the  enterprise;  particularly,  the  presbytery  of  New 
York,  and  several  of  the  associations  of  Connecticut. 

The  answer  to  the  circular  from  the  society  in  Scotland, 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  215 

by  Mr.  Forrest  their  clerk,  deserves  to  be  preserved.  It  is 
as  follows,  “ The  perusal  of  this  memorial,  gave  great  satisfac- 
tion to  the  directors,  while  it  excited  their  admiration  at  the 
various  secret,  and  seemingly  most  unlikely  means,  whereby 
an  all-wise  Providence  sees  meet  to  accomplish  his  gracious 
purposes.  At  the  same  time,  they  rejoiced  at  the  fair  pros- 
pect now  afforded,  to  extend  their  Mediator’s  kingdom,  to 
those  nations,  who  dwell  at  present  in  the  habitations  of 
cruelty,  and  in  the  land  of  the  shadow  of  death.  After  say- 
ing so  much,  it  is  almost  unnecessary  to  add,  that  the  plan  sug- 
gested in  your  memorial  received  the  warmest  approbation 
of  the  directors  of  the  society;  and  that  they  highly  applaud- 
ed your  pious  zeal  in  this  matter,  which  they  earnestly  wish 
and  hope  may  be  crowned  with  success!” 

We  were,  from  the  first  notice  which  we  observed  of  these 
two  Africans,  greatly  interested  in  them,  and  the  pious  enter- 
prise connected  with  their  proposed  return  to  their  native 
country;  but  when  in  the  sequel  of  the  story  we  read, that  they 
had  spent  a year  at  this  very  spot,  under  the  tuition  of  Dr. 
Witherspoon,  we  felt  a thrill  of  surprise;  and  the  thought 
immediately  occurred,  how  little  do  we  know  of  what  was 
contemplated  and  transacted  by  those  who  have  gone  before 
us,  and  often  in  the  very  place  where  we  reside!  How  few 
men  in  New  England  have  been  aware,  that  more  than 
sixty  years  ago,  a missionary  society  was  formed  in  Newport 
Rhode  Island,  to  send  the  gospel  to  Africa,  to  be  preached 
by  natives  of  the  country?  Here  truly  we  have  the  original 
germ  of  the  Colonization  Society;  and  although  the  pious 
enterprise  which  so  warmly  engaged  the  zeal,  and  for  so 
many  years,  called  forth  the  exertions  of  Dr.  Hopkins,  was 
not  permitted  to  be  carried  into  effect;  yet  who  knows  but 
there  may  be  discovered  a secret  connexion  between  this  in- 
cipient effort,  and  the  plans  of  colonization  which  hare  been 
more  successfully  put  into  execution  of  late?  If  we  mistake 
not,  such  a connexion  may  with  some  probability  be  traced, 
as  we  shall  endeavour  to  show  hereafter.  At  present  we  feel 
as  if  this  zeal  for  colonization  should  be  revived  in  Prince- 
ton, where  Yamma  and  Quamine,  the  first  missionaries  de- 
signed and  educated  for  Africa,  studied;  and  where  doubtless 
they  offered  up  many  fervent  prayers  for  their  wretched  and 
benighted  countrymen. 

But  our  readers  will  be  anxious  to  learn  what  was  the  re- 
sult of  this  promising  scheme,  and  what  became  of  these  two 
African  men?  With  regret  we  learn,  that  when  they  had 


216  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

completed  such  an  education  as  was  thought  necessary,  and 
were  ready  to  take  their  departure  to  Africa,  the  coming  on 
of  the  war  of  the  revolution  raised  an  insurmountable  ob- 
struction in  the  way  of  sending  them.  Alas!  how  often 
have  wars  prevented  the  propagation  of  the  gospel!  0 
that  the  time  were  come  when  men  should  learn  war  no 
more,  but  shall  beat  their  swords  into  plough-shares,  and 
their  spears  into  pruning  hooks!  There  was  also  a defi- 
ciency of  funds  for  carrying  the  enterprise  into  effect. 

Dr.  Hopkins,  having  learned  that  there  was,  at  Cape 
Coast  Castle,  a native  of  Guinea,  who  was  not  only  converted 
from  paganism  to  Christianity^,  but  was  a preacher  of  the 
gospel,  and  acted  as  a missionary,  under  “ The  Society 
in  London  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,”  wrote  to 
him,  to  make  inquiry  respecting  the  family  of  John  Qua- 
mine;  and  at  the  same  time,  informed  him  of  the  circum- 
stances of  this  man’s  being  sold  into  slavery,  and  described 
particularly  the  several  members  of  his  family  whom  he  had 
left  behind,  as  he  had  received  the  account  from  Quamine 
himself.  Philip  Quaque,  for  that  was  the  name  of  the  mis- 
sionary, upon  the  reception  of  this  letter,  made  all  the  in- 
quiries which  he  was  requested  to  make,  and  with  complete 
success.  His  letter,  addressed,  we  presume,  to  Dr.  Hopkins, 
is  so  interesting  that  we  cannot  deny  ourselves  the  pleasure 
of  laying  a copy  of  it  before  our  readers: 

“ It  is  with  inexpressible  pleasure  and  satisfaction,  that  I 
acquaint  you  that  my  inquiries  after  the  friends  and  relations 
of  that  gentleman  have  met  with  the  desired  success.  The 
minute  account  he  entertained  you  with,  of  his  family  and 
kindred,  is  just.  For,  by  inquiring,  I find  his  father’s  name 
to  be  the  same  which  you  mention,  who  has  been  dead  many 
years.  His  mother’s  name  is  as  you  have  written  it,  who  is 
still  alive,  and  whom  I had  the  pleasure  of  seeing.  But  the 
bowels  of  maternal  affection — in  truth  do  I declare  it — seem 
ready  to  burst,  and  break  forth  in  tears  of  joy,  like  Jacob, 
when  he  heard  that  his  beloved  son  Joseph  was  yet  alive. 
The  joy  it  kindled,  on  the  occasion,  in  expectation  of  seeing 
once  more  the  fruit  of  her  loins,  before  she,  with  her  grey 
hairs,  goes  down  to  the  grave,  throws  her  into  ecstasies  re- 
sembling Jacob’s;  and  in  raptures  she  breaks  forth,  and  says, 
‘It  is  enough!  my  son  is  yet  alive — I hope,  by  God’s  bless- 
ing, to  see  him  before  I die.’  His  uncle  is  called  by  the 
same  name  mentioned  in  your  favour.  In  short,  every  cir- 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  217 


cumstance  is  agreeable  to  the  description  given  in  your 
letter. 

“ A great  personage  in  his  family,  whose  name  is  Oforee, 
and  now  enjoys  his  father’s  estate,  desires,  with  great 
importunity,  that  I should  certainly  petition  you  that  he 
may  be  returned  to  them,  as  soon  as  may  be;  and  promises 
that  nothing  shall  be  wanting  to  make  him  and  all  about 
him,  comfortable  and  happy  among  his  own  kindred. 
And  the  whole  family  join  in  requesting  me  to  render 
you  all  the  grateful  acknowledgments  and  thanks  they  are 
able  to  return,  for  your  paternal  care  and  affection  exercised 
towards  him;  and  beg  me  to  tell  you  that  it  is  not  in  their 
power  to  requite  you  for  all  your  trouble;  they,  therefore, 
hope  that  the  good  God  of  heaven  will  recompense  you  here- 
after for  your  labour  of  love  bestowed  on  him.” 

In  another  letter,  this  same  person  writes: 

“ The  mother  is  still  looking  with  impatience  for  the  re- 
turn of  her  son,  once  dead  and  lost.  She,  and  the  principal 
cousin,  who  possesses  the  estate  of  his  father,  join  in  earnestly 
entreating  you  would,  in  your  Christian  love  and  charity  to 
them,  send  the  lad  again,  that  he  may  receive  their  cordial  em- 
braces— looking  upon  themselves  sufficient  to  support  him. 

“ I received  the  charitable  proposals,  and  sincerely  thank 
you  therefor.  And  I am  joyful  to  hear  there  are  Africans 
with  you  who  partake  of  the  blessings  of  the  gospel,  and  in 
time,  may  be  the  means  of  promoting  the  greatest  and  best 
interests  of  Africans  here.  I wish  to  God  for  its  speedy  ac- 
complishment, when  the  nation  who  are  now  not  called  the 
children  of  Jehovah,  shall  become  the  prophets  of  the  Lord, 
and  the  children  of  the  living  God. 

“ May  the  benediction  of  the  Almighty  prosper  all  their 
undertakings  to  the  saving  of  many  souls!” 

It  will  be  cheering  to  the  friends  of  colonization  on  the 
coast  of  Africa,  and  to  the  friends  of  African  missions,  to 
learn,  that  before  they  were  born,  there  lived,  and  preached, 
and  prayed,  on  the  coast  of  Guinea,  such  a man  as  Philip 
Quaque,  a coloured  man,  and  a native  of  the  country.  His 
prayers  and  labours  are  now  coming  into  remembrance  be- 
fore God,  who  is  turning  the  hearts  of  many  of  his  ser- 
vants towards  that  dark  and  desolate  region;  and  some  have 
already  taken  their  lives  in  their  hands,  and  gone  thi- 
ther to  instruct  the  ignorant  and  miserable  children  of  Africa. 
Let  no  man’s  heart  be  discouraged  in  regard  to  Africa,  on 
account  of  the  disastrous  result  of  some  of  our  missions.  God 
is  putting  the  faith  of  his  people  to  the  trial;  but  he  will 
VOL.  XII.  no.  2.  28 


218  History  of  the.  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

arise  and  cause  his  light  to  shine  upon  this  dark  region. 
The  time  is  drawing  near,  when  “ Ethiopia  shall  stretch  forth 
her  hands  unto  God.”  And  we  trust,  that  it  will  not  be  long 
before  Guinea — much  injured  and  greatly  degraded  Guinea — 
shall  rise  from  the  dust,  and  take  her  stand  among  Christian 
nations.  Let  the  pious  reader  not  cease  to  pray  for  Africa, 
that  the  time  of  her  redemption  may  draw  nigh. 

Some  time  after  this  information,  respecting  the  family  of 
John  Quamine,  was  received,  a native  of  Annamboe,  and  a 
relation  of  his  family,  arrived  at  Newport,  and  confirmed  all 
the  accounts  above  given.  He  appeared  to  be  a sensible,  in- 
quisitive man,  and  of  good  moral  character.  He  expressed 
a desire  to  learn  to  read,  and  to  be  instructed  in  the  Chris- 
tian religion.  He  appeared  sensible  that  his  countrymen 
were  destitute  of  the  knowledge  of  the  true  method  of  pleas- 
ing God,  and  obtaining  his  favour;  and  said,  that  he  had 
heard  that  Christians  were  in  possession  of  a revelation  from 
him;  and  he  desired  to  become  acquainted  with  its  contents. 
He  moreover  said  that  there  were  many  young  men  in  his 
country,  who  had  a strong  desire  to  learn  to  read  and  write, 
and  would  even  come  to  America,  to  be  educated,  if  they 
were  not  afraid  of  being  deceived  and  sold,  as  was  Quamine. 
He  appeared  to  be  much  pleased  when  informed  that  there 
was  a plan  in  contemplation  for  sending  back  some  of  the 
African  race,  to  teach  the  people. 

Besides  the  two  already  mentioned,  who  were  now  ready 
to  go  on  their  mission  as  soon  as  the  way  should  appear  to 
be  opened,  there  was  a third,  named  Salmar  Nuba,  a member 
of  the  Second  Congregational  Church  of  Newport,  then  under 
the  pastoral  care  of  the  Rev.  Ezra  Stiles,  D.  D.,  a promis- 
ing young  man,  of  about  twenty  years  of  age,  possessing 
good  talents,  and  apparently  ardently  pious.  This  young 
man  had  his  freedom  given  to  him,  and  was  greatly  desirous 
of  attempting  in  some  way  to  promote  the  spread  of  the  gos- 
pel among  the  Africans.  It  was  desired  to  prepare  this  pro- 
mising youth  to  be  a school  master,  or  a missionary  among 
the  native  Africans;  but  the  funds  which  the  society  had 
been  able  to  collect  were  inadequate,  and  an  application  was 
made  to  the  Christian  public  for  further  aid,  and  another  cir- 
cular addressed  to  them,  containing  the  fore-mentioned  facts. 
There  is  an  expression  of  so  much  encouragement  and  confi- 
dence in  part  of  this  address,  and  it  is  so  seasonable  in  the 
present  circumstances,  that  we  will  again  trespass  on  the  pa- 
tience of  the  reader  by  transcribing  it. 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  219 

“Since  it  has  pleased  God  so  far  to  succeed  this  design  in 
his  providence,  and  in  such  a remarkable  manner  to  open  the 
way  from  step  to  step,  and  give  such  hopeful  prospects,  and 
good  encouragement  to  pursue  it,  we  think  it  our  duty 
still  to  prosecute  it,  and  we  ask  the  benefactions  of  all  who 
shall  be  willing  to  promote  an  undertaking  in  itself  so  bene- 
volent; and  which,  though  small  in  its  beginning,  may 
hopefully  issue  in  something  very  great,  and  open  the  way 
to  the  happiness  and  salvation  of  multitudes;  yea,  of  many 
nations,  who  are  now  in  the  most  miserable  state,  ready  to 
perish  in  the  darkness  of  heathenism. 

“ We  beg  leave  also  to  observe  that  the  present  state  of  our 
public  affairs  is  so  far  from  being  a reason  for  neglecting  this 
proposal,  that  it  seems  rather  toafford  strong  reasons  to  encour- 
age it.  For,  while  we  are  struggling  for  our  civil  and  religious 
liberties,  it  will  be  peculiarly  becoming  and  laudable,  to  exert 
ourselves  to  obtain  the  same  blessings  for  others,  as  far  as  it 
is  in  our  power.  And  when  God  is  so  remarkably  interpos- 
ing, and  ordering  such  a series  of  events  in  our  favour,  in 
this  time  of  general  distress,  is  there  not  a special  call  to  pay 
this  tribute  to  him,  according  as  he  has  prospered  us,  as  one 
likely  method  to  obtain  the  continuance  of  his  favour  and 
protection?” 

This  circular,  addressed  to  the  public,  was  subscribed,  as 
was  the  former  one,  with  the  names  of  Ezra  Stiles  and  Samuel 
Hopkins,  and  bore  date  April  10,  1776,  at  Newport,  Rhode 
Island.  Soon  after  this,  the  war  fell  heavily  on  the  town  of 
Newport,  and  upon  Dr.  Hopkins’s  church  and  people.  He, 
and  most  of  his  flock,  were  driven  from  their  homes,  and 
his  pious  Africans  from  their  studies.  In  addition  to  all 
these  discouraging  circumstances,  one  of  the  designated  mis- 
sionaries died  before  a peace  was  concluded;  and  by  the  dis- 
asters of  the  war,  not  only  all  opportunity  of  sending  mis- 
sionaries to  Africa  was  cut  off,  but  the  pecuniary  resources 
of  the  society  were  exhausted,  and  the  members  scattered. 
Thus  this  very  promising  enterprise  of  piety  and  benevo- 
lence appeared  to  be  frustrated:  but  the  effect  produced  on 
the  public  mind  by  this  unusual  effort,  was  considerable, 
both  in  Great  Britain  and  America,  and  has  had  a real,  but 
unnoticed  influence  on  the  benevolent  plans  of  missions  and 
colonization  of  the  present  day.  But  we  intimated,  that 
there  existed  some  probable  evidence  of  a more  particular 
connexion  between  Dr.  Hopkins’s  exertions,  and  the  more 
modern  schemes  of  colonization.  The  circumstances  are 
briefly  these.  It  is  an  ascertained  fact,  that  Dr.  Hopkins 


220  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [Apkil 

corresponded  with  Granville  Sharp,  Esq.  on  the  subject  of 
sending  these  missionaries  back  to  Africa,  and  that  this 
distinguished  friend  of  the  African  race  highly  approved 
the  plan.  It  is  also  well  known,  that  this  gentleman  acted 
a leading  part  in  forming  and  executing  the  plan  of  a colony 
at  Sierra  Leone;  and  that  the  original  settlers  in  this  colony 
had  been  slaves  in  the  United  States,  who  joined  the  British 
army  on  a promise  of  liberty.  Now,  we  say  it  is  probable 
that  the  idea  of  planting  a colony  of  these  people  on  the 
coast  of  Africa,  was  suggested  to  Mr.  Sharp,  by  the  corres- 
pondence of  Dr.  Hopkins.  Such  at  least  is  our  conjecture. 

After  the  British  had  evacuated  Rhode  Island,  and  Dr. 
Hopkins  was  permitted  to  return  to  Newport,  he  still  re- 
tained his  zeal  for  the  African  cause.  Besides  publishing  a 
pamphlet  to  show  that  it  was  the  interest  and  duty  of  the 
American  states  to  emancipate  their  African  slaves,  he  con- 
tinued to  foster  the  society  which  he  had  instituted  before 
the  war.  And,  indeed,  his  liberality  was  so  unbounded  that 
he  found  it  expedient  to  keep  some  of  his  principal  benefac- 
tions secret.  At  the  close  of  the  war,  his  resources  were 
much  exhausted;  but  “ when  in  his  old  age  he  received  nine 
hundred  dollars  for  the  copy  right  of  his  System  of  Divinity, 
he  contributed  one  hundred  from  the  amount  to  the  objects 
of  that  society.” 

In  Dr.  Hopkins’s  life  of  Mrs.  Susanna  Osborn,  we  find 
him  still  encouraging  himself  and  his  friends  to  proceed  in 
their  benevolent  enterprise.  “The  way,”  says  he,  “to  the 
proposed  mission  yet  lies  open,  and  the  encouragements  to  it 
are  as  great  as  ever.  All  that  is  wanting  is  money,  exertion, 
and  missionaries  to  undertake  it.  There  are  religious  blacks 
to  be  found  who  understand  the  language  of  the  nations  in 
those  parts:  who  might  be  employed,  if  they  were  properly 
encouraged.  And  if  they  were  brought  to  embrace  Christi- 
anity, and  to  be  civilized,  it  would  put  a stop  to  the  slave- 
trade,  and  render  them  happy.  And  it  would  open  a door 
for  trade,  which  would  be  to  the  temporal  interest  of  both 
Americans  and  Africans.  As  attention  to  spreading  the  gos- 
pel appears  to  be  now  spreading  and  increasing  in  America, 
it  is  hoped  that  the  eyes  of  many  will  be  opened  to  see  the 
peculiar  obligations  they  are  under  to  attempt  to  send  the 
gospel  to  the  Africans,  whom  we  have  injured  and  abused 
so  greatly:  even  more  than  any  other  people  under  heaven; 
it  being  the  best  and  only  compensation  which  we  can  make 
them.” 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  221 


But  although  Dr.  Hopkins  was  disappointed  in  his  plan  of 
sending  Yamma  and  Quamine  as  missionaries  to  Africa,  it  is 
a remarkable  fact  that  two  of  those  young  men  of  the  Afri- 
can race,  instructed  by  him,  have  gone,  in  extreme  old  age, 
to  the  colony  at  Liberia;  one  of  these  is  the  man  known  in 
New  England,  and  especially  in  Boston,  by  the  appellation 
of  Deacon  Gardner.  The  history  of  this  man  is  not  only 
remarkable,  but  somewhat  romantic.  He  was  a native  of 
Africa,  and  brought  as  a slave  to  this  country,  in  1760,  when 
only  fourteen  years  old.  He  very  soon  manifested  uncom- 
mon talents,  and  learned  to  read  by  his  own  unaided  efforts, 
after  receiving  a few  elementary  lessons.  In  the  same  way 
he  learned  music,  in  which  art  he  became  such  an  adept,  that 
he  composed  a large  number  of  tunes,  some  of  which  have 
been  highly  approved  by  good  judges,  and  was  a highly  popu- 
lar teacher  of  vocal  music  in  Newport,  where  many  resorted  to 
his  school  for  improvement  in  this  delightful  accomplishment. 

But  the  most  extraordinary  thing  of  the  kind,  which  we 
have  ever  heard  of,  was  that  though  only  a boy  of  fourteen 
when  he  was  brought  from  Africa,  he  could,  at  the  age 
of  thirty,  speak  his  native  language  with  fluency.  His  un- 
common powers  of  mind  attracted  the  attention  of  Dr.  Hop- 
kins; and  his  ardent  piety  gained  his  love  and  esteem.  He 
therefore  marked  him  out  as  a suitable  person  to  be  sent 
as  a missionary  to  Africa,  originated  a plan  for  obtain- 
ing his  freedom,  and  aided  and  encouraged  him  in  its  pro- 
secution. There  is  a fact  connected  with  this  subject,  the 
mention  of  which  will  to  some,  perhaps,  appear  to  savour 
of  enthusiasm;  but  it  shall  be  related,  and  every  one  may  in- 
terpret it  as  it  pleases  him.  Deacon  Gardner  was  the  slave 
of  Captain  I.  Gardner,  of  Newport,  Rhode  Island,  and  by  the 
indulgence  of  his  master,  was  allowed  to  labour  for  his  own 
profit,  whatever  time  he  could  save  by  diligence.  All  that 
he  thus  gained  was  devoted  to  the  object  of  obtaining  his  own 
and  his  family’s  freedom.  A deacon  of  Dr.  Hopkins’s  church 
advised  him  to  try  the  efficacy  of  fasting  and  prayer,  and  see 
if  he  would  not  get  along  further  than  by  labour  alone.  Ac- 
cordingly, having  gained  a day,  he  determined  to  spend  it  in 
fasting  and  prayer,  and  communicated  his  purpose  to  none 
but  Dr.  Hopkins,  and  a few  pious  friends.  His  master,  total- 
ly ignorant  of  his  slave’s  occupation,  sent  for  him  about  four 
o’clock,  in  the  afternoon;  but  was  told  that  Gardner  was  en- 
gaged about  his  own  business,  this  being  his  gained  day. 
“ No  matter,  call  him,”  said  his  master;  when  the  slave  ap- 


222  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

peared,  he  put  into  his  hand  a paper  on  which  was  written, 
“ I,  James  Gardner,  of  Newport,  Rhode  Island,  do  this  day 
manumit,  and  release  forever,  Newport  Gardner,  his  wife 
and  children,”  &c.  &c.  Some  conditions  were  annexed 
which  could  be  easily  performed.  Deacon  Gardner  of 
course  felt  and  expressed  warm  gratitude  to  his  earthly  mas- 
ter, who  had  now  become  his  benefactor,  but  still  greater 
gratitude  to  his  Father  in  heaven,  who  had  so  signally  an- 
swered his  prayer  for  freedom,  even  before  he  had  finished 
his  supplication. 

During  his  whole  life  this  man  had  his  heart  turned  to- 
wards Africa,  and  when  the  opportunity  of  returning  occurred, 
he  joyfully  embraced  it,  although  he  was  now  advanced  to 
the  eightieth  year  of  his  age.  With  a view  to  his  going  to 
Liberia,  he  and  several  others  were  in  Boston,  constituted 
into  a Christian  church,  of  which  he  was  immediately  ordain- 
ed a deacon,  together  with  Salmar  Nubia,  another  of  Dr. 
Hopkins’s  promising  young  men,  of  whom  mention  has  al- 
ready been  made- 

The  solemn  exercises  connected  with  the  constitution  of  this 
church,  were  conducted  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Jenks,  Dr.  Wisner, 
Dr.  Edwards,  and  Dr.  S.  E.  Dwight.  The  service  was  closed 
by  an  anthem  composed  by  deacon  Gardner,  and  set  to  words 
selected  from  various  passages  in  the  Bible,  and  exceedingly 
appropriate  to  the  occasion.  On  the  7th  of  January,  1826, 
he  set  sail  in  company  with  the  Rev.  Horace  Sessions  for 
Liberia,  in  Africa.  This  undertaking  at  his  advanced  years, 
was  not  the  effect  of  a sudden  impulse  ; it  was  only  the 
breaking  out  of  that  flame  of  love  to  Christ,  and  to  his  kins- 
men according  to  the  flesh,  which  had  been  enkindled  by 
the  fire-side  of  Dr.  Hopkins’s  study,  fifty  years  before. 

Thus,  after  an  absence  of  more  than  threescore  years,  this 
patriarchal  man  went  back  to  his  native  shores,  to  assist  in 
laying  the  foundation  of  an  infant  colony,  which  we  trust 
will  be  the  first  step  towards  a series  of  efforts  in  this  country 
for  the  redemption  of  Africa  from  her  deeply  degraded  and 
wretched  state;  and  also  of  opening  a comfortable  asylum  for 
thousands  of  the  African  race  in  this  land,  who,  though  free, 
are  without  a country  which  they  can  call  their  own,  and 
without  a standing  in  society  proportioned  to  their  intelli- 
gence and  moral  worth. 

What  was  the  close  of  this  venerable  man’s  career,  or 
whether  he  is  still  living,  we  have  not  been  informed.  In 
all  probability,  however,  he  has  long  since  finished  his  pil- 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  223 

grimage;  and  has  left  his  bones  in  Liberia,  a kind  of  sacred 
pledge  that  the  God  of  all  flesh  has  a purpose  of  mercy,  soon 
to  be  accomplished  towards  this  extended  region  of  darkness. 

There  also  lie  the  bones  of  Prince  Abdulrahhman,  whose 
history  is  as  remarkable  as  that  of  Deacon  Gardner.  No 
doubt  a gracious  God  is  about  soon  to  bless  Africa,  and  only 
waits  for  the  believing  prayers  of  his  people.  Considering  the 
short  time  which  has  elapsed  since  the  discovery  of  America, 
and  its  distance  from  Africa,  it  is  a remarkable  fact  that  there 
are  now  resident  on  this  continent  and  the  West  India  islands 
four  or  five  millions  of  the  African  race,  none  of  whom  came 
to  this  country  by  their  own  consent.  It  is  an  extraor- 
dinary instance  of  the  inconsistency  of  the  most  benevolent 
men — if  the  account  is  true — that  the  slave-trade  was  sug- 
gested and  recommended  by  one  of  the  most  distinguished 
philanthropists  of  the  sixteenth  century.  We  refer  to  the 
amiable  Las  Casas,  who  devoted  his  life  and  all  his  energies 
to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  aborigines  of  America.  The 
common  testimony  of  historians  is,  that  to  preserve  his  be- 
loved Indians  from  slavery  and  oppression  by  the  Spaniards, 
he  proposed  that  Africans  should  be  imported  to  perform  the 
more  laborious  works  of  agriculture.  The  fact,  however,  has 
of  late  been  called  in  question,  and  even  positively  denied; 
but  as  we  are  not  informed  on  what  authority  the  denial  rests, 
we  shall  follow  the  common  current  of  history;  at  the  same 
time,  expressing  our  sincere  wish,  that  it  may  be  discovered, 
that  the  character  of  this  philanthropist  has  been  unjustly 
loaded  with  this  obloquy.  The  short  account  of  Las  Casas, 
which  we  shall  now  give  is  abridged  from  the  article,  Las 
Casas,  in  the  American  Encyclopaedia. 

This  friend  of  the  Indian  race  was  born  at  Senilla,  in  the 
year  1474.  When  only  nineteen  years  of  age  he  went  to 
America  with  his  father,  who  was  one  of  the  companions  of 
Columbus,  in  his  first  voyage.  After  a residence  of  five 
years  in  America,  he  returned  to  Spain  and  entered  into  holy 
orders,  and  then  accompanied  Columbus  in  his  second  voy- 
age to  America.  After  the  conquest  of  Cuba  he  took  up  his 
residence  in  that  island,  where  he  distinguished  himself  by 
his  humane  conduct  to  the  natives,  of  whom  he  became,  in  a 
manner,  the  patron.  When  upon  a division  of  the  conquer- 
ed country,  a certain  number  of  the  Indians  fell  under  his 
power,  he  gave  them  all  their  liberty;  and  so  much  was  he 
interested  in  their  behalf,  that  he  took  another  voyage  to 
Spain,  to  plead  their  cause  at  the  court  of  king  Ferdinand; 


224  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  [April 

but  the  death  of  that  prince  having  occurred  before  his  arri- 
val, he  was  disappointed  in  his  design. 

Cardinal  Ximenes  the  regent,  however,  appointed  a com- 
mission to  examine  into  circumstances  on  the  spot,  and  to 
determine  in  the  case  accordingly,  Las  Casas  was  directed  to 
accompany  them,  and  received  from  the  regent,  the  honour- 
able title  of  Protector  of  the  Indians.  The  commissioners, 
upon  their  arrival  in  Cuba,  found  it  impossible  to  obtain  the 
liberation  of  the  natives:  they  therefore,  directed  their  at- 
tention to  the  means  of  securing  to  them  more  humane  treat- 
ment. Las  Casas,  however,  continued  to  remonstrate  ear- 
nestly against  enslaving  these  unoffending  people,  and  the 
planters  became  so  incensed  against  him,  that  for  personal 
safety  he  was  obliged  to  take  refuge  in  a convent.  Upon 
the  accession  of  Charles  V.  he  again  returned  to  Spain,  and 
endeavoured  to  obtain  the  liberty,  and  secure  the  privileges 
of  his  beloved  Indians.  And  it  is  said  that  his  zeal  for  the 
liberties  of  the  aborigines  of  America,  led  him  now  to  sug- 
gest and  advise  the  transportation  of  Africans,  to  bear  the 
heat  and  burden  of  agricultural  labour  in  that  warm  region. 

Another  plan  which  he  adopted  for  the  improvement  of 
the  natives  was  to  plant  a colony  of  select  persons  in  the 
midst  of  them,  by  whose  example  and  instructions  they 
might  be  civilized  and  evangelized.  That  is,  he  undertook 
to  do  for  the  Indians  what  the  Colonization  Society  are  en- 
deavouring to  do  for  the  Africans.  This  scheme  he  not  only 
advised,  but  carried  into  effect;  for  when  he  returned  to 
America,  he  took  with  him  about  two  hundred  colonists, 
whom  he  settled  in  the  midst  of  the  native  population.  His 
benevolent  purpose  was,  however,  soon  frustrated;  for  he 
and  his  Spaniards  had  scarcely  arrived  before  a body  of  in- 
vaders appeared,  who  ravaged  the  tract  of  country  selected 
by  him,  and  carried  off  the  natives  to  be  slaves  in  Hispani- 
ola; and  while  he,  accompanied  by  some  others,  was  gone  thi- 
ther to  seek  redress  and  obtain  a reinforcement  to  his  colony, 
the  natives  rose  up  against  the  colonists,  and  so  completely 
destroyed  them,  that  there  was  not  a Spaniard  left  in  all  that 
region.  Las  Casas  was  so  much  discouraged  by  the  total 
failure  of  this  favourite  project,  that  he  took  up  his  residence 
in  a Dominican  convent,  and  assumed  the  dress  of  the  order. 
Being  sent  by  them  on  an  embassy  to  Spain  in  1542,  he 
again  undertook  to  plead  the  cause  of  the  natives,  about 
which  time  he  published  a work  containing  a narrative  of 
the  cruel  oppression  exercised  towards  the  Indians,  by  which 


1840.]  History  of  the  American  Colony  in  Liberia.  225 


the  race  was  in  danger  of  extirpation.  The  title  of  this 
work  was  A Brief  Relation  of  the  Destruction  of  the 
Indians.  His  efforts  were  not  altogether  fruitless,  for  he 
obtained  a new  set  of  regulations  for  the  treatment  and  go- 
vernment of  the  Indians.  He  was  now  made  bishop  of 
Chiapa,  and  in  1544  returned  to  America.  But  he  did  not 
continue  long  there,  for  in  1551  he  returned  again  to  Spain, 
where  he  spent  the  remainder  of  his  life.  He  died  at  Mad- 
rid in  1556,  in  the  92d  year  of  his  age.  This  brief  account 
deserves  to  be  inserted  here,  because  Las  Casas  was  in  his 
day  connected  both  with  slavery  and  colonization. 

We  have  said  nothing  respecting  Judge  Wilkeson’s  His- 
tory. It  is  doubtless  drawn  from  the  most  authentic  sources, 
and  contains  information  greatly  needed  by  many  of  the 
friends  of  Colonization,  who  have  remained  ignorant  of  the 
origin,  progress,  and  present  condition  of  this  interesting 
enterprise.  The  only  fault  which  we  have  to  find  with  this 
work  is,  that  it  enters  too  little  into  detail,  and  is  more  like  a 
table  of  contents  than  a history.  It  seems  to  have  been 
suddenly  produced  to  meet  the  urgent  demand  for  informa- 
tion, which  is  heard  from  all  quarters.  But  a “ History  of 
African  Colonization”  is  still  a desideratum;  and  from  our 
knowledge  of  the  facts,  we  are  persuaded  that  there  are 
materials  for  filling  an  octavo  volume,  and  that  the  incidents 
are  of  such  a character  as  could  not  but  create  a deep  and 
lively  interest  in  every  philanthropic  bosom.  But  until  this 
is  done,  Judge  Wilkeson’s  performance  will  serve  an  excel- 
lent purpose,  by  furnishing  immediate  information. 


Art.  III. — Allgemeine  Geschichte  der  christlichen  Reli- 
gion und  Kirche.  Von  Dr.  August  Neander.  Vierter 
Band.  Achter  Theil  des  ganzen  Werks,  Hamburg,  bei 
Friedrich  Perthes.  1836.  8vo.  pp.  506. 

This  is  what  would  be  called  in  England  or  America  the 
eighth  volume  of  Neander’s  great  work,  though,  from  the 
peculiar  manner  in  which  they  manage  these  things  in  Ger- 
many, it  is  numbered  only  as  the  fourth.  The  period  to 
which  it  is  devoted  falls  between  the  death  of  Charlemagne 
and  Pope  Gregory  the  Seventh,  or  from  814  to  1073.  We 
vol.  xn.  no.  2.  29 


226 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


are  constrained  to  say  that  this  is  a tract  of  ecclesiastical 
story  which  less  awakens  our  sympathies,  and  less  displays 
the  genius  of  the  author,  than  any  which  he  has  yet  treated. 
Instead,  therefore,  of  seeking  to  characterize  the  volume,  we 
shall  single  out  a particular  portion  of  it,  relating  to  a subject 
never  without  its  interest  in  the  Presbyterian  Church,  and 
which  it  is  useful  to  have  brought  before  us  by  one  as  little 
favourable  to  the  Calvinistic  tenets  as  Neander;  we  refer 
to  the  controversy  respecting  predestination,  which  took 
place  during  the  ninth  century.  Without  confining  our- 
selves to  the  language  of  the  author,  which  is  often  awkward 
and  circumlocutory  in  no  common  degree,  we  shall  endea- 
vour to  be  scrupulous  reporters  of  his  opinions;  premising 
that  in  many  respects  they  are  very  different  from  our  own. 

The  almost  constant  battling  about  the  true  meaning  of  the 
scripture,  in  regard  to  predestination,  had  resulted  in  a tri- 
umph of  the  Augustinian  doctrine  of  grace  over  Semipela- 
gianism;  yet  the  question  of  predestination  was  still  unset- 
tled. For  though  the  recognition  of  Augustine,  as  an  ortho- 
dox  teacher,  w’as  almost  universal,  and  though  his  theory  of 
all-working  grace  was  commonly  received,  there  were  some 
who  stumbled  at  the  naked  and  fearful  avowal  of  unmitigated 
predestination.  Not,  indeed,  that  such  avowed  dissent  from 
the  doctrine  of  this  father,  or  gave  that  place  to  free  will,  in 
relation  to  divine  grace,  with  which  we  are  familiar  in  later 
days.  Such  was  the  influence  of  Augustine  on  the  mind 
and  thinking  of  the  age,  and  such  the  universal  sympathy  of 
Christian  experience  with  the  doctrine  of  grace,  that  it  would 
have  been  regarded  as  putting  these  in  peril  to  attribute  any 
thing  conditional  to  the  free  will  of  the  creature.  The  truth 
is,  however,  they  viewed  the  Augustinian  system  more  on 
its  practical  than  its  speculative  side,  and  were  more  con- 
cerned with  the  doctrine  of  grace  than  with  that  of  predesti- 
nation and  reprobation;  and  the  tenet  was  set  forth  in 
that  mild  form  which  appears  in  the  work  de  Vocatione  Gen- 
tium* Both  schemes,  the  rigorous  and  the  mild,  were 
handed  down  together.  The  age,  if  Neander  errs  not,  was 
unused  to  the  unfolding  of  subtile  webs  of  thought,  un- 
practised in  acute  and  distinguishing  thought,  and  given  to  a 
flow  of  rhetorical  verbosity;  hence  it  was  easy  for  them  to 
be  misled  by  resemblances,  and  to  mistake  verbal  for  real 
distinctions.  For  the  same  reason,  one  who  had  derived  all 


* Neaiukr’s  Hint.  rot.  ii.  j . 897. 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


227 


his  theological  prepossessions  from  the  school  of  Augustine 
might  readily  see  in  milder  forms  of  expressing  the  doc- 
trines of  grace,  a departure  from  them  towards  Pelagianism; 
and  could  scarcely  escape  giving  offence  to  many  by  the  un- 
compromising roughness  of  his  expressions.  Such  a man, 
says  Neander,  was  the  monk  Gottschalk,  or  Gotteschalcus, 
with  whom  began  the  predestinarian  controversy  in  the 
ninth  century. 

Gotteschalcus  was  descended  from  a Saxon  family,  and 
was  placed  by  his  parents,  at  an  early  age,  in  the  monastery 
of  Fulda,  as  an  oblatus,  or  one  set  apart  to  the  monastic  life. 
Here  he  pursued  the  ordinary  course  of  study,  and  formed  a 
close  alliance  with  the  afterwards  celebrated  Walafrid  Strabo. 
But  he  sighed  to  be  released  from  these  bonds,  and,  in  829, 
received  from  the  council  at  Mayence  a dispensation  from 
his  ties  to  the  monastery.  In  seeking  this  dispensation,  he 
was  zealously,  though  ineffectually  opposed  by  the  abbot  of 
Fulda,  Rabanus  Maurus.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  this  had 
some  connexion  with  their  subsequent  conflicts. 

Gotteschalcus,  upon  leaving  this  monastery,  went  to  ano- 
ther called  Orbais,  in  the  diocese  of  Soissons,  in  France. 
Here  he  studied,  with  great  zeal,  the  works  of  Augustine, 
and  other  theologians  of  the  same  school.  The  doctrine  of 
absolute  predestination  became  inwrought  into  his  Christian 
life,  and  in  his  mind  was  inseparably  connected  with  the 
idea  of  God,  and  the  unchangeableness  of  the  divine  will. 
He  employed  himself  chiefly  with  dogmatic  and  speculative 
questions.  In  connexion  with  these,  he  received  from  his 
friend,  the  abbot  Servatus  Lupus,  some  very  wholesome 
advice.  “ Let  us  expatiate,”  said  he,  in  one  of  his  letters, 
“ in  the  open  field  of  scripture,  and  devote  ourselves  wholly 
to  meditation  upon  them,  seeking  the  face  of  God,  humbly, 
piously,  and  forever.  The  clemency  of  God,  in  condescen- 
sion to  our  weakness,  while  we  attempt  not  things  which 
are  too  high  for  us,  will  raise  us  to  higher  and  nobler  views, 
and  reveal  himself  to  our  purged  faculties.” 

In  the  system  of  Gotteschalcus  the  idea  of  predestination 
regards  not  merely  the  elect,  but  the  reprobate.  He  recog- 
nised a predestinatio  duplex , agreeably  to  which  the  former 
are  predestined  to  everlasting  life,  and  the  latter  foreordained 
to  everlasting  death.  He  held  this  doctrine  to  be  important 
for  vindicating  the  unchangeableness  and  independency  of 
the  divine  decrees,  which,  but  for  this,  would  seem  to  de- 
pend on  events  occurring  in  time.  In  regard  to  the  works 


228 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


of  God,  to  foresee  and  to  foreordain  are  one,  as  God’s  know- 
ledge, like  his  will,  is  creative.*  And  here,  according  to 
Neander,  Gotteschalcus  departed  from  the  mode  of  expres- 
sion which  was  usual  in  the  school  of  Augustine,  where  it 
was  common  to  distinguish  between  the  praesciti,  or  repro- 
bate, and  the  praedestinati,  or  elect;  no  doubt  with  the  in- 
tention of  removing  from  God  all  causality  in  regard  to  sin. 
Yet  Augustine  did  not  always  avail  himself  of  this  distinc- 
tion, and  the  idea  of  a twofold  predestination  had  already 
been  presented  by  Fulgentius  of  Ruspa,  and  Isidore  of  Se- 
ville.! 

There  would,  in  the  opinion  of  our  historian,  be  no  essen- 
tial difference  between  the  schemes  of  Gotteschalcus  and 
Augustine,  unless  the  former  should  be  understood,  in  his 
zeal  for  the  consistency  of  his  theory  of  absolute  predestina- 
iion,  as  mounting  beyond  the  fact  of  the  first  sin,  and  regard- 
tng  the  sin  of  Adam  as  conditioned  not  by  his  own  free  will, 
bjt  by  the  necessary  accomplishment  of  an  absolute  purpose 
oi  God,  which  predetermined  the  whole  history  of  our  race, 
and  this  event  in  particular.  Neander  here  assumes  the  in- 
compatibility of  free  action  with  an  absolute  decree.  Lay- 
ing together  the  positions  that  prescience  and  predestination 
are  identical — and  that  all  foresight  of  God  is  creative — Nean- 
der concludes  that  Gotteschalcus  made  no  distinction  between 
willing,  creating,  and  permitting,  on  the  part  of  God,  and 
that  his  views  were  identical  with  those  of  the  school 
since  called  Supralapsarian.  Where  he  speaks  of  these 
points,  however,  he  expressly  limits  himself  to  the  relation 
of  God  to  his  own  works,  and  denies  that  sin  is  one  of  the 
works  of  God.  “ Sempiterna  cum  praescientia  voluntas  tua 
de  operibus  duntaxat  tuis,  Deum  praescisse  ac  praedestinasse 
simul  et  semel  tarn  cuncta  quam  singula  opera  sua.”  He 
nowise  refers  the  predestination  of  God  to  evil,  but  only  to 
good;  his  prescience  to  both.  “ Credo  atque  confiteor,  prae- 
scisse te  ante  saecula  quaecunque  erant  futura  sive  bona  sive 
mala,  praedestinasse  tantummodo  bona.  ” He  further  divides 
the  good,  which  is  the  object  of  predestination,  into  the  bless- 
ings of  grace  and  the  awards  of  justice,  gratiae  heneficia  et 
justitiae  judicia . Here,  with  Augustine,  he  proceeds  upon 
the  supposition,  that  the  evil  spirits  fell  by  the  lapse  of  their 

* Apud  Omnipotentiam  idem  praescire  quod  velle. 

| Neander’s  Hist.  vol.  ii.  p.  912 ; vol.  iii.  p.  211. 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


229 


free  will,  and  that  the  whole  human  race  sinned  in  Adam, 
and  partook  of  his  guilt.* 

In  the  year  847,  as  Gotlschalk,  in  returning  from  a pilgri- 
mage to  Rome,  tarried  at  a hospitium,  or  house  of  entertain- 
ment for  pilgrims,  founded  by  Count  Eberhard  of  Friuli,  he 
met  with  Notting,  then  newly  chosen  bishop  of  Verona,  to 
whom  he  made  known  his  doctrine  of  twofold  predestination. 
Shortly  after,  this  prelate,  at  the  court  of  the  emperor  Louis 
the  Debonnaire,  fell  in  with  Rabanus  Maurus,  who  had  recent- 
ly become  archbishop  of  Mayence,  and  acquainted  him  with  the 
doctrine.  It  was  highly  offensive  to  the  archbishop,  who  pro- 
mised to  oppose  it  in  writing.  Accordingly  he  composed  two 
works,  directing  one  to  Notting  of  Verona,  and  the  other  to 
Count  Eberhard.  In  these  he  manifested  great  warmth  against 
Gotteschalcus,  and  pursued  the  opinions  of  the  latter  to  remote 
and  repulsive  consequences,  so  as  to  justify  the  suspicion  that 
he  had  not  forgotten  their  former  differences.  It  is  not  to  be 
denied  however  that  he  may  have  been  actuated  by  regard 
for  true  religion;  and  he  was  evidently  the  rpore  hurt  by  the 
boldness  of  Gottschalk’s  positions,  inasmuch  as  his  own  sys- 
tem forced  him  rather  to  conceal  than  to  avoid  the  same  odi- 
ous consequences.  He  charged  Gotteschalcus  with  the 
opinion,  that  the  divine  predestination  so  constrains  every 
man,  that  even  if  he  should  desire  to  attain  salvation,  and  seek 
it  by  true  faith  and  good  works,  he  would  labour  in  vain,  un- 
less he  were  foreordained  to  eternal  life.  Gotteschalcus,  as 
a man  alive  to  the  interests  of  morality,  was  far  from  admit- 
ting any  such  consequence.  He  unquestionably  treated  that 
grace,  whereby  man  is  converted  and  sanctified,  as  the  opera- 
tion in  which  the  divine  purpose  of  predestination  reveals 
itself  in  regard  to  men.  He  was  also,  says  Neander,  far 
from  teaching,  as  Rabanus  alleged,  a predestination  of  men 
to  evil  as  well  as  good. 

As  it  regards  the  scheme  of  Rabanus  himself,  he  consider- 
ed the  decree  of  God  concerning  the  wicked,  as  conditioned 
by  his  prescience;  not  making  this  absolute  like  the  decree 
of  predestination.  The  distinction,  therefore,  between  the 
praesciti  and  the  praedestinati  was  in  his  view  of  great 
practical  moment.  His  expression  was  that  God  had  fore- 
ordained eternal  punishment  to  those  whom  he  foresaw  as 
wicked,  but  not  that  he  had  foreordained  these  to  eternal 

* The  words  of  Neander  are  remarkable : “ dass  das  ganze  Menschenge- 
chlecht  in  Adam  gcsundigt  und  an  seiner  Schutd  Theil  genommen.” 


230 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


punishment.  It  was  also  with  him  a matter  of  practical  mo- 
ment to  maintain,  that  God  willed  the  salvation  of  all  men, 
and  that  Christ  died  for  the  redemption  of  all:  but  he  con- 
nected with  this  the  opinion,  that  by  the  sin  of  Adam,  in  whom 
all  sinned,  all  had  likewise  merited  eternal  punishment,  and 
thus  he  believed  that  he  effectually  vindicated  God  from  the 
causality  of  sin,  and  the  corruption  of  those  whom  he  left  to 
their  deserved  doom.  “ Cui  nullo  modo  fas  est  ea  quae  ab  ho- 
minibus  male  aguntur,  adscribi,  qui  in  proclivitatem  cadendi 
non  ex  conditione  Dei,  sed  ex  primi  parentis  praevaricatione 
venerunt.  De  cujus  poena  nemo  I i be ratu r, n isi  per  gratiam  Do- 
mini nostri  Jesu  Christi,  praeparatam  et  praedestinatam  in  ae- 
terno  consilio  Dei  ante  constitutionem  mundi.”  Out  of  this 
corrupt  mass,  it  is  true,  only  those  attain  to  happiness,  to  whom 
God, agreeably  to  hiseternal  degree  ofpredestination,  commu- 
nicates the  grace  which  works  true  conversion.  In  regard  to 
the  question  how  the  diverse  relation  of  God  to  those  whom 
he  leaves  to  their  deserved  doom,  and  those  whom  he  res- 
cues from  the  same,  can  be  reconciled  with  our  belief  in  the 
holiness  and  justice  of  God; — he  resorted  to  the  hidden  nature 
of  the  divine  decree,  and  the  incomprehensibleness  of  the  di- 
vine dealings;  maintaining  that  we  must  hold  fast  to  that  only 
which  is  above  all  doubt,  and  not  found  our  belief  of  God’s 
holiness  and  justice  in  what  is  incomprehensible.  “Conten- 
de,”  sajs  he,  “cum  Paulo,  immosi  audes  argue  Paulum,  qui 
dicit,  Christo  in  se  loquente,  Rom.  9,  30.” 

We  find  Rabanus,  therefore,  shrinking  from  every  thing, 
which,  even  in  seeming,  could  make  God  the  author  of  sin, 
or  could  derogate  from  his  holiness;  while  it  nowhere  appears 
how  he  avoided  these  inferences.  He  did  not  venture  to  ex- 
press dissent  from  the  Augustinian  system,  and  indeed  usual- 
ly expressed  his  opinions  in  phraseology  taken  from  Augus- 
tine or  Prosper.  In  this  beginning  of  the  contest,  says  Nean- 
der,  we  see  in  prolusion  its  whole  subsequent  course,  it  was 
a contest  not  between  opinion,  but  between  harsher  and  mild- 
er forms  of  expression. 

When  the  letter  of  Rabanus  to  Notting  was  communicated 
to  Gotteschalcus,  it  filled  him  with  surprise  to  find  himself 
treated  as  an  errorist.  Instead  of  admitting  the  justice  of 
the  charge,  he  thought  he  could  succeed  in  pointing  out 
Semipelagian  principles  in  the  statements  of  Rabanus,  whom 
he  regarded  as  a disciple  rather  of  Gennadius  and  the  Mar- 
seilles school,  than  of  Augustine.  'In  848,  perhaps  with 
some  view  to  a better  understanding  with  Rabanus,  he  went 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


231 


to  Mayence,  and  without  hesitation  appeared  in  a council 
held  under  the  archbishop,  in  the  presence  of  the  king  of 
Germany,  and  the  principal  men  both  ecclesiastical  and  secu- 
lar. He  laid  before  them  a book  in  defence  of  his  opinions. 
He  combated  the  opinion,  that  when  it  is  said,  God  would 
have  all  men  to  be  saved,  the  expression  is  to  be  taken  sim- 
ply, and  applied  even  to  the  reprobate;  or  that  when  it  is  said 
that  Christ  suffered  for  all  men,  it  is  to  be  taken  in  an  abso- 
lute sense.  All  such  expressions  he  understood  as  restricted 
to  the  elect;  for  he  held  that  the  will  and  decree  of  God,  namely 
in  regard  to  redemption,  must  be  fully  accomplished,  and  could 
be  applied  to  those  only  in  respect  to  whom  they  are  so  ac- 
complished.* In  all  this,  Neander  acknowledges,  Gotteschal- 
cus  said  no  more  than  Rabanus  must  himself  have  admitted; 
for  while  the  latter  often  repeated  such  expressions  as  that 
God  would  have  all  men  to  be  saved,  and  that  Christ  died 
for  the  redemption  of  all,  he  despoiled  them  again  of  all  fa- 
vourable meaning,  by  teaching  that  those  only  were  actually 
saved  on  whom  God  conferred  the  necessary  grace,  and  that 
this  was  conferred  only  on  the  elect.  “This  contradiction,” 
our  historian  is  pleased  to  say,  “ he  could  attribute  to  none  but 
himself,  as  he  referred  also  to  a secret  and  incomprehensible 
decree  of  God  ” 

At  this  council  there  was  little  for  Gotteschalcus  to  expect, 
in  regard  to  a fair  hearing.  Rabanus  Maurus  was  here  in  his 
own  circle  of  influence:  the  opinions  of  Gotteschalcus  were 
condemned  as  heretical.  As  he  belonged  however  to  ano- 
ther diocese,  Rabanus  sent  him  to  Hinkmar,  archbishop  of 
Rheims,  his  ecclesiastical  superior,  with  a request  that  this 
prelate  would  prevent  the  propagation  of  his  errors.  Hink- 
mar accordingly  caused  him  to  appear  before  a mixed  assem- 
bly of  estates,  held  at  Chiersy,  in  the  king’s  presence,  in  849. 
As  he  refused  to  recant,  and  bolciiy  defended  his  opinions, 
he  was  treated  as  contumacious  towards  his  superiors,  and  as 
insulting  to  the  bishops;  his  forsaking  of  the  monastery 

* Ap.  Hincmar.  c.  24.  fol.  149:  Omnes  quos  vult  Deus  salvos  fieri  sine 

dubitatione  salvantur  nec  possunt  salvari,  nisi  quos  vult  Deus  salvos  fieri  nec  est 
quisquam  quern  Deus  salvari  velit  et  non  salvetur,  quia  Deus  noster  omnia  quae- 
cunque  voluit,  fecit.  C 27.  f.  21 1 : IIlos  omnes  impios  et  peccatores,  quos  pro- 
prio  fuso  sanguine  filius  Dei  redimere  venit,  hos  omnipotens  Dei  bonitas  ad  vi- 
tam  praedestinatos  irretractabilitcr  salvari  tantummodo  velit ; — and  afterwards  : 
IIlos  omnes  impios  et  peccatores,  pro  quibus  idem  Filius  Dei  nec  corpus  assum- 
sit,  nec  orationem  nec  dico  sanguinem  fudit,  neque  pro  Us  ullo  modo  crueifixus 
fuit. 


232 


Predeslinarian  Controversy 


[April 


was  not  forgotten,  and  the  result  was  that  he  was  declared  to 
be  a heretic,  sentenced  to  be  scourged,  durissimis  verberi- 
bus  castigari,  and  to  he  cast  into  prison.  The  sentence  took 
effect;  he  was  scourged  in  an  unmerciful  manner,  and  under 
the  stress  of  pain,  jam  paene  emoriens,  delivered  up  to  the 
fire  the  paper  in  defence  of  his  opinions;  which  however 
contained  nothing  but  a collection  of  testimonies  from  the 
scriptures  and  the  fathers.  He  was  then  imprisoned  in  Haut- 
villiers,  a monastery  in  the  diocese  of  Rheims.  The  voices 
which  were  raised  in  his  behalf  led  the  archbishop,  Hink- 
mar,  to  allow  some  mitigation  of  his  punishment:  perhaps  he 
hoped,  by  milder  measures,  to  render  him  less  troublesome. 
At  the  instance  of  Rabanus,  Hinkmar  soon  resumed  his  se- 
verity against  the  poor  monk.  All  attempts  to  make  him 
recant  were,  however,  unavailing.  In  defence  of  his  doc- 
trine, he  used  every  means  which  was  accessible  to  him  in 
his  prison;  and  in  this  he  found  a helper  in  Guntbert,  a monk 
of  Hautvilliers.  This  man  secretly  left  the  monastery,  with 
an  appeal  of  Gottschalk  to  Pope  Nicholas,  which  he  carried 
to  Rome. 

During  his  imprisonment,  Gotteschalcus  drew  up,  in  vin- 
dication of  his  doctrine,  two  confessions  of  his  faith,  a longer 
and  a shorter.  His  tenet  of  twofold  predestination  was  in 
his  mind  closely  connected  with  the  essentials  of  Christian 
faith,  as  he  regarded  all  who  denied  the  predestination  of  the 
wicked  to  eternal  wrath  as  making  God  a changeable  being, 
and  reducing  him  below  the  wisdom  even  of  a prudent  hu- 
man creature.  “ Yideant  quale  sit  et  quantum  malum  quod 
quum  omnes  electi  tui  omnia  bona  semper  fecerint,  faciant,  et 
facluri  sint  cum  consilio,  praesumant  affirmare,  quod  Tu  qui 
totius  es  Auctor  fonsque  sapientiae,  volueris  vel  valucris  vel 
etiam  debueris  quicquam  (quod  absit)  absque  consilio  pa- 
trare.”  No  part  of  his  personal  sufferings  gave  him  so  much 
pain  as  the  knowledge  that  the  contempt  which  was  cast 
upon  himself  redounded  to  the  injury  of  the  truth.  “Maxi- 
mum diu  noctuque  perfero  moerorem,  quod  propter  mei  no- 
minis vilitatem  vilem  hominibus  video  esse  veritatem.”  And 
though  he  did  not  claim  the  power  of  working  miracles, 
such  was  his  conviction  of  the  verity  and  high  import  of  his 
doctrine,  that  he  declared  his  expectation,  that  in  default  of 
other  methods,  God  would  attest  his  own  truth  by  superna- 
tural means.  Accordingly,  in  the  spirit  of  his  age,  he  offered 
to  undergo  an  ordeal,  in  the  presence  of  the  king,  prelates, 
and  clergy,  by  going  into  four  casks  filled  with  water,  oil. 


1840,] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


233 

and  pitch,  and  heated  to  the  highest  degree;  and  if  this  were 
not  satisfactory,  to  complete  the  appeal  by  passing  through 
the  fire.  And  he  appealed  to  God  that  he  proposed  this, 
not  out  of  foolhardiness,  but  trusting  in  divine  help.  “ Quia 
prorsus  ausum  talia  petendi,  sicut  ipse  melius  nosti,  a me  pro- 
pria temeritate  non  praesumo,  sed  abs  te  potius  tua  benigni- 
tate  sumo.”  It  is  remarkable,  that  at  a time  when  such  or- 
deals were  accredited,  the  opposers  of  Gotteschalcus  de- 
clined the  proffered  test. 

The  constancy  of  Gotteschalcus  continued  until  his  death,, 
which  took  place  in  the  year  868.  Hinkmar  refused  to  give 
him  either  the  viaticum  or  Christian  burial,  except  on  condi- 
tion of  an  explicit  retractation:  he  refused,  and  being  content 
to  forego  both,  died  peacefully  in  adherence  to  his  belief. 

The  injustice  and  severity  of  these  proceedings,  could  not 
fail  to  call  forth  much  sympathy  in  his  fate,  and  indignation 
towards  the  persecutors  of  Gotteschalcus.  Pope  Nicholas, 
whose  attention  had  been  drawn  to  the  subject,  not  only  by 
the  above  mentioned  appeal  of  the  prisoner,  but  by  the  ac- 
counts of  his  enemies,  seems  to  have  been  dissatisfied  with 
the  course  of  the  proceedings.  He  wrote  in  this  view  to 
King  Charles  the  Bald,  and  gave  Hinkmar  to  understand, 
that  he  stood  in  danger  of  something  which  he  might  not 
find  agreeable.*  The  archhishop  had,  indeed,  offered  to  have 
Gotteschalcus  brought  in  person  to  Rome,  or  wherever  the 
pope  might  command,  in  order  to  a thorough  investigation: 
but  it  is  evident  that  he  was  not  sincere  in  the  proposal,  aed 
that  he  stood  in  dread  of  such  an  inquisition.  Neander  ex- 
presses doubt  whether,  in  this  course,  Nicholas  was  actuated 
by  a regard  for  the  rights  of  the  innocent,  which  he  some- 
times was  known  to  uphold,  or  by  opposition  to  Hinkmar 
as  a champion  of  ecclesiastical  freedom.  It  is  to  be  observed, 
that  he  did  nothing  effectual  for  the  rescue  of  the  persecuted 
man. 

When  Hinkmar  discovered  the  strength  of  the  current  of 
opinion  against  his  measures,  he  advised  with  a number  of 
leading  men  as  to  the  course  which  he  should  pursue  in  re- 
gard to  Gotteschalcus-  Among  these,  was  Prudentius,  bishop 
of  Troyes.  It  is  supposed  by  Neander,  that  the  answer  of 
Prudentius  pointed  towards  a milder  treatment  of  the  ac- 
cused, for  whose  opinions  he  was  not  without  sympathy. 

* Ut  pFoviderem  (says  Hinkmar)  ne  pro  iis  tandem  aliquando  incurrana 
quae  non  opto.  Op.  ii.  290. 

VOL.  XII.  NO.  2. 


30 


234 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


Against  all  such  counsels,  on  the  other  hand,  Rabanus  Mau- 
rus  set  himself  with  violence,  and  even  rebuked  Hinkmar  in 
a letter  for  allowing  Gotteschalcus  so  much  liberty  in  writ- 
ing and  speaking,  to  the  injury  of  many  others;  exhorting 
him  to  deny  the  communion  to  the  heretic,  unless  on  condi- 
tion of  his  recantation.  “ We  must  only  pray  for  him,” 
wrote  he,  “ that  Almighty  God  would  work  the  salvation  of 
the  weak  brother,  and  bring  him  back  to  the  right  faith.” 
At  a later  period  Prudentius  himself  espoused  the  doctrine 
of  Gotteschalcus,  as  appears  from  a letter  which  he  wrote  to 
H inkmar,  and  to  Pardulus,  bishop  of  Lyons.  He  main- 
tained a two-fold  predestination;  but  represented  the  pre- 
destination of  God,  in  regard  to  the  wicked,  as  conditioned 
by  his  prescience  of  the  sin  and  guilt  which  passed  upon  all 
men  through  Adam;  and  explicitly  rejected  the  belief  that 
God  had  foreordained  any  one  to  sin,  admitting,  however, 
a foreordination  to  punishment.  “He  further  held,”  says 
Neander,  “ that  Christ  died  for  the  elect  only;  drawing  the 
conclusion  from  the  words,  for  many  (Matt.  xx.  28),  for 
you,  in  the  institution  of  the  Lord’s  Supper.  And  he  taught 
that  God  by  no  means  wills  the  salvation  of  all,  but  only 
that  of  the  elect;  for  God  would  not  be  the  Almighty,  if  that 
which  he  willed  should  not  come  to  pass:  from  the  words 
of  the  apostle  Paul,  (1  Tim.  ii.  4),  he  sought,  by  various 
forced  interpretations,  to  release  himself.” 

So  contradictory  were  the  opinions  on  this  point,  that  king 
Charles  the  Bald  was  induced  to  consult  Ratramnus,  a monk  in 
the  convent  of  Corbie,  one  of  the  most  learned  theologians  of 
the  age,  on  the  question  how  that  controversy  could  be  deter- 
mined by  the  opinions  of  the  early  fathers.  Ratramnus,  in  his 
work  on  the  subject,  omits  all  mention  of  Gottschalk’s  name, 
but  discusses  the  doctrine  of  the  two-fold  predestination. 
He  deduces  the  doctrine  of  the  predestination  of  the  wicked 
to  eternal  punishment,  and  also  that  of  the  righteous  to  eter- 
nal life,  as  necessary  consequences  from  the  eternity  and  un- 
changeableness of  thedivine  decrees;  but  he  founds  the  predes- 
tination of  God  in  regard  to  the  wicked,  upon  his  prescience; 
considering  it  of  great  importance  to  remove  from  God  every 
thing  like  causality  in  respect  to  evil;  and  in  this,  he  ad- 
heres to  the  Augustinian  principle.* 

* His  words  respecting  the  order  of  the  decrees  are  these : “ Electos  divini 
amoris  flamma  succendens,  interiora  id  est  spiritalia,  et  superna  id  est  coelestia 
concupiscere  semper  faeit  et  sequi,  at  reprobos  justo  quidem  judicio,  mortalibus 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


235 


Among  all  the  defenders  of  Gotteschalcus  and  his  system, 
there  was  none  so  much  distinguished  for  classical  accom- 
plishment and  gifts  of  communication,  as  his  friend,  the  abbot 
Servatus  Lupus,  whom  we  have  already  mentioned.  He 
opened,  indeed,  no  new  prospects  in  theology,  but  was  re- 
markable for  his  clear  sight  and  felicitous  representation  of 
the  points  in  question,  and  for  his  exact  discrimination  be- 
tween what  was  substantial  and  what  was  accidental.  In  his 
work,  De  tribns  Quaestionibus,  he  endeavoured  to  answer 
the  questions  concerning  two-fold  predestination,  free  will, 
and  the  extent  of  the  atonement. 

In  all  that  respects  the  need  of  divine  grace  for  the  recovery 
of  human  nature,  he  draws  from  the  depths  of  his  Christian 
experience  representations  which  Neander  justly  considers 
striking.  “ When  any  one,”  says  he,  “endeavours  to  fulfil 
what  is  commanded,  and  is  not  sufficient  for  the  task,  hum- 
bled with  the  vain  attempt,  he  resorts  thither,  where,  by 
asking,  seeking,  knocking,  lie  may  receive  what'he  desires, and 
glories  not  in  himself,  but  in  the  Lord,  for  all  his  benefits.” 
This  principle  of  self-renunciation,  this  inspiring  conscious- 
ness of  absolute  dependence  on  God,  is  set  by  Lupus  in  strik- 
ing contrast  with  the  self-sufficiency  and  self-confidence 
which  reign  in  ancient  heathen  authors.*  In  his  representa- 
tions of  the  doctrine  of  grace,  he  does  not  abide,  with  Augus- 
tine, by  the  consideration  of  man  as  fallen,  but  deduces  his 
doctrine  from  the  nature  of  creaturely  relation  to  God.  He 
describes  grace  as  the  divine  principle  of  life,  which  the  soul 
stood  in  need  of  from  the  very  beginning,  in  order  to  her 
perfection,  and  without  which,  even  in  his  primeval  state, 
man,  as  confined  to  himself,  could  not  have  been  perfect  in 
holiness.  God  is  to  the  soul  what  the  soul  is  to  the  body. 
Neander  censures  the  sophistry  with  which  he  endeavoured 
to  evade  the  force  of  such  passages  as  1 Tim.  ii.  4. 

From  what  Servatus  Lupus  says,  it  is  easy  to  perceive  that 
there  were  many  in  his  day  who,  in  seeking  to  smooth  down 
the  asperities  of  Augustine’s  expressions,  really  departed  from 

tamen  occulto,  dum  desiderio  supernae  patriae  non  irradiat,  atque  eos  invisibilis 
boni  extorres  derelinquit,  non  interiora,  sed  exteriora,  non  coelestia,  sed  terrena 
bona  diligere  sequique  permittit.  Non  enim  veritatis  quisquam  bonum  vel 
amare  potest  vel  assequi,  nisi  veritatis  luce  commonitus. 

* For  example,  the  words  of  Cato,  in  Cicero  de  Senectute,  c.  ii. : “•  Quibus 
nihil  opis  est  in  ipsis  ad  bene  beateque  vivendum,”  in  contrast  with  “ Omnia 
bona  a vero  Deo  non  a seipso  petere.”  Again,  the  words  of  Virgil : “ Spes 
sibi  quisque,”  as  opposed  to  '•  Cuique  Deus  vera  spes.” 


236 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


his  doctrine,  in  regard  to  grace  and  free  will:  for  he  speaks 
of  those  who  founded  the  decree  of  election  upon  God’s  eter- 
nal foresight  of  faith  and  good  works:  “ Deum  propterea 
praedestinasse  quoslibet,  quod  praescierit  eos  devotos  sibi  fu- 
turos  et  in  eadem  devotione  mansuros.”  By  such  a hypo- 
thesis Servatus  thought  grace  was  made  to  depend  on  human 
merit;  or,  in  other  words,  was  made  void.  He  hints  that  the 
doctrine  was  held  by  some  of  great  consideration,  but  Nean- 
der  has  found  none  such  mingling  in  this  controversy.  And 
he  says  himself,  that  predestination  was  held  by  most,  but 
that  some — in  quibus  et  quciedam  praeclara  praesulum 
lumina — took  offence  at  the  doctrine  of  predestination  to 
wrath,  and  points  out  the  particular  in  which  this  was  offen- 
sive.* ** If  these  he  taught,  would  only  consider,  that  God 
foresaw  the  sin  resulting  from  the  free  will  of  the  first  man, 
but  foreordained  that  which  was  its  consequence,  there 
would  remain  no  such  appalling  difficulty.  He  also  notices 
the  bad  practical  consequences  which  could  be  deduced  from 
the  doctrine  of  absolute  predestination,  as,  for  example,  that 
many  would  say,  “Why  may  I not  live  as  I list,  seeing  I 
must  be  damned  at  last?”  But  he  replies,  that  nothing  of 
this  kind  can  possibly  proceed  from  Christian  experience. 
Far  from  the  mind  of  the  true  Christian  be  such  a thought! 
For  he  knows  that  he  is  redeemed  by  Christ,  dedicated  to  God 
in  baptism,  and  that  repentance  unto  life  is  ever  open  before 
him.  Every  such  suggestion  betrays  a soul  full  of  insatiable 
love  for  sin;  one  which,  by  incurable  ungodliness,  has  plung- 
ed itself  into  the  abyss  of  despair.  It  is  worthy  of  notice, 
that,  devoted  as  Servatus  Lupus  was  to  the  system  of  Augus- 
tine, he  was  far  from  attributing  i nfall ib il i ty^to  his  declara- 
tions, or  to  any  thing  except  the  word  of  God. 

At  the  summons  of  Charles  the  Bald,  John  Scotus  took 
part  in  this  controversy,  and  in  851  wrote  a book  upon  pre- 
destination, in  opposition  to  Gotteschalcus.  He  was  not  a man 
however  who  could  judge  of  his  opponent  with  the  imparti- 
ality of  Servatus;  and  he  gave  an  odious  picture  of  his  heresy, 
as  he  called  it.  The  doctrine,  as  he  thought,  involved  a de- 
nial not  only  of  free  will  but  of  grace,  by  attributing  to  an 
absolute  decree  both  the  sins  which  incur  eternal  perdition, 
and  the  virtues  which  lead  to  eternal  life.  By  an  absolute 
necessity,  therefore,  grace  as  a free  gift  of  God,  and  also 

* Ne  credatur  Deus  Iibidine  puniendi  aliquos  condidisse  et  injuste  damnare 

**a,  qui  non  valuerunt  peccatum  ac  per  hoe  nec  supplieium  deelinare. 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


237 


human  liberty  were  annulled.  He  indulged  in  violent  re- 
proaches against  Gotteschalcus,  whose  confessions  above  no- 
ticed, he  set  himself  to  answer.  The  two-fold  predestination 
of  his  opponent,  comprising  on  the  one  hand  the  cause  of  sin 
and  misery,  and  on  the  other  the  cause  of  holiness  and  salva- 
tion, he  declared  to  be  untenable,  as  militating  against  the 
simplicity  of  the  divine  essence.  “ Si  autem  divina  natura 
summa  omnium,  quae  sunt,  causa  multiplex,  cum  sit,  simplex 
et  una  saluberrime  creditur,  consequenter  necesse  est  nullam 
in  se  ipsa  controversiam  recipere  credatur.”  His  polemical 
views  were  regularly  deduced  from  the  fundamental  princi- 
ples of  his  peculiar  theory.  For  according  to  John  Scotus, 
all  that  is  predicated  of  God,  is  but  an  anthropopathical 
intimation  of  his  incomprehensible  essence.  Hence  even 
contradictory  declarations  may  be  true  of  God.  In  attribu- 
ting to  the  Most  High  creation,  will,  foresight,  and  foreor- 
dination, we  do  at  bottom  indicate  by  all  these  only  the  one 
divine  essence.  “Quicquid  invenitur  esse  non  aliud  id  esse 
nisi  unam  veramque  essentiam,  quae  ubique  in  se  ipsa  tota 
est,  et  quae  est  ilia  nisi  omnium  naturarum  praesciens  prae- 
destinatio  et  praescientia  praedestinans.”  Especially  no  re- 
lations of  time  can  be  ascribed  to  God,  in  regard  to  whom 
there  is  neither  past  nor  present.  Only  by  anthropopathy 
can  prescience  or  predestination  be  predicated  of  him.  In 
reference  to  sin  we  cannot  properly  speak  ofdivine  causality, 
or  even  of  divine  knowledge.  In  regard  to  God,  evil  has  no 
existence,  still  less  therefore  can  there  be  prescience  or  pre- 
destination of  evil.  And  as  in  regard  to  God  evil  has  no  ex- 
istence, we  can  speak  of  God’s  punishing  it,  only  in  an  im- 
proper sense.  The  idea  conveyed  by  such  expression,  is, 
according  to  Neander’s  report  of  Scotus,  no  other  than  this: 
God  has  so  constituted  the  universe,  that  moral  evil  punishes 
itself,  and  all  rational  beings  find  their  proper  place  in  the 
universe  according  to  their  different  moral  characters.  Every 
sin  carries  with  it  its  own  punishment;  this  is  manifest  in  an 
obscure  manner  even  in  this  world,  but  will  be  more  clearly 
so  in  the  world  to  come.  This  opinion  might  be  pushed  so 
far  as  to  lead  to  a punishment  merely  moral,  a moral  purga- 
tory and  moral  hell;  and  in  his  work  De  Divisione  Naturae, 
John  Scotus  actually  avows  this  consequence.  He  taught 
moreover  that  God  had  formed  no  part  of  his  creation  with 
a view  to  punishment.  Those  who  suffer  eternal  punishment, 
suffer  then,  fas  the  diseased  eye  suffers  from  the  light:  “ sicut 
una  eademque  lux  sanis  oculis  convenit,  impedit  dolentibus.” 


238 


Prcdestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


“ All,”  said  he,  “ must  submit  to  the  eternal  and  divine  law. 
And  the  only  difference  between  the  elect  and  the  lost  con- 
sists in  this,  that  the  former  submit  freely,  and  the  latter  by 
constraint.”  The  constitution  of  the  universe  has  limited 
moral  evil,  so  that  it  cannot  stretch  itself  to  infinity.  In 
attempting  to  transcend  this  limit,  it  labours,  and  is  torment- 
ed, and  so  is  punished.  “ Praedestinavit  itaque  Deus  impi- 
os  ad  poenam  vel  interitum,  hoc  est  circumscripsit  eos  legi- 
bus  suis  incommutabilibus,  quas  eorum  impietas  evadere  non 
permittitur.”  Thus  as  God  frees  the  will  of  those  whom 
he  has  foreordained  to  grace,  and  so  fills  them  with  his  love 
that  they  not  only  rejoice  in  abiding  , within  the  limits  of 
eternal  law,  but  account  it  their  greatest  glory  to  be  neither 
able  nor  willing  to  transcend  them,  so  he  constrains  the  will 
of  the  wicked,  whom  he  has  foreordained  to  punishment,  in 
such  a manner,  that  every  thing  which  leads  in  the  former 
case  to  eternal  happiness,  leads  in  the  latter  case  to  misery. 

John  Scotus  came  forward  as  the  defender  of  human  lib- 
erty, and  blamed  his  adversaries  as  denying  it,  and  subject 
ing  all  things  to  a constraining  necessity.  But  he  really  set 
out  from  a principle  common  to  both  sides,  inasmuch  as  he 
acknowledged,  that  the  corrupt  will  could  be  awakened  to 
holiness  only  the  by  grace  which  God  imparts  to  the  elect. 
While  he  ascribed  ability  of  good  to  fallen  man,  he  seemed 
to  teach  that  this  ability  could  come  into  action  only  by  the 
influence  of  grace.  This  is  evident  from  an  illustration  which 
he  employs;  as  a man  in  the  dark,  is  possessed  of  the  faculty 
of  sight,  and  yet  sees  nothing,  until  light  is  introduced  from 
without  him,  so  is  it  with  the  depraved  will,  until  illumina- 
ted by  the  rays  of  divine  mercy.  So  also  in  another  place, 
he  says  that  the  human  will  is  endowed  not  with  false,  but 
true  freedom,  though  this  freedom  is  so  disturbed  by  the 
consequences  of  the  first  sin,  that  there  is  wanting  all  will  to 
what  is  good,  or  even  where  good  is  willed,  the  power  of  ef- 
fecting it  is  wanting;  yet  there  still  remains  a certain  natural 
liberty  indicated  by  the  desire  of  happiness  which  is  natural 
to  every  man. 

Neander  concludes,  that  if  this  famous  schoolman  had  laid 
aside  his  disposition  to  push  the  doctrines  of  his  adversary  to 
remote  consequences,  he  would  have  approached  very  nearly 
to  the  same  views  of  predestination,  liberty  and  grace.  His 
own  positions  respecting  the  divine  nature,  creation,  and 
moral  evil,  forced  him  to  admit,  that  every  thing,  both  good 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


239 


and  evil,  was  a necessary  development  of  God;  which  how- 
ever does  not  appear  to  have  presented  itself  to  his  own  mind ; 
and  the  unwieldiness  of  the  then  prevalent  scientific  method, 
except  in  the  single  case  of  Servatus  Lupus,  afforded  every 
facility  for  self-deception  in  this  regard.  The  grand  differ- 
ence however  between  Scotus  and  his  antagonists,  and  even 
allies,  is  to  be  sought  in  his  doctrine  of  punishments,  and  of 
final  restoration,  which  however  are  not  so  prominent  in  this 
work  as  in  those  which  display  his  system  of  opinion  at  great- 
er length. 

It  was  soon  perceived  by  Hinkmar  that  he  had  summoned 
to  his  aid  a dangerous  ally,  and  he  endeavoured  to  rid  himself 
of  the  connexion.  For  the  abettors  of  Gotteschalcus  took  ad- 
vantage of  the  openings  made  by  Scotus,  and  pointed  out 
many  heresies  in  his  book.  Wenilo,  archbishop  of  Sens,  ab- 
stracted nineteen  propositions  from  it  which  he  denounced 
as  heretical.  Prudentius  of  Troyes,  and  Florus,  a deacon  at 
Lyons,  employed  their  pens  against  it.  It  was  particularly 
offensive  to  Prudentius,  that  John  Scotus  should  have  said 
that  the  essence  of  God  and  his  works  are  one  and  the  same. 
From  this  the  consequence  might  follow,  that  whatever 
manifests  itself  in  the  universe  as  the  operation  of  God,  is  a 
part  of  his  essence,  which  Prudentius  regarded  as  pan- 
theistical.* This  is  to  be  distinguished  from  the  definition 
of  those  perfections  of  God  which  are  one  with  his  essence, 
as  his  truth,  justice,  and  goodness;  or  those  which  are 
merely  relative,  and  indicative  of  something  extraneous, 
as  prescience  and  predestination.  Prudentius  closes  his  book 
by  saying,  that  he  refrains  from  pronouncing  an  anathema 
upon  John  Scotus,  but  earnestly  prays  that  he  would  return 
to  the  purity  of  Christian  doctrine. 

The  deacon,  Florus,  enters  more  into  a train  of  theological 
argument  than  had  been  done  by  Prudentius,  who  confined 
himself  chiefly  to  testimonies  from  the  fathers.  He  admit- 
ted that  the  wisdom  of  God,  and  also  his  knowledge,  are  the 
same  with  his  essence,  but  considered  it  dangerous  to  say  the 
same  of  his  predestination  and  prescience. t He  rejected, 

* Velut  Dei  essentia  praedicantur  occisio,  in  errorem  indnctio,  morbi,  fames, 
naufragia,  insidiae,  et  alia  complura,  quae  in  divinis  elogiis  indita  prudentium 
nullus  ignorat. 

f Yet  between  the  consistency  of  his  system  and  the  evil  consequences 
which  might  be  deduced  from  the  doctrine,  lie  seems  to  have  been  somewhat  va- 
cillating: Utrum  vero,  sicut  dicitur,  Deus  substantialiter  dicipossit  praescientia, 
judicet  secundum  rationem  et  regulam  fidei  qui  potest,  nobis  tamen  videtur, 
quod  non  ita  possit  dici  do  illo  nisi  vcl  mendaciter  vel  nirnis  inusitate,  non  cst 
aliud  illi  esse  et  aliud  pracscire. 


240 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[Aprii 


with  great  indignation,  as  derogating  from  the  divine  glory, 
the  doctrine  that  moral  evil  is  a mere  negation,  and  therefore 
cannot  be  an  object  of  divine  knowledge.  Such  an  opinion 
seemed  to  him  to  be  of  evil  tendency,  as  leading  to  low 
views  of  the  evil  of  sin.  In  accordance  with  Augustine,  he 
maintained  that  Adam,  even  in  innocence,  needed  divine 
grace  in  order  to  perseverance  in  holiness. 

While  Florus  condemned  the  abuse  of  human  science,  for 
which  his  opponent  was  remarkable,  he  did  not  allow  his 
polemic  zeal  to  betray  him  into  a rejection  of  all  such  aids  in 
theology,  but  admitted  a sound  and  proper  use  of  all  intellec- 
tual resources.  He  demanded  only  that  every  thing  of  this 
kind  should  be  brought  to  the  test  of  scripture.  But  he 
maintained  that  in  order  to  the  right  interpretion  of  the  Bi- 
ble, something  more  was  necessary  than  the  study  of  the 
letter,  namely,  the  inward  illumination  of  Christian  experi- 
ence. For  no  one,  he  held,  could  rightly  understand  and 
soundly  interpret  the  word  of  God,  unless  his  heart  were  pos- 
sessed of  faith  in  Christ:  “ Nisi  aut  fidesChristi  praecedat  in 
corde  legentis,  per  quern  veraciter  intelligantur,  aut  ipsa 
tides  Christi  in  eis  fideliter  quaeratur  et  Deo  illuminante  in- 
veniatur.” 

Against  such  opponents,  Hinkmar  now  found  it  necessary 
to  seek  new  helpers.  Gotteschalcus  had  communicated  his 
views  to  Amulo,  archbishop  of  Lyons,  and  requested  his  aid. 
This  prelate  was,  however,  incapable  of  forming  a fair  esti- 
mate of  the  doctrine,  and  adhered  to  the  milder  representa- 
tions of  the  Augustinian  system,  or  perhaps  contemplated  the 
whole  subject  through  the  medium  afforded  to  him  by  Hink- 
mar. He,  therefore,  imputed  to  Gotteschalcus  all  the  odious 
consequences  which  were  deduced  from  his  tenets  by  his  en- 
emies. At  the  same  time,  he  was  distinguished  by  a gentle- 
ness of  manner  in  his  treatment  of  those  whom  he  regarded 
as  in  error.  In  the  composition  which  he  put  forth  against 
Gotteschalcus,  in  order  to  reclaim  him,  he  addressed  him  as 
a beloved  brother,  for  whose  welfare  he  was  not  less  con- 
cerned than  for  his  own.  He  sent  a copy  of  this  letter  to  Hink- 
mar, and  publicly  expressed  his  desire  of  a reconciliation  be- 
tween the  archbishop  and  Gotteschalcus;  assuming,  however, 
the  very  improbable  occurrence  of  a recantation  on  the  part 
of  the  latter.  In  consequence  of  this,  Hinkmar  was  led  to 
regard  Amulo  as  an  auxiliary  in  the  contest  with  his  new 
opponents.  In  connexion  with  one  of  his  diocese,  who 
shared  in  his  sentiments,  Pardulus,  bishop  of  Laon,  he  ad- 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


241 


dressed  to  Amulo  and  the  church  of  Lyons,  two  letters  re- 
pecting  the  doctrines  of  Gotteschalcus;  annexing  the  letter 
which  had  been  written  by  Rabanus  Maurus  to  Notting,  of 
Verona.  But  the  archbishop  Amulo  died  about  this  time, 
(A.  D.  853)  and  his  successor  Remigius  made  it  known  lhat 
he  was  opposed  to  the  course  of  Hinkmar.  In  the  reply  which 
Remigius  made,  in  the  name  of  the  church  of  Lyons,  he  was 
very  decided  in  condemning  the  unjust  and  rigorous  manner 
in  which  Gotteschalcus  had  been  treated.  He  calls  upon 
them  to  judge  for  themselves  whether  they  had  evinced  that 
moderation  and  Christian  love  which  became  a spiritual  tri- 
bunal, and  a company  of  priests  and  monks.  He  declared 
that  their  conduct  was  an  object  of  general  abhorrence.  “Om- 
nes  non  solum  dolent,  sed  etiarn  horrent  ” All  heretics  had 
heretofore  been  overcome  and  convicted  by  reason.  “ Cum 
omnes  retro  haeretici  verbis  et  disputationibus  victi  atque  con- 
victi  sunt.”  The  condemnation  of  Gottschalk’s  tenets,  he 
added,  was  really  a condemnation  of  catholic  doctrine.  “ In 
hac  re  dolemus  non  ilium  miserabilem,  sed  ecclesiasticam 
veritateni  esse  damnatam.”  The  true  course  would  have 
been  to  subject  his  declarations  of  opinion  to  a thorough  in- 
vestigation. If  indeed  Gotteschalcus  had  reviled  the  bishops, 
this  was  an  insolence  which  should  be  punished;  though  it 
were  better  that  this  should  proceed  from  any  than  the  bish- 
ops themselves.  And  he  urged  it  as  a duty,  to  mitigate 
the  punishment  which  the  poor  monk  had  for  many  y'ears  en- 
dured in  prison,  in  order  to  win  by  kindness  the  brother  for 
whom  Christ  died,  rather  than  to  abandon  him  to  be  ‘ swal- 
lowed up  of  overmuch  sorrow7.’ 

In  regard  to  two  questions,  first,  whether  the  expression 
that  God  wills  the  salvation  of  all  men,  is  to  be  taken  with- 
out limitation,  or  with  such  restriction  as  is  demanded  by  the 
doctrine  of  predestination;  and,  secondly,  whether  Christ|d ied 
for  all  men,  or  only  for  the  elect; — Remigius  avowed  his  at- 
tachment to  the  particularistic  tenet,  but  claimed,  as  Servatus 
Lupus  had  done  before  him,  that  in  regard  to  this  each  party 
should  enjoy  freedom  of  judgment,  as  the  church  had  not 
pronounced  definitively  upon  these  points,  and  as  there  was 
a diversity  of  opinion  among  the  fathers. 

When  Hinkmar  perceived  the  array  of  his  opponents  to 
be  increasing,  he  resolved  to  avail  himself  of  ecclesiastical 
authority,  and  procured  a second  council  to  be  held  at  Chier- 
sy,  in  which  four  propositions  w7ere  established  against  Got- 
teschalcus. These  proceeded  upon  the  principles  of  Augus- 
VOL.  XII.  no.  2.  31 


242 


Predestinarian  Controversy 


[April 


tine.  Liberty  of  will,  sufficient  for  continuance  in  original 
righteousness,  was  ascribed  to  Adam.  By  the  abuse  of  this 
liberty,  he  fell,  and  thereby  the  whole  human  race  became  a 
massa  perditionis.  Out  of  this  mass,  God,  according  to  his 
foreknowledge,  elected  those  whom  through  his  grace  he 
foreordained  to  eternal  life,  and  to  whom  eternal  life  was 
foreordained:*  as  to  those  on  the  contrary,  whom  by  his  righte- 
ous decree  he  left  in  the  mass  of  corruption,  while  he  foreknew 
their  perdition,  he  did  in  no  way  predestinate  them  to  it. 
Nevertheless,  in  his  justice  he  foreordained  eternal  punish 
ment  to  such.  In  this  way,  divine  predestination  is  made 
one,  referring  itself  either  to  the  gift  of  grace,  or  the  reward 
of  righteousness — and  this  phraseology,  says  Neander,  is  in 
a two-fold  manner  opposed  to  the  doctrine  of  the  duplex 
praedestinatio.  A second  important  difference  consists  in 
the  principles,  that  God  wills  the  salvation  of  all  men,  and 
that  Christ  died  for  all  men;  declarations  which  receive  their 
limitation,  as  our  author  observes,  from  their  connexion  with 
the  former  position,  and  which,  in  the  system  of  Hinkmar, 
as  in  that  of  Rabanus  Maurus,  are  to  be  understood  only  with 
this  limitation. 

In  opposition  to  these  determinations,  the  second  council 
at  Valence,  in  the  year  855, agreed  upon  six  capitula-  They 
established  the  two-fold  predestination,  in  the  sense  above  ex- 
plained, but  at  the  same  time  declared  in  the  most  express 
terms,  that  human  sin  is  founded  only  in  the  will  of  the  first 
man  and  his  posterity,  and  is  an  object  of  divine  prescience 
only  • “ Nec  ipsas  malas  ideo  perire,  quia  boni  esse  non  potu- 

erunt,  sed  quia  boni  esse  noluerunt,  suoque  vitio  in  massa 
damnationis  vel  merito  originali  vel  etiam  actuali  permanse- 
runt.’>  This  council  further  condemned  the  doctrine  that 
Christ  died  for  the  unbelieving.  Yet  such  was  their  regard 
for  the  objective  efficacy  of  sacraments,  that  in  the  fifth  can- 
on, this  determination  is  appended : “ That  the  whole  body  of 
believers,  who  are  born  of  water  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
who  are  thereby  truly  embosomed  in  the  church,  according 
to  the  teaching  of  the  apostle,  are  baptized  into  the  death  of 
Christ,  and  hence  are  cleansed  from  their  sins  by  his  blood; 
for  their  regeneration  would  not  be  true,  unless  their  redemp- 
tion were  also  true-  It  is  necessary  to  hold  this,  unless 

* Aus  dieser  Masse  habe  der  gute  und  gerechte  Gott  nach  seiner  Praescienz 
Diejenigen  erwahlt,  welche  er  durch  die  Gnade  zum  ewigen  Leben,  und  de- 
nen  er  das  ewige  Leben  vorherbestimmt. 


1840.] 


In  the  Ninth  Century. 


243 


we  would  distrust  the  reality  of  the  sacrament  Yet  out  of 
the  mass  of  the  believers  and  redeemed  persons,  some  attain 
to  eternal  happiness,  because  by  the  grace  of  God  they  faith- 
fully persevere  in  their  redeemed  state,  while  others  by  no 
means  attain  to  the  enjoyment  of  eternal  happiness,  because 
they  do  not  choose  to  persevere  in  the  saving  condition  of 
faith  which  they  received  at  the  beginning,  but  have  again 
made  void  the  grace  of  redemption  by  bad  doctrine  or  a bad 
life.” 

In  regard  to  grace,  it  was  determined,  that  without  it  no 
rational  creature  could  possibly  maintain  a life  of  true  hap- 
piness. Hence  the  necessity  of  grace  was  deduced,  not  from 
the  entrance  of  sin,  but  from  the  natural  and  necessary  rela- 
tions of  the  creature  to  the  Creator.  The  errors  of  Scotus 
likewise  were  condemned  as  frivolous  and  absurd-*  A coun- 
cil was  proposed  to  be  held  at  Savonniferes  (apud  Saponiarias) 
near  Toul,  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  upon  some  common 
ground,  but  the  plan  was  never  carried  into  effect.  “There 
was  now,”  says  Neander,  “ no  difference  between  the  parties 
as  to  the  substantial  articles  of  belief ; so  that  if  another 
and  deeper  cause  had  not  prevented,  they  must  have  been 
brought  to  a settlement  by  a comparison  of  ideas;  for  both 
parties  agreed  in  setting  out  with  the  Augustinian  princi- 
ples, and  their  necessary  consequences.  But  as  each  party 
clung  to  its  own  formulas  as  the  only  correct  ones,  and 
would  on  no  account  depart  from  these,  any  mutual  under- 
standing, by  means  of  an  analysis  of  the  ideas  in  debate,  was 
impossible.  Again,  each  party  had  its  own  interest  in  adher- 
ing to  its  favourite  terms:  the  one  being  concerned  for  dog- 
matic consistency  in  the  system  of  absolute  predestination, 
and  the  other  being  no  less  zealous  for  universal  grace  (den 
christlichen  Universalismus)  in  regard  to  the  doctrine  of  di- 
vine love  and  redemption;  doctrines  which  in  truth  could 
be  held  only  in  name  in  connexion  with  these  views,  since 
they  are  opposed  by  the  system  of  predestination  from  first 
to  last.”  The  want  of  scientific  method  and  logical  clear- 
ness, and  the  plan  of  disputing  more  by  the  aid  of  sentences 
from  the  fathers  than  by  solid  arguments,  conspired  to  pro- 
long a controversy  of  phrases,  without  any  real  comparison 
of  views  upon  the  merits  of  the  subject.  The  last  event 
worth  mentioning  in  this  train  of  disputations  was  the  publi- 
cation of  a book  by  Hinkmar,  in  defence  of  the  four  capitula 


Ineptas  quacstiunculas  et  aniles  paene  fabulas  Scotorumque  pultes. 


244 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


of  Chiersy.  As  the  defects  just  mentioned  existed,  to  no 
common  degree,  in  the  mind  of  this  prelate,  in  union 
with  a verbosity  which  was  peculiar  to  him,  he  was  emi- 
nently successful  in  writing  much  upon  the  questions  in  de- 
bate, without  approaching  to  any  resolution  of  the  discordant 
formulas  into  corresponding  conceptions;  and,  as  might  have 
been  expected,  this  diversity  was  propagated  in  the  follow- 
ing centuries. 


s~7 — 


Art.  IV. — Report  on  Education  in  Europe , to  the  Trus- 
tees of  the  Girard  College  for  Orphans.  By  Alexander 
Dallas  Bache,  LL.D.  President  of  the  College.  Philadel- 
phia. 1839.  pp.  666. 


Whether  the  great  bequest  of  Mr.  Girard,  for  the  endow- 
ment of  a College  for  orphan  boys,  shall  prove  to  be  a bless- 
ing or  the  contrary,  is  a question  of  much  doubt  with  those 
who  understand  the  will  as  discouraging  the  practical  religious 
instruction  of  the  beneficiaries  of  the  institution.  However 
this  may  be  (and  it  would  be  permature  to  discuss  the  ques- 
tion before  we  know  what  interpretation  the  trustees  of  the 
legacy  have  adopted,)  this  report  of  President  Bache  convin- 
ces us  that  the  organization  and  progress  of  the  college  will 
be  of  no  small  importance  to  the  general  interests  of  education. 
This  document  furnishes  abundant  proof  that  the  critical  task 
of  laying  the  foundation  of  a system  of  instruction  and  disci- 
pline, by  which  thousands  of  youth  are  to  be  in  constant  train- 
ing, has  been  committed  to  a sagacious,  comprehensive,  judi- 
cious and  practical  mind-  The  station  which  the  president 
holds,  with  such  qualifications,  must  give  great  authority  and 
influence  to  his  views,  and  every  thing  in  the  circumstances 
under  which  he  enters  upon  his  office,  is  favourable  to  a suc- 
cessful debut  for  himself  and  the  school.  A fund  of  millions, 
years  of  preparation  and  experiment,  and  the  opportunity  of 
profiting  through  actual  observation  by  all  the  experience  and 
knowledge  of  Europe — are  advantages  which  no  literary  es- 
tablishment with  us  has  heretofore  enjoyed  to  such  an  extent. 
Our  schools  of  every  grade  and  name,  and  most  of  our  col- 
leges, have  been  formed  and  conducted  on  the  great  American 
principle  of  accomplishing  in  the  speediest  and  cheapest  me- 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe . 


245 


thod,  a certain  nominal  result.  Our  boys  must  learn  Greek 
and  Latin,  mathematics  and  natural  philosophy,  and  have  a 
diploma  to  certify  their  erudition.  But  vve  cannot  afford 
much  time  for  these  rudiments.  At  twenty-one  the  lads 
must  be  ready  for  the  bar,  or  to  enter  into  copartnership  with 
their  fathers,  or  be  otherwise  ‘ doing  for  themselves.’  Half 
a dozen  years  at  the  grammar  shool,  and  three  or  four  at  col- 
lege are  as  much  as  can  be  spared  for  study,  even  with  a 
learned  profession  in  view.  To  meet  these  demands  the 
course  must  be  superficial  and  hurried;  the  duties  of  a teach- 
er or  professor  become  little  more  than  mechanical  operations, 
scarcely  furnishing  the  necessary  stimulus  to  self-improve- 
ment, or  exciting  an  honourable  ambition,  and  the  whole  pro- 
cess of  learning  and  teaching  suffers  degradation.  It  is  high 
time  that  we  were  doing  better.  We  ought  now  to  be  aiming  at 
a more  thorough  scholarship  at  least  for  those  who  are  desti- 
ned to  the  liberal  professions,  and  this  is  to  be  effected  only 
by  a reform  in  the  whole  series  of  departments  through 
which  the  pupil  has  to  pass.  We  naturally  look  to  Europe 
for  our  excitement,  if  not  for  our  models,  in  such  an  improve- 
ment; to  their  seats  of  learning,  whose  date  is  lost  in  antiquity; 
to  their  literature  moulded  from  the  good  old  ore;  to  their  men 
under  the  shade  of  whose  names  so  many  ages  have  been 
proud  to  lie.  It  is  for  its  contribution  to  this  object  that  we 
chiefly  value  Dr.  Bache’s  tour  in  Europe,  and  though  this 
report  of  his  observations  is  not  regularly  published,  we  trust 
that  the  impressions  of  it  will  be  so  multiplied  and  diffused, 
that  every  part  of  our  country  will  have  the  benefit  of  its 
communications.  How  wide  is  the  scope  of  the  contempla- 
ted college,  and  consequently  how  extensively  its  plans  may 
be  studied  in  their  application  to  other  institutions  of  educa- 
tion, may  be  judged  of  by  the  closing  paragraph  of  the  re- 
port. 

“According  to  the  will  of  Mr.  Girard,  orphan  boys  are 
to  be  educated  in  his  College  from  the  age  of  six  years  to 
fourteen,  sixteen,  and  even  eighteen  years  of  age.  The  ma- 
terials of  their  instruction  must  be  ‘ things  rather  than  words.’ 
and  the  degree  is  to  be  such  ; as  the  capacities  of  the  several 
scholars  may  merit  or  warrant.’  The  first  provision,  from 
the  early  age  of  admission  which  it  enjoins,  enables  us  to 
train  as  well  as  to  instruct;  the  second  indicates  that  the  ten- 
dency of  our  training  should  be  towards  practical  life.  The 
age  of  our  pupils  embraces  the  period  from  elementary  to  su 
perior  instruction,  and  we  are  expressly  called  upon  to  devel- 


246 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


ope  talent.  Our  college  must,  therefore,  combine  the  prima- 
ry, secondary,  and  special  schools.  The  means  furnished  by 
our  munificent  benefactor  to  execute  his  intentions  are  vast, 
and  if  the  benefits  thence  accruing  are  not  in  proportion,  the 
responsibility  must  rest  with  those  to  whom  they  have  been 
entrusted.  The  trustees  of  the  college  have  appealed  to  the 
experience  of  Europe  to  furnish  data  necessarily  wanting  in 
a new  country,  and  it  remains  for  them  to  apply  the  experi- 
mental deductions  thus  obtained  from  the  old  world  with  the 
vigour  characteristic  of  the  new.  If  their  spirit  be  propor- 
tionate to  the  work  to  be  accomplished,  there  can  be  little 
doubt  of  the  result.  Our  founder  has  furnished  them  the 
means  of  establishing  a series  of  model  schools,  for  moral,  in- 
tellectual, and  physical  education,  embracing  the  period  of 
life  from  early  youth  almost  to  manhood,  the  importance  of 
which  to  our  city,  and  even  to  the  country  at  large,  can  hard- 
ly be  estimated,” 

Dr.  Bache  was  appointed  to  the  head  of  the  college  in  an- 
ticipation of  the  period  at  which  it  could  be  opened  for  pu- 
pils, in  order  that  he  might  have  leisure  to  prepare  a system 
of  government  and  instruction  to  meet  the  various  and  pecu- 
liar requisitions  of  the  founder.  To  assist  him  in  this  ser- 
vice, he  was  authorized,  without  restriction  of  time,  to  visit 
all  the  establishments  of  Europe  which  were  likely  to  fur- 
nish any  suggestions  towards  the  plan,  and  to  purchase  such 
books,  models,  drawings,  and  philosophical  instruments,  as 
might  be  immediately  required  for  the  use  of  the  trustees  or 
the  college.  Two  years  were  passed  on  this  mission,  in 
which  time  Dr.  Bache  visited  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
eight  schools  in  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  France,  Swit- 
zerland, Holland,  Belgium,  Italy,  and  the  principal  States 
and  free  towns  of  Germany.  Particular  descriptions  are 
given  only  of  such  of  these  as  are  distinctive  in  their  design 
or  system,  and  they  are  classified  as  follows: — Part  I.  Insti- 
tutions for  the  education  of  orphans  and  other  destitute  chil- 
dren. Part  II.  Institutions  for  education  in  general.  The 
first  part  includes  an  account  of  the  institutions  in  Great 
Britain,  Germany,  and  Holland,  for  the  gratuitous  education 
and  care  of  poor  children.  The  second  and  larger  division 
comprises  the  fulfilment  of  the  following  programme  in  the 
introduction: 

“After  brief  notices  of  certain  infant  schools,  elementary 
instruction  is  considered  under  two  heads:  the  first,  embrac- 
ing the  schools  for  general  purposes;  the  second,  those  in- 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


247 


tended  for  special  training,  as  for  the  education  of  a rural  or 
industrious  population,  and  of  teachers  for  the  elementary 
schools.  Under  the  former  head  will  be  given  a notice  of 
the  provisions  for  elementary  instruction  in  Great  Britain; 
a notice  of  the  primary  public  instruction  in  France;  a more 
particular  description  of  the  primary  system  of  Holland,  and 
of  some  schools  which  illustrate  its  application;  a history 
and  general  sketch  of  the  Prussian  system,  with  detailed  de- 
scriptions and  notices  of  several  prominent  schools;  a notice 
of  the  system  of  primary  instruction  in  Saxony,  and  of  some 
of  the  schools,  and  an  account  of  the  method  applied  in  the 
schools  of  Bayreuth,  in  Bavaria.  The  second  division  of 
primary  instruction  will  comprehend  descriptions  of  certain 
rural  schools  of  Switzerland  and  Great  Britain,  an  industrial 
primary  school  of  France,  and  of  some  of  the  schools  for 
primary  teachers  in  Prussia,  France,  Holland,  and  Switzer- 
land. 

“ Passing  to  the  head  of  secondary  instruction,  the  report 
will  include  descriptions  and  notices  of  schools  in  Great  Bri- 
tain, France,  Prussia,  and  Saxony;  each  chapter  being  de- 
voted to  a separate'country,  and  preceded  by  general  intro- 
ductory remarks.  I have  ventured  to  propose  a subdivision 
of  this  head,  which  appears  to  me  borne  out  by  reason,  and 
by  the  present  state  of  facts  in  regard  to  education;  the  ar- 
gument in  reference  to  it  will  be  found  among  the  matter 
introductory  to  that  division  of  the  report. 

“ Under  the  division  of  superior  instruction  will  be  given 
descriptions  of  some  special  schools  for  the  arts,  manufac- 
tures, and  commerce  of  France,  Prussia,  and  Austria,  and  the 
higher  agricultural  school  of  Wirtemburgh,  besides  brief  no- 
tices of  a few  other  similar  institutions.” 

The  subdivision  of  the  head  of  secondary  instruction  re- 
ferred to  in  this  extract  is:  “First,  secondary  instruction 
as  preparatory  to  the  professions  usually  designated  as  learn- 
ed; second,  as  preparing  for  the  higher  practical  occupations 
which  are  rising  rapidly  with,  or  have  taken  their  place  in 
the  same  rank  with  the  professions.” 

Dr.  Bache  found  that  the  elementary  schools  of  Great 
Britain  are  in  general  inferior  to  those  of  the  continent,  and 
that  a greater  advance  in  this  department  of  education  has 
been  made  in  Holland  and  Prussia,  in  practice  as  well  as 
theory,  than  in  any  other  countries  of  Europe. 

“The  system  of  primary  instruction  in  Holland  is  parti- 
cularly interesting  to  an  American,  from  its  organization  in 


248 


Education  in  Europe. 


[Apbil 


an  ascending  series;  beginning  with  the  local  school  autho- 
rities, and  terminating,  after  progressive  degrees  of  repre- 
sentation, as  it  were,  in  the  highest  authority;  instead  of 
emanating,  as  in  the  centralized  systems,  from  that  authority. 
A fair  trial  has  been  given  to  a system  of  inspection  which 
is  almost  entirely  applicable  to  our  country,  and  which  has 
succeeded  with  them.  They  have  tried  an  important  expe- 
riment, in  communicating  religious  without  sectarian  instruc- 
tion; another,  which  has  resulted  in  demonstrating  the  ne- 
cessity of  special  schools  for  teachers;  and  another,  entirely 
unfavourable  to  the  system  of  mutual  instruction.” 

We  hope  this  assurance  of  the  practicability  of  a course 
of  religious  instruction,  without  sectarism,  will  meet  with 
credence  from  those  extreme  parties  in  our  country  who 
hold,  on  the  one  hand,  that  the  Bible  had  better  not  be  taught 
at  all  than  with  the  least  reservation  of  mooted  points,  and 
on  the  other  hand,  that  it  cannot  be  used  in  schools  without 
the  spirit  of  proselytism.  But  how  is  this  accomplished  in 
Holland,  and  what  are  the  results?  The  Report  states: 

“ There  is  unbounded  toleration  of  religious  creed  in  Hol- 
land, and  while  the  necessity  of  religious  instruction  in  the 
schools  has  been  strongly  felt,  it  has  been  made  to  stop  short 
of  the  point  at  which,  becoming  doctrinal,  the  subjects  taught 
could  interfere  with  the  views  of  any  sect.  Bible  stories 
are  made  the  means  of  moral  and  religious  teaching  in  the 
school,  and  the  doctrinal  instruction  is  given  by  the  pastors 
of  the  different  churches  on  days  appointed  for  the  purpose, 
and  usually  not  in  the  school-room.” 

And,  on  another  page: 

“The  results  of  the  moral  and  religious  instruction  com- 
municated in  and  out  of  school,  are  fully  shown  in  the  cha- 
racter of  the  people  of  Holland;  and  these  must  be  deemed 
satisfactory.  Sectarian  instruction  is  carefully  kept  out  of 
the  schools,  while  the  historical  parts  of  the  Bible,  and  its 
moral  lessons  are  fully  dwelt  upon.  There  are  various  col- 
lections of  Bible  stories  for  this  purpose,  which  are  com- 
mented on  by  the  teacher,  and  all  the  incidental  instruction, 
so  important  in  a school,  has  the  same  tendency.  Doctrinal 
instruction  is  given,  according  to  an  arrangement  made  with 
the  churches  of  the  various  denominations  when  the  school 
law  was  promulgated;  this  instruction  is  imparted  out  of  the 
school,  on  the  half-holidays  and  Sundays.  Sometimes,  when, 
as  at  the  Hague,  the  pupils  nearly  all  belong  to  one  commu- 
nion, a catechist  attends  at  the  school;  but  even  then,  only 


249 


1840,]  Education  in  Europe. 

those  children  whose  parents  wish  it  are  present  at  the  ex- 
ercises.” 

But  why  do  we  continue  to  theorize  on  this  point,  in  its 
relation  to  the  public  schools  established  by  our  laws,  when 
our  experience,  older  than  the  existence  of  the  republic, 
shows  us  that  the  use  of  religious  instruction  is  feasible, 
without  injustice  or  partiality?  We  refer  to  the  history  of 
our  colleges,  and  of  a multitude  of  academies,  in  which  the 
practice  of  daily  prayer,  and  of  the  reading  and  study  of  the 
scriptures,  has  been  coeval  with  their  establishment.  And 
who  has  found  them  nurseries  of  sectarism?  Who  has  dis- 
covered that  religious  impressions  cannot  be  made  on  the 
mind  of  a youth  without  their  assuming  the  stamp  of  a spe- 
cial formulary?  Our  colleges  have  not  been  without  the 
blessings  of  revivals  of  religion,  their  officers  and  chaplains 
have  been  members  of  particular  denominations,  but  has  it 
ever  been  the  subject  of  charge  or  suspicion  that  those  deno- 
minations have  secured  or  designed  the  proselytism  of  the 
converts? 

It  may  be  alleged  with  truth  that  the  experience  of  such 
countries  as  Holland  and  Prussia  is  not  so  complete  as  is  ne- 
cessary to  establish  the  theory,  inasmuch  as  in  the  former  the 
Protestant  church  does  not  exist  in  so  many  branches  as  it 
does  in  the  United  States,  and  in  Prussia  the  only  ecclesias- 
tical division  is  into  the  Evangelical  and  the  Roman  Catholic 
bodies.  But  no  one  will  be  staggered  by  this  exception,  who 
will  examine  the  points  upon  which  the  vast  majority  of 
Christians  in  our  country  are  united,  and  compare  them  in 
vital  importance  with  the  points  on  which  they  dissent,  And 
if  our  democratic  principle  is  to  have  its  legitimate  influence 
in  this,  as  in  all  other  matters  of  legislation,  we  see  not,  un- 
less we  discard  the  Bible  by  acts  of  Assembly,  but  that 
the  views  of  the  majority  must  establish  religious  instruc- 
tion in  the  public  schools  to  the  extent  of  their  unanimity. 
We  are  speaking  exclusively  of  the  legal  toleration  that  may 
be  demanded  for  the  practical  use  of  the  scriptures  in  the  pub- 
lic schools  of  our  States;  how  closely  evangelical  churches 
can  unite  in  diffusing  the  fundamental  doctrines  and  precepts 
of  the  Bible,  has  been  triumphantly  manifested  in  the  publi- 
cations of  the  American  Sunday  School  Union,  and  of  the 
American  Tract  Society,  or  we  might  as  well  also  say,  in  the 
works  of  Baxter,  Bunyan,  Doddridge,  Richmond  and  a host 
of  others  of  all  the  sections  of  the  Christian  family,  whose 
productions  are  believed  and  loved  by  all. 

vol.  xii.  no.  2.  32 


250 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


We  have  looked  to  Dr.  Bache’s  Report  with  special  inter- 
est to  learn  what  returns  it  would  furnish  to  that  item  of  his 
instructions  which  directed  him  to  inquire,  as  to  “ the  pre- 
cise extent  to  which  moral  and  religious  instruction  is  pur- 
posed to  be  given,  and  is  actually  given,  and  also  by  whom 
and  in  what  form  that  instruction  is  conveyed.”  His  an- 
swers on  this  point  are  incorporated  with  the  details  of  each 
school,  and  are  partly  contained  in  the  tables  of  their  studies, 
and  text-books  which  he  furnishes.  From  our  examination 
of  them  in  this  dispersed  form,  we  gather  many  interesting 
particulars.  In  the  large  charity-schools  of  England,  the  bi- 
ble  is  taught  in  common  with  the  formularies  of  the  national 
church,  or  we  should  more  correctly  say,  (if  we  do  not  mis- 
understand the  report),  the  doctrines  of  that  church  are  the 
subjects  of  stated  instruction,  and  the  reading  of  the  bible  is 
appended.  One  of  the  excellent  characteristics  of  Dr.  Bache’s 
volume  is  his  scrupulous  adherence  to  the  purpose  of  making 
it  a descriptive,  and  not  a critical  or  argumentative  perform- 
ance. And  we  have  greatly  admired  the  modest  and  unpre- 
tending form  in  which  he  presents  the  results  of  his  investi- 
gation, so  different  from  the  course  taken  by  the  superficial 
and  self-important.  We  irresistibly  attach  value  to  the  casu- 
al opinions  and  deductions  of  such  an  observer,  and  have 
therefore  attributed  great  weight  to  the  remarks  which  are 
dropped  in  reference  to  the  results  of  this  inverted  method 
of  teaching  religion.  In  the  description  of  the  Liverpool 
Blue-Coat  school,  where  three  hundred  and  fifty  children  are 
taught  and  maintained,  the  Report  speaks  thus: 

One  of  the  things  which  struck  me  most  on  my  first  visit 
to  this  school,  was  the  extensive  acquaintance  with  doctrinal 
religion  which  the  boys  of  the  eldest  class  manifested.  My 
surprise  was  removed,  however,  on  learning  the  method  by 
which  this  result  was  obtained,  and  which  consisted  in  devo- 
ting the  morning  hours  of  winter,  and  at  other  seasons  when 
the  weather  did  not  invite  to  a walk,  between  rising  and 
breakfast,  to  learning  commentaries  on  the  doctrines  of  the 
church  of  England,  commencing  in  the  fourth  class  with  the 
catechism  of  the  church  of  England,*  the  collects,  prayers, 
&c  ; continuing  in  the  third  class  with  the  explanation  of  the 
catechism;  in  the  second,  with  committing  to  memory  the 

* “ There  is  no  qualification  as  to  the  religious  sect  to  which  the  parent  or  pu- 
pil belongs,  in  regard  to  admission  ; but  he  is  required  to  conform,  when  admit- 
ted, to  the  forms  of  the  church  of  England.” 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


251 


chief  doctrines  of  the  church;  in  the  first,  with  committingthe 
references  hy  which  the  doctrines  are  surpported.  I felt 
bound  to  examine  faithfully  the  question  whether  this  was  a 
mere  intellectual  effort,  or  whether  the  Christian  truths  thus 
inculcated,  made  an  impression  upon  the  hearts  of  these  chil- 
dren; and  I regret  to  state  that  I was  forced  to  the  conclusion 
that,  in  the  greater  number  of  cases,  the  heart  waslittle  affected 
by  what  the  tongue  repeated,  and  the  intellect  assented  to, 
and  this  conclusion  was  in  accordance  with  the  result  of  my 
inquiries.  It  is  true  that  the  seed  thus  planted  may  lie  hid 
to  germinate  in  after  life,  and  this,  no  doubt,  sometimes  oc- 
curs; but,  as  a general  rule,  the  measure  is  found  to  be  un- 
productive as  far  as  its  immediate  effects  have  been  obser- 
ved.” 

So  must  it  ever  be  where  ecclesiastical  conformity  is  put 
on  the  same  level  with  loyalty,  and  where  the  church  and  the 
throne  are  combined  as  joint  and  equal  claimants  of  the  ho- 
mage of  every  subject.  It  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  in 
the  public  schools  of  such  a government,  the  privilege  of  read- 
ing the  liturgy  in  public  worship  is  one  of  the  prizes  of  good 
behaviour;  as  in  the  Rugby  grammar-school,  according  to  the 
report,  “ the  attendance  of  the  elder  pupils  on  the  commun- 
ion, is  not  made  a matter  of  rule,  but  in  general  the  sixth 
form,  and  many  of  the  fifth,  are  communicants  of  the  church. 
The  younger  pupils  are  not  encouraged  to  come  forward.” 
In  the  great  grammar-schools,  however,  both  of  Rugby  and 
Harrow,  it  should  be  remarked  that  the  Scriptures  constitute 
a regular  portion  of  the  studies  of  each  class;  in  the  former, 
(according  to  the  syllabus  in  the  report),  the  several  books 
of  the  Bible  in  course,  and  at  Harrow  the  same,  combined  with 
such  works  as  Doddridge  and  Paley  on  the  Evidences,  New- 
ton on  the  Prophecies,  Watts’s  Scripture  History,  with  the 
Church  Catechism  and  the  thirty-nine  Articles. 

We  believe  we  are  influenced  by  no  prejudice  in  drawing 
from  the  report  a far  more  favourable  estimate  of  the  system 
of  religious  training  in  the  principal  schools  of  Scotland.  In 
Edinburgh  there  are  seven  institutions  of  charity,  or  educa- 
tion-hospitals as  most  of  them  are  called,  and  both  in  that 
city  and  in  Glasgow,  there  are  many  schools  of  the  highest 
reputation,  extending  in  their  series  from  the  infant-school  to 
the  High-School,  and  University.  Some  of  the  general  state- 
ments of  the  report  respecting  the  legal  provision  for  ele- 
mentary education  may  be  acceptably  quoted. 


252 


Education  in  Europe . 


[April 


“The  system  of  parochial  schools  in  Scotland  was  establish- 
ed a century  and  a half  ago,  by  an  act  of  the  Scottish  Parlia- 
ment. This  act  provided  for  the  existence  of  a school  in  each 
parish,  for  the  manner  of  election  of  the  schoolmaster,  and  for 
his  compensation,  no  mention  being  made  of  the  branches  re- 
quired to  be  taught.  The  masters  have  been,  in  general,  se- 
lected either  from  among  candidates  for  the  ecclesiastical  pro- 
fession, or  such  persons  as  could  not  pursue  the  requisite  stu- 
dies far  enough  to  reach  the  ministry,  and  from  persons  of 
the  humble  classes  who  were  physically  incompetent  for 
trades,  and  endeavoured  to  secure  the  patronage  and  instruc- 
tion necessary  to  obtain  places  as  teachers. 

“ The  General  Assembly  of  the  church  of  Scotland  has  the 
right  of  inspecting  these  schools,  but  not  that  of  displacing 
their  teachers,  and  hence  the  system  is  wanting  in  the  means 
of  improvement.  It  has,  in  fact, not  kept  pace  with  the  gene- 
ral progress  of  the  country,  the  schools  being  deficient  both 
in  number  and  quality.  To  remedy  this,  efforts  have  been 
made  by  the  General  Assembly  and  by  benevolent  individu- 
als, by  the  erection  of  new  schools,  and  of  model  schools,  by 
endeavouring  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  teachers,  and 
by  furnishing  those  who  aspire  to  this  profession  the  means 
of  proper  training  in  their  art.  The  sessional  school*  of 
Edinburgh  has  opened  its  doors  to  persons  wishing  to  pro- 
cure practical  knowledge  in  teaching,  and  more  lately  the 
Normal  Seminary  of  Glasgow  for  training  Teachers  has  been 
established  and  taken  under  the  patronage  of  the  Education 
Committee  of  the  General  Assembly.! 

“ The  instruction  in  the  parochial  schools  is  generally  con- 
fined to  reading,  writing,  and  cyphering.  Occasionally,  in 
the  higher  schools,  a little  Latin  is  taught.  The  Bible  and 
Catechism  frequently  constitute  the  text-books  for  reading. 
In  some  schools  there  are  spelling-books,  with  selections 
of  stories  for  children.  The  former  collection  of  reading- 
lessons  was  absurd  in  the  extreme  as  a book  for  children,  con- 

* “ Schools  under  the  charge  of  the  ministers  and  elders,  or  church-session  of 
a parish,  are  so  called.” 

! “ The  petition  of  the  Education  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
Scottish  Church  to  Parliament  for  aid,  states,  that  in  the  Highlands  alone  there 
were,  in  1833,  eighty-three  thousand  three  hundred  and  ninety-seven  persons 
above  six  years  of  age  who  could  neithei  read  nor  write,  and  twenty-eight  thou- 
sand between  six  and  twenty  years  of  age  in  this  predicament.  One-sixth  of 
the  population  was  thus  without  instruction,  and  means  were  wanting  to  provide 
them  with  schools.” 


Education  in  Europe . 


253 


[1840. 


sisting  of  extracts  for  the  most  part  above  their  comprehen- 
sion; it  has  been,  however,  more  recently  replaced  by  a judi- 
cious selection.  Most  of  the  children  who  go  to  these  schools 
are  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twelve. 

“Besides  the  parochial  schools,  there  are,  especially  in 
the  large  towns,  endowed  schools,  the  state  of  instruction  in 
which,  at  any  given  time,  depends  much  upon  the  trustees  in- 
to whose  hands  the  endowment  has  fallen.  The  subscription 
and  private  schools  have,  in  general,  not  been  in  advance  of 
the  others,  and  in  many  of  the  Highland  schools,  neither  wri- 
ting nor  arithmetic  are  taught. 

“ It  seems  to  be  generally  conceded  that  a great  change  is 
necessary  in  the  character  of  popular  instruction,  but  the  na- 
ture of  the  change  is  the  subject  of  much  keen  controversy,  in 
regard  to  which  I should  be  going  out  of  my  way  to  speak.” 

The  author  gives  a statement  of  his  impressions  of  the  be- 
neficial results  of  the  course  pursued  in  one  of  the  large  in- 
stitutions at  Edinburgh,  which  we  trust  might  be  applied  to 
most  of  the  schools  under  similar  training.  In  the  notice  of 
Heriot’s  Hospital,  he  says: 

“ The  positive  religious  instruction  is  given  by  the  study 
of  the  Bible,  the  evidences  of  Christianity,  and  the  catechism 
of  the  Church  of  Scotland.  Family  worship  also  is  held 
morning  and  evening.  On  Sunday,  in  addition,  the  pupils 
are  occupied  one  hour  in  the  morning  in  the  study  of  the 
church  catechism,  or  of  a Bible  lesson  or  hymn,  which  they 
recite  in  the  evening,  and  they  attend  church  twice  dur- 
ing the  day.  Besides  this,  the  discipline  of  the  school,  re- 
pressing what  is  amiss,  and  encouraging  virtue,  acts  of  course 
powerfully;  the  example  of  the  elder  boys,  and  the  good 
order  which  prevails,  tend  to  produce  regular  habits-  The 
results  of  this  combined  moral  education  are  to  be  found  in 
the  records  of  the  character  of  the  pupils,  when  they  are  no 
longer  under  the  fostering  care  of  the  institution;  and  the 
answers  to  the  queries  before  referred  to,  in  regard  to  the 
conduct  of  the  young  men,  given  by  the  masters  to  whom 
they  are  apprenticed,  and  by  those  with  whom  they  lodge, 
exhibit  these  results  in  a highly  satisfactory  point  of  view. 
Of  forty-seven  sets  of  answers,  forty  were  entirely  to  the 
credit  of  the  young  men,  on  the  part  of  the  masters,  and 
forty-six  on  the  part  of  the  persons  with  whom  they  lodged. 
Of  the  seven  falling  under  censure,  three  had  not  made  satis- 
factory progress  in  their  business;  two  were,  in  addition,  ab- 
sent sometimes;  one  was  complained  of  as  not  doing  his  er- 


254  Education  in  Europe.  [April 

rands  punctually,  and  only  one  was  of  the  class  considered 
decidedly  vicious-” 

We  think  our  own  church  ought  before  this  day  to  have 
imitated  the  example  of  our  Scottish  parent,  in  providing  for 
the  gratuitous  education  of  the  children  of  our  poor  members. 
The  excellent  sessional  school  of  Edinburgh,  to  which  Dr. 
Bache  attributes  the  greatest  efficiency  in  improving  the 
condition  of  elementary  instruction  in  Scotland,  was  formed 
by  the  sessions  of  the  churches  in  that  city,  in  consequence 
of  the  evidence  furnished  by  the  applicants  for  admission  to 
the  Sunday-schools,  of  their  miserable  deficiency  in  common 
knowledge-  Wishing  to  confine  the  Sunday-school  instruc- 
tion to  Biblical  knowledge,  the  sessions  established  a day- 
school,  “in  which  a certain  number  of  pupils  sent  by  the 
different  sessions,  were  instructed  gratuitously,  and  a still 
larger  number  from  the  quarter  of  the  town  where  the  school 
was  placed,  at  merely  a nominal  fee.”  Sheriff  Wood,  having 
made  some  valuable  improvements  in  Dr-  Bell’s  methods  of 
teaching,  introduced  them  with  great  success  into  this  school, 
and  made  it  famous  for  its  discipline,  and  the  intellectual 
advancement  of  its  scholars.  We  know  of  no  duty  more 
imperative  than  that  of  giving  every  means  of  religious  in- 
struction to  the  children  of  the  church,  nor  of  any  right  more 
clear  than  that  of  communicating  the  whole  of  what  we  be- 
lieve to  be  scriptural  truth,  in  the  course  of  every-day  instruc- 
tion. It  seems  to  be  an  evident  duty  of  our  churches  not  only  to 
provide  alms  for  the  support  of  their  poor  members,  but  to  fur- 
nish the  children  the  means  of  a good  education,  gratuitous  if 
necessary,  cheap  (to  them)  at  least.  The  churches  of  our  cities 
by  combining  for  this  purpose,  could  give  the  means  of  edu- 
cation to  all  the  families  who  need  such  aid,  and  retain  within 
the  influence  and  voice  of  the  church  many  youth  who  now 
feel  but  a feeble  bond  of  connexion  with  it-  Such  a provi- 
sion seems  to  be  especially  called  for  in  those  districts  of  our 
country  where  the  children,  who  are  obliged  to  resort  to  the 
public  schools  for  education,  are  excluded  by  law  from  the 
hearing  of  prayer,  the  singing  of  hymns,  and  scriptural  ex- 
hortation. 

So  little  encouragement  is  given  to  us  to  hope  much  for 
Ireland  under  its  present  political,  civil,  and  religious  en- 
thralment, that  we  are  glad  to  find  such  a gleam  as  the  fol- 
lowing page  of  the  Report  reveals: 

“ The  society  for  the  promotion  of  the  education  of  the 
poor  in  Ireland,  established  in  181 1,  has  been  of  essential 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


255 


service  in  that  country.  At  first,  they  acted  as  a private 
body,  but  subsequently  received  a grant  of  money  from  the 
British  parliament.  They  have  a model  school  in  Dublin, 
and  during  the  continuance  of  the  government  grant,  edu- 
cated a considerable  number  of  teachers,  published  many 
cheap  school-books,  and  works  for  lending-libraries.  With 
them  also  originated,  in  its  application  to  Ireland,  the  admi- 
rable system  of  regular  school  inspectors.  This  grant  was 
withdrawn  in  1831,  which  has  reduced  very  essentially  the 
scale  of  their  operations. 

“The  board  of  national  education  for  Ireland  was  ap- 
pointed in  1831,  and  is  intended  as  the  head  of  a government 
system  of  elementary  instruction  for  the  population  of  the 
whole  island.  This  board  has  not  only  greatly  increased  the 
number  of  elementary  schools,  and  supplied  new  text-books, 
but  has  established,  on  a considerable  scale,  a seminary  where 
the  future  teacher  is  first  instructed  in  the  elementary 
branches  in  which  he  may  be  deficient,  and  then  is  furnished 
with  the  principles  of  education,  and  an  opportunity  to  re- 
duce them  to  practice,  under  superintendence,  in  model 
schools.  At  the  time  of  my  visit  to  Dublin,  these  schools 
were  in  the  course  of  organization  in  a new  building,  erected 
specially  for  them.  The  appointment  of  school  inspectors, 
a practice  followed  up  by  this  board,  is  no  doubt  one  of  its 
most  important  measures,  affording  as  it  does,  in  connexion 
with  the  control  of  pecuniary  supplies,  the  means  of  contin- 
ual improvement  in  the  individual  schools.” 

This  country,  however,  furnished  only  one  institution  for 
particular  description — an  agricultural  school,  near  London- 
derry— and  we  refer  to  this  for  the  purpose  of  introducing 
a marginal  note,  in  which  Dr.  Bache  says: 

“ I am  indebted  for  a most  favourable  introduction  to 
this  school  to  Sir  R.  Ferguson,  of  Derry,  one  of  its  most 
active  managers,  and  had  the  good  fortune  to  meet  there 
Captain  Kennedy,  of  Lough  Ash,  the  manager  of  a large  es- 
tate, in  a wild  district,  where  he  is  pursuing  plans  for  the 
elevation  of  the  peasantry,  which  must  produce  the  happiest 
results.  The  improvement  of  his  tenants  is  in  an  increasing 
ratio  with  the  time  of  their  residence  on  his  estate.  His 
school,  saving  fund,  and  bazaar,  where  articles  of  use  are  sold 
at  cost;  his  arrangements  for  leases,  loans,  agricultural  in- 
struction, and  moral  and  religious  culture,  are  all  admirably- 
conceived,  and  executed  with  a zeal  beyond  my  praise.  I 
do  not  know  that  I have  been  ever  more  impressed  with  a 


256  Education  in  Europe.  [April 

sense  of  philanthropic  exertion,  than  by  a visit  to  Lough 
Ash.” 

In  Holland,  Germany,  and  Prussia,  we  find  religion  pro- 
minent in  the  tables  of  studies.  The  Bible,  and  Luther’s 
Catechism,  are  the  text  books  in  the  Protestant  schools. 
Great  use  is  made  of  the  sacred  narratives,  biographical  and 
historical,  conveying  moral  lessons.  The  geography,  anti- 
quities, and  natural  history  of  the  sacred  text,  are  used  for 
illustration  and  excitement  in  the  study.  Church  history, 
also,  is  a usual  topic  of  examination. 

Dr.  Bache  is  no  friend  of  the  mechanical  mode  of  teaching, 
and  he  was  particularly  pleased  with  the  methods  pursued 
in  the  primary  schools  of  Holland,  in  which  the  understand- 
ing is  developed  as  well  as  the  mind  filled.  From  his  sketch 
of  a school  at  the  Hague,  we  must  take  a few  paragraphs,  as 
furnishing  a specimen  of  what  Dutch  children  are  taught 
from  the  age  of  six  to  twelve  or  fourteen: 

“ This  school,  I should  remark,  though  ranking  with  the 
best  of  those  which  I saw  in  Holland,  is  not  distinguished 
above  several  others  of  its  class,  and  in  its  intellectual  cha- 
racter seemed  to  me  decidedly  below  many  of  the  interme- 
diate schools  where  the  pupils  are  less  numerous.  It  is, 
therefore,  no  exaggerated  statement  of  what  is  obtained  be- 
tween the  ages  of  six  and  twelve  and  fourteen.  The  subjects 
of  instruction,  including  intellectual  and  moral,  are:  Exer- 
cise of  the  perceptive  and  reflective  faculties.  Learning  to 
read  according  to  Prinsen’s  method,  including  the  spelling 
of  words  and  the  analysis  of  words  and  simple  sentences. 
The  composition  of  simple  sentences,  with  printed  letters. 
A knowledge  of  the  different  kinds  of  printed  and  written 
letters.  Writing  from  dictation,  for  orthography.  Correct 
reading  of  prose  and  poetry.  Grammar  of  the  Dutch  lan- 
guage. Geography  of  Holland.  History  of  Holland,  in- 
cluding its  chronology.  Writing,  beginning  and  ending 
with  writing  on  the  black-board.  Linear  drawing.  Arith- 
metic by  induction.  Mental  and  written  arithmetic,  with  a 
knowledge  of  the  Roman  numerals.  Practical  arithmetic, 
to  decimal  fractions  inclusive.  The  theory  of  numbers. 
Moral  and  religious  instruction.  Vocal  music. 

“ As  natural  history  does  not  appear  either  in  this  pro- 
gramme or  in  others  of  primary  schools,  I was  at  the  pains 
to  ascertain  if  any  thing  was  taught  in  relation  to  a branch 
so  eminently  calculated  to  promote  early  religious  impres- 
sions, and  found  that  incidentally  information  was  given  on 


1840.]  Education  in  Europe.  257 

the  habits  of  animals,  and  some  of  the  phenomena  of  the 
physical  world. 

“ The  exercises  of  perception  and  reflection  in  frequent 
use,  are  those  recommended  by  Ewald,  and  consist  of  a se- 
lection from  various  authors,  as  well  as  of  many  subjects  on 
which  the  teacher  is  expected  to  be  informed.  The  instruc- 
tion is  given  orally,  according  to  the  following  outline:  The 
child  is  taught  to  observe  and  to  speak  correctly,  by  refer- 
ring to  objects  which  are  about  him.  Knowledge  of  colours. 
Of  some  varieties  of  form,  as  round,  square,  &c.  Naming  of 
words  of  similar  and  contrary  significations.  Meaning  of 
verbs  in  common  use.  Numerating  by  cubes.  Knowledge 
of  coins  of  the  country,  and  their  relative  values.  Division 
of  time.  To  tell  the  time  by  a watch.  To  distinguish  the 
true  from  the  false.  Questions  on  nature  and  art.  Qualities 
of  resemblance  and  distinction.  Compound  expressions,  as 
* good  day,’  ‘ besides/  &c.  Witty  sayings.  Points  of  the 
compass.  Lessons  on  weights  and  measures.  On  different 
metals.  Articles  of  furniture  in  common  use.  Different 
daily  occupations.  The  four  ages  of  man.  Different  ranks 
of  society.  Proverbs  and  phrases.  Riddles  and  charades. 
Fables.  Honourable  and  dubious  actions.  Explanations  of 
words.” 

Much  more  attention  than  with  us,  but  not  more  than  is 
due,  is  given  to  natural  history,  singing,  and  drawing,  in 
the  continental  institutions,  but  without  neglecting  the  claims 
of  ancient  and  modern  languages,  geography,  and  the  usual 
branches  of  a full  elementary  course.  It  is  impossible  for  us 
to  mention  all  the  peculiarities  which  distinguish  the  differ- 
ent countries  in  these  respects,  but  the  work  before  us  is  full 
of  details,  which  must  convince  every  American  reader  that 
there  is  much  that  can  be  introduced  into  our  prevailing  sys- 
tems that  is  far  above  the  visionar}'  and  empirical  level  of 
the  noisy  pseudo-reformers  who  sometimes  figure  among  us, 
as  “ professors  of  common  school  education!” 

The  attention  of  Dr.  Bache  was  of  course  strongly  at- 
tracted by  every  thing  connected  with  the  practical  opera- 
tion of  the  famous  education  laws  of  Prussia.  His  impres- 
sions, particularly  in  regard  to  the  primary  schools,  were 
very  favourable,  but  we  cannot  enter  upon  this  field.  There 
is  a statement,  however,  in  reference  to  the  honour  of  esta- 
blishing the  present  system  which  is  curious,  and  deserves 
to  be  circulated  in  this  country,  where  it  is  commonly  sup- 

vol.  xn.  no.  2.  35 


258  Education  in  Europe.  [April 

posed  that  education  has  become  a subject  of  interest  in  Prus- 
sia only  within  a few  years. 

“ It  is  a very  general  impression,  that  the  present  primary 
school  system  of  Prussia  is  of  comparatively  recent  date,  or 
that  it  has  been,  within  twenty  years,  recast  and  moulded  into 
its  present  form.  The  fact  however  is,  that  it  is  a system 
composed  of  fragments  of  very  different  dates,  beginning  in 
the  Mark  of  Brandenburg,  before  the  kingdom  of  Prussia  ex- 
isted, and  variously  modified  from  that  time  to  the  present. 
It  is  one  of  the  peculiar  merits  of  the  system,  that  its  provi- 
sions have,  for  the  most  part,  been  tried  on  a small  scale  be- 
fore they  have  been  applied  to  ihe  whole  country,  and  that 
when  a provision  has,  on  trial,  proved  ill  devised,  it  has  been 
promptly  modified  or  annulled.  Prussia  seems,  for  a series 
of  years,  to  have  possessed  patriotic  and  enlightened  citizens, 
who  devoted  themselves  to  the  cause  of  public  instruction, 
and  monarchs  who  have  duly  estimated  and  encouraged  their 
exertions  in  this  cause.” 

The  contrary  supposition,  Dr.  Bache  refers  to  the  authority 
attached  to  the  assertion  of  M.  Cousin,  of  France,  in  his  ce- 
lebrated report  on  the  Prussian  system,  in  which  a “ legisla- 
tive project  of  1819”  is  constantly  quoted  as  the  foun- 
dation of  the  system.  We  understand  Dr  Bache,  in  a note 
to  the  above  paragraph,  to  deny  that  there  is  any  such 
law,  or  any  regulations  on  the  subject,  excepting  such 
ordinances  as  have  been  enacted  from  time  to  time,  accord- 
ing to  exigencies,  since  the  electorate  of  Joachim  II.  in 
1540. 

The  Report  has  an  interesting  chapter  on  schools  of  agri- 
culture and  industry,  and  another  on  seminaries  for  the  edu- 
cation of  teachers  for  the  primary  schools.  But  we  have 
already  been  detained  too  long  by  the  portions  of  the  report 
which  relate  to  the  primary  period  of  education.  Under  the 
head  of  the  institutions  for  secondary  instruction,  are 
classed  the  academies,  and  grammar  schools,  (including 
those  of  Eton,  Winchester,  &c.),  in  England;  the  col- 
leges; royal  and  communal  institutions  and  pensions  (board- 
ing schools)  of  France;  and  the  gymnasia  of  Switzerland 
and  the  German  States.  In  these,  the  pupils  are  prepared  for 
the  universities,  and  they  are  various  in  their  systems  of  dis- 
cipline, mode  of  teaching,  and  the  relative  proportion  of  dif- 
ferent studies.  In  England,  Dr.  Bache,  though  furnished 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


259 


vvitli  the  fullest  account  of  these  particulars,  found  that  the 
law  of  custom  debarred  him  from  the  advantage  of  a personal 
inspection  of  the  system  in  actual  operation,  and  of  putting 
its  results  to  a test.  The  head  master  of  Rugby  assured  him 
“ that  he  had  never  heard  of  such  a thing  as  the  presence  of 
a visitor  during  the  recitation  of  an  English  grammar-school.” 
One  item  of  the  description  of  Rugby  will  be  a novelty  to 
some  of  our  readers — the  custom  known  by  the  term  of  “ fag- 
ging” at  other  English  schools: 

“ The  most  striking  peculiarity  of  the  discipline  of  the  in- 
stitution, is  to  be  found  out  of  school  hours,  when  the  main 
body  of  the  pupils  are  freed  from  the  direct  control  of  the 
masters.  The  whole  of  the  pupils  residing  in  one  house  are 
then  under  the  charge  of  the  boys  of  the  sixth  form,  or  high- 
est class,  living  with  them, and  are  subject  to  their  control  dur- 
ing both  play  and  study  hours.  These  members  of  the  sixth 
form,  called  at  Rugby  preposters  (praepositi  viri),  are  re- 
quired to  regulate  the  rising,  attendance  on  prayers,  meals, 
and  recitations  of  those  under  them;  to  preserve  order,  and 
to  prevent  absence  or  visiting  during  study  hours;  to  aid  the 
younger  members  in  their  studies,  and  to  afford  them  good 
counsel  and  example.  To  enable  the  preposters  to  preserve 
their  authority,  they  are  invested  with  the  right  to  punish, 
by  setting  tasks,  by  confining  to  the  study  room,  and  other- 
wise cutting  off  privileges.  Besides  this,  they  assume  the 
right  to  chastise  corporally,  and  have,  by  usage,  many  privi- 
leges not  conferred  by  the  regulations  of  the  school,  and 
which  give  them  great  power  over  the  comfort  and  welfare 
of  the  junior  pupils.”* 

An  extract  from  the  report,  in  which  the  author  contrasts 
the  two  systems  of  Rugby  and  Harrow,  discloses  his  views 
of  the  expediency  of  confining  the  studies  of  youth  to  classi- 
cal literature,  to  the  neglect  of  more  practical  and  modern 
science: 

“ If  no  literature  existed  beyond  that  of  Greece  and  Rome; 
if  no  discoveries  in  mathematics  or  physics,  in  art  or  nature; 
if  no  nations  had,  by  the  advance  of  civilization,  come  into 

* “ Among  these  usurped  rights,  the  consequence  of  the  law  of  the  strongest, 
are  the  sending  of  their  juniors  upon  errands,  and  imposing  certain  disagreeable 
duties  upon  them  in  their  games.  One  of  these  latter,  of  which  there  are  many, 
was  found  so  injurious,  that  it  was  stopped  by  authority:  it  was  obliging  the 
lesser  boys  to  leap  the  line  at  leap-frog,  instead  of  tho  preposter.  I mention  it 
to  show  the  character  which  this  tyranny  assumes.  ” 


260 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


greater  relative  importance  than  in  the  days  of  Rome’s  pros- 
perity, the  course  of  Harrow  might  be  well  adapted  to  train  up 
British  youths  of  the  provinces  in  the  learning  of  the  capi- 
tal. As  it  is,  the  exclusion  of  all,  or  nearly  all,  that  charac- 
terizes modern  civilization,  brings  discredit  upon  the  system, 
and  the  worst  foes  of  the  legitimate  use  of  classical  culture 
are  those  who  profess  to  be  its  best  friends.  The  success 
which  the  pupils  of  Rugby  have  had  in  the  universities,  the 
standard  by  which  all  the  public  schools  in  England  are 
tried,  proves  conclusively  that  it  has  lost  nothing  on  the 
score  of  classical  instruction  by  introducing  some  modern 
improvements  into  its  course.  The  success,  in  the  same  field, 
of  the  Edinburgh  Academy,  which  has  also  adopted,  and  ac- 
tually gone  further  in  these  improvements,  shows  that  an 
efficient  arrangement  may  carry  out  the  modern  courses, 
without  interrupting  the  progress  of  the  ancient  languages. 
When  we  come  to  consider  the  gymnasia  of  Germany,  we 
shall  have  additional  examples  of  the  same  kind,  embracing 
a still  further  extension  of  modern  branches,  without  injury 
to  the  classical  departments.  This  grade  of  progress  in 
England,  and  even  in  Scotland,  has  yet  been  too  recent  to 
afford  the  desired  experience  as  to  its  results.” 

As  a specimen  of  some  of  these  practical  improvements, 
which  American  schools  might  well  consider,  we  quote  a 
paragraph  from  the  description  of  Mr.  Yoelcker’s  establish- 
ment, near  Liverpool: 

“The  instruction,  in  regard  to  the  articles  of  trade  and 
commerce,  is  accompanied  by  a kind  of  practical  exercise  in 
the  system  of  banking,  in  the  different  operations  of  trade, 
in  the  mode  of  keeping  books,  &c.,  the  members  of  the  class 
being  converted  into  an  imaginary  community,  carrying  on 
supposed  operations  of  this  kind  under  the  direction  of  the 
teacher.  To  conduct  these  exercises  properly,  requires  con- 
siderable skill,  as  well  as  knowledge,  but  I was  much  pleased 
to  see  that  sound  instruction  was  actually  communicated,  and 
the  details  of  business,  with  their  general  theory,  were  thus 
impressed  in  a way  not  easily  to  be  forgotten.” 

We  make  another  extract  for  the  same  end,  from  the  no- 
tice of  a school  near  London: 

“ A course  of  private  reading  is  marked  out  for  the  pu- 
pils, which  they  are  encouraged  to  follow.  The  time  re- 
quired for  an  attentive  perusal  of  each  work  is  estimated, 
and  a number  of  marks  proportionate  to  this  time  may  be 
obtained,  provided  the  pupil  passes  a satisfactory  examina- 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


261 


tion  upon  its  contents.  These  books  are  duly  arranged  in 
the  school  library,  to  which  the  pupils  have  access  under 
certain  regulations.  The  course  consists  of  works  calculated 
‘ gradually  to  impart  a strong  taste  for  private  reading — to  lead 
boy,  by  easy  steps,  from  the  familiar  story-books  of  children 
to  the  standard  works  of  science  and  literature — to  store  the 
mind  of  the  pupil  with  the  historical  facts  before  exposing 
him  to  the  risk  of  false  impressions  from  the  mixture  of  his- 
tory and  fiction — to  connect  the  study  of  biography  with 
that  of  the  corresponding  portions  of  history — and  where 
authorities  disagree  in  their  views  of  important  events,  to 
place  the  works  of  the  different  authors  as  nearly  as  conven- 
ient in  juxtaposition.’  This  arrangement  has  been  attended 
with  the  best  effects.” 

And  for  the  sake  of  comparison  with  the  examinations  to 
which  we  are  accustomed,  of  candidates  for  matriculation  at 
college,  we  copy  a passage  that  details  the  character  and 
subjects  of  examination  employed  in  determining  the  fitness 
of  a pupil  of  a Prussian  gymnasium  to  be  transferred  to  the 
university: 

“ The  subjects  of  the  written  examination  are  chosen  by 
the  royal  commissary  present,  from  a list  furnished  by  the 
director  of  the  gymnasium.  These  subjects  must  be  such  as 
have  never  been  treated  specially  in  the  class-room,  but  not 
beyond  the  sphere  of  instruction  of  the  pupils.  All  the  can- 
didates receive  the  same  subjects  for  composition,  which  are 
given  out  at  the  beginning  of  the  examination.  The  candi- 
dates are  assembled  in  one  of  the  halls  of  the  gymnasium, 
and  remain  there  during  the  period  allotted  for  their  exer- 
cises under  the  charge  of  one  or  other  of  the  examining 
teachers,  who  relieve  each  other.  The  only  books  allowed 
them  are  dictionaries  and  mathematical  tables.  The  writ- 
ten exercises  consist,  first,  in  a German  prose  composition, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  discern  the  degree  of  intellectual 
developement,  and  the  style  of  composition  of  the  candidate. 
Second:  of  a Latin  extempore*  and  a Latin  composition  on 
some’ subject  which  has  been  treated  in  the  course,  the  spe- 
cial reference  in  this  exercise  being  to  the  correctness  of  the 
style.  Third:  a translation  from  a Greek  author,  which  has 
not  been  read  in  the  course,  and  from  Latin  into  Greek. 
Fourth:  a translation  from  the  German  into  the  French. 

* “ An  exercise  in  which  the  master  speaks  in  German  to  the'pupil,  who  must 
render  the  German  into  Latin,  in  writing.” 


262 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


Fifth:  the  solution  of  two  questions  in  geometry,  and  of  two 
in  analysis,  taken  from  the  courses  in  those  subjects.  Can- 
didates who  desire  it,  may  be  examined  further  than  is  re- 
quired for  passing. 

“ Those  who  intend  to  study  theology  or  philology  trans- 
late a portion  of  one  of  the  historical  books  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, or  a psalm,  into  Latin,  adding  a grammatical  analysis. 
The  time  allowed  for  the  several  written  exercises  is  as  fol- 
lows: for  the  German,  five  hours;  Latin  composition,  five 
hours;  Latin  extempore,  one  hour;  Greek  translation,  three 
hours;  translation  from  Latin  into  Greek,  two  hours;  French 
composition,  four  hours;  mathematical  exercises,  five  hours; 
Hebrew  exercises,  when  required,  two  hours.  Four  days 
are  allowed  for  the  examination  in  these  subjects,  and  they 
must  not  immediately  follow  each  other.  The  viva  voce 
examination  is  conducted  by  the  masters  who  have  given  in- 
struction in  the  first  class  on  the  subjects  of  examination, 
unless  the  royal  commissary  directs  otherwise.  The  sub- 
jects are,  first,  the  general  grammar  and  prosody  of  the  Ger- 
man language,  the  chief  epochs  of  national  history  and  lite- 
rature, and  the  national  classics.  Second:  the  translation 
and  analysis  of  extracts  from  Cicero,  Sallust,  Livy,  Virgil, 
and  Horace;  the  ability  of  the  candidates  to  render  the  au- 
thor with  judgment  and  taste  being  put  to  the  test,  as  well  as 
their  grammatical  and  archaeological  acquirements;  parts  of 
the  examination  are  conducted  in  the  Latin  language. 
Third:  the  translation  and  analysis  of  Greek  prose  and  of 
portions  of  Homer,  with  questions  upon  Greek  grammar, 
Grecian  history,  arts,  and  mythology.  Fourth:  translations 
from  the  French  classics,  during  which  an  opportunity  is 
given  to  the  pupil  to  show  how  far  he  can  speak  the  lan- 
guage. Fifth:  questions  upon  the  Christian  doctrines,  dog- 
mas and  morals,  the  principal  epochs  in  the  history  of  the 
Christian  church,  and  the  Bible.  Sixth:  arithmetic,  the  ele- 
ments of  algebra  and  geometry,  the  binomial  theorem,  sim- 
ple and  quadratic  equations,  logarithms  and  plane  trigono- 
metry. Seventh:  in  history  and  geography,  on  ancient  his- 
tory, especially  that  of  Greece  and  Rome,  and  modern  his- 
tory, especially  that  of  the  country,  on  physical,  mathemati- 
cal, and  political  geography.  Eighth:  in  natural  history,  on 
the  general  classification  of  its  subjects.  Ninth:  in  such 
portions  of  physics  as  can  be  treated  by  elementary  mathe- 
matics, and  on  the  laws  of  heat,  light,  magnetism,  and  elec- 
tricity. Tenth:  on  the  elements  of  moral  philosophy,  psy- 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


263 


chology,  and  logic.  The  future  theological  student  must, 
besides,  translate  and  analyse  a portion  of  one  of  the  histori- 
cal books  of  the  Old  Testament.” 

In  his  chapter  on  the  Prussian  gymnasia,  Dr.  Bache  quotes, 
with  entire  coincidence  of  opinion,  the  following  expressions 
from  the  book  of  Cousin: 

“There  is  no  class  in  the  Prussian  gymnasium  which  has 
not  a course  of  religious  instruction,  as  it  has  of  classical  or 
of  mathematical  instruction.  I have  before  said,  and  now 
repeat,  that  worship,  with  its  ceremonies,  can  never  be  suffi- 
cient for  young  men  who  reflect,  and  who  are  imbued  with 
the  spirit  of  the  limes.  A true  religious  instruction  is  indis- 
pensable, and  no  subject  is  better  adapted  to  a regular,  full, 
and  varied  instruction  than  Christianity,  with  a h istory  which 
goes  back  to  the  beginning  of  the  world,  and  is  connected 
with  all  the  great  events  in  that  of  the  human  race,  with  its 
dogmas,  which  breathe  a sublime  metaphysics,  its  morality, 
which  combines  severity  with  indulgence,  with  its  general 
literary^  monuments,  from  Genesis  to  the  universal  history.”* 

In  this  respect,  all  the  institutions  of  France  are  in  painful 
contrast.  In  the  programmes  of  many,  the  Bible  or  religious 
books  of  any  kind,  have  no  place,  and  where  religious  in- 
struction is  at  all  provided  for,  the  range  of  inquiry,  and  the 
time  allotted  for  it  are  exceedingly  meager.  Other  points 
of  comparison  between  the  British,  French  and  German 
institutions  of  the  secondary  period  of  education,  are  present- 
ed in  a very  valuable  series  of  remarks,  in  the  twelfth  chap- 
ter of  the  second  part  of  the  Report,  but  we  can  only  give 
space  to  a few  paragraphs: 

“In  regard  to  the  methods  of  the  British  and  Prussian 
schools  in  general,  the  recitation  upon  a lesson  which  has 
been  studied  from  the  text-book  out  of  the  school,  used  in 
the  former,  tends  to  foster  habits  of  self-reliance,  while  that 
of  mingling  much  oral  instruction  with  the  recitations  used 
in  the  latter,  renders  the  instruction  more  interesting  to  the 
pupils.  When  the  latter  method  is  employed,  much  less  ar- 
tificial stimulus  from  hope  of  reward  or  fear  of  punishment 
is  necessary,  and,  if  I may  be  permitted  to  judge  from  the 
examples  which  came  under  my  notice  in  both  countries, 
there  is,  on  the  average,  more  exertion  on  the  part  of  a class 
in  Prussia  than  in  Great  Britain.  The  prizes  held  out  at 

* Cousin.  Memoire  sur  l’instruction  secondaire  dans  le  royaume  de  Prusse. 
Paris,  1837,  p.  143. 


264 


Education  in  Europe. 


[April 


the  English  grammar  schools,  in  the  way  of  scholarships  at 
the  universities,  to  those  who  distinguish  themselves  espe- 
cially, insure  a great  amount  of  exertion  on  the  part  of  young 
men  of  talent,  whose  subsequent  success  is  appealed  to  as  an 
evidence  of  the  soundness  of  the  system  of  instruction,  with 
which  it  has  little  or  nothing  to  do.  The  students  find  a 
similar  stimulus  at  the  university;  a scholarship  may,  if  the 
time  be  duly  improved,  lead  to  a fellowship,  and  thus  to  an 
honourable  provision  for  life.  With  such  strong  motives  to 
great  individual  exertion,  a youth  of  talent  might  succeed  in 
educating  himself  even  without  aid,  or  were  the  school  sys- 
tem ever  so  bad. 

“The  manner  in  which  the  same  materials  of  instruction 
are  combined  in  the  programme  of  a French  college  and  of 
a German  gymnasium  is  so  different,  that  it  appears  like  at- 
tempting to  compare  things  not  homogeneous  with  each 
other,  to  bring  them  together  for  such  a purpose.  A glance 
at  the  arrangements  of  any  one  class  in  the  two  cases  will 
show  better  what  I mean  than  any  description  of  this  pecu- 
liarity. The  German  programme  appears  to  have  been  care- 
fully studied,  the  proportion  of  its  parts  to  have  been  care- 
fully elaborated,  the  arrangements  as  to  the  order  of  study 
and  time  of  study  to  have  been  carefully  considered,  and  the 
whole  presents  a better  matured  and  more  finished  system 
than  that  of  the  French  college.  It  does  net  appear  in  the 
recent  annals  of  this  kind  of  instruction  in  Prussia,  to  have 
been  doubtful  whether  letters  and  science  shall  be  taught  si- 
multaneously or  successively,  or  whether  natural  history 
shall  be  taught  in  the  beginning,  middle,  or  end  of  the  course. 
The  entire  arrangement  appears  to  me  to  be  more  compact 
and  better  ordered. 

“The  government  of  the  French  colleges  differs  essen- 
tially from  that  of  the  boarding-gymnasia  of  Prussia.  The 
question,  whether  it  is  advantageous  to  establish  a boarding 
system  in  the  midst  of  the  residences  of  the  parents  of  pupils, 
as  in  France,  or  to  establish  day-schools,  as  the  Prussian 
gymnasia,  is  one  that  depends  much  upon  national  manners. 
My  own  convictions  are,  in  the  genera],  in  favour  of  the 
Prussian  system  in  this  respect,  and  of  encouraging  the 
means  of  strengthening  domestic  ties,  by  leaving  youth  un- 
der parental  control.  The  chief  officer  of  the  Prussian  gym- 
nasia, boarding  as  well  as  others,  the  director,  or  rector,  is  a 
teacher  as  well  as  a governor,  while  the  previsor  of  the 
French  college  does  not  teach.  The  former  arrangement 


I 


1840,]  Education  in  Europe.  265 

has  the  advantage  of  bringing  the  director  into  contact  with 
the  pupils  more  closely;  the  latter  allows  a more  thorough 
superintendence  of  instruction,  discipline,  and  police.” 

One  accomplishment  is  included  in  the  Prussian  system 
which  we  must  quote  for  curiosity’s  sake:  “ At  Pforta,  danc- 
ing is  taught  as  the  means  of  giving  an  easy  carriage,  and 
with  gymnastics  and  swimming  in  their  appropriate  seasons, 
as  a means  of  health.  So  different  are  the  ideas  which  pre- 
vail in  Germany  from  those  which  have  the  ascendency 
among  us,  that  in  this  institution,  directed  by  a clergyman, 
and  under  clerical  authority  in  its  minuter  regulations,  occa- 
sional balls  are  given,  in  which  the  first  class  are  allowed  to 
take  a part  ” 

We  trust  that  in  the  future  publications  which  Dr.  Bache 
may  make  (and  we  are  sure  that  his  readers  will  hold  him 
pledged  by  his  intimations  to  give  more  selections  from  his 
journals),  he  will  furnish  those  descriptions  of  foreign  uni- 
versities which  he  has  omitted,  as  not  so  intimately  connected 
with  the  primary  object  of  his  inquiries.  Our  desire  for 
such  a detail  is  rather  whetted  than  discouraged  by  such  re- 
marks as  the  following: 

“The  field  is,  however,  vast;  the  varieties  in  Great  Bri- 
tain alone  would  require  much  space  for  due  description,  as 
a few  words  will  suffice  to  show.  The  Scotch  and  English 
universities  differ  very  much  in  their  organization,  disci- 
pline, and  instruction,  and  even  the  several  Scotch  universi- 
ties are  not  alike.  At  Glasgow,  and  the  academical  institu- 
tion at  Belfast,  founded  upon  its  model,  the  pupils  enter,  in 
general,  in  very  early  youth.  The  lectures  are,  therefore, 
mixed  with  recitations  held  by  the  professors,  which,  how- 
ever, the  large  classes  at  Glasgow  prevent  from  being  effica- 
cious. The  students  do  not  reside  in  either  of  these  institu- 
tions. At  Edinburgh,  the  average  age  of  the  student  is 
greater,  and  the  medical  department  assumes,  relatively  to  that 
of  letters,  an  importance  which  modifies  the  character  of  the 
school.  The  lesser  universities  of  St.  Andrews  and  Aber- 
deen differ  more  from  the  others  in  the  arrangement  of  dis- 
cipline,  resulting  from  the  residence  of  a part  of  the  students 
in  the  colleges  composing  them,  than  in  the  character  of  the 
instruction.  In  the  larger  English  universities  of  Cambridge 
and  Oxford,  composed  of  colleges  and  halls,  in  the  buildings 
of  which  the  students  generally  reside,  the  discipline  of  each 
college  may  be  said  to  be  its  own,  with  a general  conformity 

vol.  xn.  no.  2.  34 


286 


Education  in  Europe. 


[Apbil 


to  that  of  the  university.*  The  same  is  true  in  regard  to  the 
instruction,  with  this  difference,  that  as  all  the  courses  tend 
towards  the  preparation  for  university  degrees  and  uni- 
versity houours,  there  is  a general  conformity  in  the  several 
colleges  in  the  subjects  taught  and  methods  of  teaching.  The 
instruction  given  by  the  tutors  in  the  colleges  is  upon  the 
same  general  plan,  a mixture  of  leeture  and  recitation;  and  as 
the  attendance  upon  the  lectures  of  the  university  professors 
is  not  obligatory,  forms  the  real  basis  of  the  intellectual  part 
of  the  university  education.  The  inducements  held  out  to 
exertion  in  these  schools  by  the  rewards  which  the  fellow- 
ships and  the  stations  to  which  they  may  lead  hold  forth, 
and  which  bring  into  them  the  greater  part  of  the  best  talent 
of  England,  produce  results  which  are  of  the  highest  order, 
but  which  cannot  fairly  be  considered  as  depending  mainly 
upon  the  system  of  instruction  and  discipline.  It  must  re- 
quire a very  accurate  knowledge  of  facts,  with  an  entire  ab- 
sence of  prejudice,  to  reason  as  to  the  general  results  of  the 
various  parts  of  the  complex  system,  which  has  grown  with 
the  growth  of  these  institutions  themselves,  and  is,  therefore,, 
now  very  deeply  rooted.” 

From  this  point,  the  Report  takes  up  the  superior  period, 
or  final  stage  of  education,  comprising  the  Polytechnic  School 
of  France,  with  its  adjuncts — the  School  of  Mines,  and  the 
School  of  Roads  and  Bridges,  the  School  of  Arts  and  Manufac- 
tures, at  Paris;  the  School  of  Arts,  of  Prussia;  Institute  of  Arts, 
at  Berlin;  Polytechnic  Institute,  of  Vienna;  School  of  Mines, 
of  Saxony;  Institute  of  Agriculture  and  Forestry,  in  Wurtem- 
burg;  and  the  Naval  School  of  Austria,  at  Venice.  In  these 
institutions  thorough  instruction  and  practice  are  given  in  all 
the  arts  and  manufactures  which  have  any  connexion  with 
chemistry,  geometry,  technology,  architecture,  geology,  &c. 
This  portion  of  the  work  introduces  the  American  to  a new 
sphere  of  education.  Our  artisans  are  in  general  mere  me- 
chanics; they  make  wheels,  and  dye,  and  bleach,  and  work 
mines,  and  fell  trees,  and  if  it  is  not  done  by  steam,  the  man- 
ual power  is  directed  by  little  more  of  intelligence.  What 
would  our  “operatives”  think  of  such  an  elevation  of  their 
pursuits  as  could  he  effected  by  an  institution  with  reauisi- 
tioas  like  these : 

4 ' A very  arvrj:  i.  » , • - 

be  found  >i~  iac  report  - ■ 

¥y  IrtsBrv  F NieH.12.  » f*  « 


. a rf  ( Cambridge  and  Oxford  is  tc 
-i.  cl  trniverti  t o'  t tr.  »*■  i«mi 


1840.] 


Education  in  Europe. 


267 


“ For  tradesmen,  the  two  years  of  the  real  school,  and  one 
year  of  the  commercial  school;  or  for  a more  complete  edu- 
cation, an  additional  year,  embracing  the  courses  of  chemis- 
try, physics,  and  technology  of  the  technical  school.  For 
dyers,  printers  in  stuffs,  bleachers,  manufacturers  of  chemi- 
cal products,  of  salt,  of  saltpetre,  for  miners,  metallurgists, 
brewers,  &c. — special  chemistry,  physics,  and  technology, 
with  some  of  the  courses  of  the  commercial  school.  For  ma- 
chinists, hydraulic  engineers,  mill-vvrights,  foremen  in  manu- 
factories, and  mining  engineers — a course  of  two  years  was 
recommended,  the  first  to  embrace  mathematics,  physics,  and 
drawing,  and  the  second,  mechanics,  machine-drawing,  and 
technology.  As  a preparation  for  agriculturists  and  foresters 
— courses  of  mathematics,  physics,  practical  geometry,  chem- 
istry, and  book-keeping.  For  miners — mathematics,  physics, 
practical  geometry,  mechanics,  drawing,  and  book-keeping. 
For  surveyors — mathematics,  physics,  practical  geometry, 
drawing,  and  book-keeping.” 

Or  take  another  institute  for  the  benefit  of  stone-cutters, 
carvers,  brass-founders,  &c. : 

“ The  general  course  of  studies  lasts  two  years,  and  the  pu- 
pils are  divided  into  two  corresponding  classes.  The  first 
class  is,  besides,  subdivided  into  two  sections.  The  lower 
or  second  class  is  taught  first;  mechanical  drawing,  subdivi- 
ded into  decorative  drawing,  including  designs  for  architec- 
tural ornaments,  utensils,  vases,  patterns  for  weaving,  &c., 
and  linear  drawing,  applied  to  civil  works,  to  handicrafts,  and 
to  machines.  Second,  modelling  in  clay,  plaster,  and  wax. 
Third,  practical  arithmetic.  Fourth,  geometry.  Fifth,  natu- 
ral philosophy.  Sixth,  chemistry.  Seventh,  technology, 
or  a knowledge  of  the  materials,  processes,  and  products  of 
the  arts.  The  studies  of  the  lower  section  of  the  first  class 
are  general,  while  those  of  the  first  section  turn  more  parti- 
cularly upon  the  applications  of  science  to  the  arts.  In  the 
lower  section,  the  drawing,  modelling,  natural  philosophy, 
and  chemistry,  of  the  first  year,  are  continued;  and,  in  addi- 
tion, descriptive  geometry,  trigonometry,  stereometry,  mix- 
ed mathematics,  mineralogy,  and  the  art  of  construction,  are 
studied.  In  the  upper  or  first  section,  perspective,  stone- 
cutting, carpentry,  and  mechanics  applied  to  the  arts,  are 
taught,  and  the  making  of  plans  and  estimates  for  buildings, 
work-shops,  manufactories,  machines,  &c.  These  courses 
are  common  to  all  pupils,  whatever  may  be  their  future  de- 
stination; but  beside  them,  the  machinists  study,  during  the 


26  S 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


latter  part  of  their  stay  at  the  institution,  a continuation  of 
the  course  of  mechanics  and  mathematical  analysis.  The 
examples  accompanying  the  instruction  in  regard  to  plans 
and  estimates  are  adapted  to  the  intended  pursuits  of  the 
pupils.” 

But  we  must  turn  to  other  subjects;  only  taking  space  to 
assure  our  readers  that  we  have  done  feeble  justice  to  this 
most  interesting  and  valuable  document,  and  to  its  indefati- 
gable and  accomplished  author. 


Art.  V. — o?  Treatise  on  Justification.  By  George  Jun- 
kin, D.  D.  Philadelphia.  J.Whetham.  1839:  pp.  328. 

It  is  gratifying  to  find  that  some  of  our  orthodox  Ame- 
rican theologians  are  disposed  to  become  authors,  and  to 
present  to  the  Christian  public  their  own  views  of  important 
doctrines.  Dr.  Junkin  undoubtedly  deserves  to  be  charac- 
terized as  an  energetic  and  indefatigable  man.  It  could 
scarcely  have  been  expected,  that  one  who  was  burdened 
with  the  weighty  and  perplexing  cares  of  a new  and  rising 
college,  should  have  found  leisure  to  compose  an  elaborate 
work  on  doctrinal  subjects;  but  it  would  seem  as  though  it 
was  ordered  in  providence,  that  a man’s  capabilities  should 
increase  with  his  exertions. 

Our  first  remark  on  this  treatise,  relates  to  the  title.  It  is 
entitled,  “ A Treatise  on  Justification.”  This  title  does  not 
fairly  designate  the  character  and  contents  of  the  volume.  It 
should  have  been  much  more  comprehensive;  for  the  book 
treats  of  most  of  the  cardinal  doctrines  of  Christianity.  It  is  in 
fact  a concise  system  of  theology.  It  might  have  been  called 
“ A Treatise  on  the  Covenants;”  or,  “ A View  of  the  Fall 
and  Recovery  of  Man,  by  Jesus  Christ.”  The  title  prefixed 
is  not  only  inappropriate  because  too  restricted  for  the  con- 
tents of  the  volume,  but  because  the  subject  of  justification  is 
not  so  prominent  as  several  other  subjects.  Indeed,  we  were 
surprised  to  find  how  small  a portion  of  the  treatise  is  devo- 
ted to  this  cardinal  doctrine.  It  is  true,  justification  is  a kind 
of  central  point  in  the  system  of  Christian  theology,  from 
which  all  other  doctrines  radiate,  and  from  which  they  take 
their  complexion;  and  as  some  modern  theologians  in  our 


1840.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


269 


country  have  almost  excluded  this  cardinal  point  from  their 
system,  Dr.  Junkin  was  probably  induced  to  place  it  in  a 
conspicuous  light,  and  to  use  the  term  as  generic;  since,  in 
a sense,  all  other  important  doctrines  are  included  in  it,  or 
depend  on  it. 

The  titles  to  the  chapters  in  their  consecutive  order,  will 
at  once  show  the  contents  of  the  book,  and  the  plan  of  the 
work.  On  the  moral  government, of  God — On  the  par- 
ticular modifications  of  moral  government  as  it  was 
extended  over  man  in  his  primitive  condition;  or  the 
covenant  of  works — On  the  extent  of  the  covenant;  or 
the  representative  character  of  Adam  —The  definition  of 
leading  terms,  just,  righteous , righteousness,  justify , jus- 
tification— On  the  breach  of  the  covenant,  and  the  con- 
sequent additional  requisite  to  Adam's  justification — 
On  the  consequences  of  Adam's  sin,  to  himself  and  to 
his  posterity,  physically,  intellectually , and  morally — 
On  original  sin — Exposition  of  Rom.  v.  12 — 21  — Origi- 
nal sin  proved  from  the  salvation  of  those  that  die  in  in- 
fancy— The  utter  inability  of  man  in  his  fallen  stale  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  law,  and  thereby  restore  himself 
to  the  favour  of  God — The  gospel  reveals  the  only  remedy 
for  the  evils  of  the  broken  covenant — The  covenant  of 
grace — The  fulfilment  of  the  covenant — The  extent  of  the 
atonement — Objections  against  a limited  and  real  atone- 
ment— Objections  founded  on  particular  passages  of 
Scripture  against  the  doctrine  of  limited , or  definite 
atonement — The  objection  against  strict,  limited  atone- 
ment, founded  on  the  general  gospel  call,  stated  and  re- 
futed— The  Saviour's  intercession — On  saving  or  justi- 
fying faith — Justification  secures  its  subjects  forever — 
Good  works,  their  necessity  and  true  position." 

Dr.  Junkin  is  careful  to  cut  off  as  much  as  possible  all 
occasion  of  logomachy,  by  taking  pains  to  define,  accurately, 
the  meaning  of  important  terms.  This  precaution  has  be- 
come absolutely  necessary  in  controversial  discussion,  as 
nothing  can  be  more  evident  than  that  the  same  theological 
terms  are  used  by  different  writers  in  an  entirely  different 
sense.  Unless,  therefore,  terms  are  understood  in  common  in 
the  same  sense,  those  may  appear  widely  to  differ  who  are 
agreed;  and  on  the  contrary,  there  may  seem  to  be  an  agree- 
ment, where  there  is  a wide  difference.  The  word  guilt 
has  almost  changed  its  ancient  meaning,  and  we  have  known 
two  young  theologians  to  carry  on  an  almost  interminable 


270 


JunJcin  on  Justification. 


[April 


dispute  on  the  point,  whether  a sinner  remained  a guilty 
person  after  his  justification.  These  ardent  polemics,  how- 
ever, found  at  length,  that  they  were  perfectly  agreed,  when 
they  came  to  understand  one  another;  one  of  them  having 
understood  by  the  word  guilty , liableness  to  punishment ; 
the  other  ill-desert  or  criminality.  So  the  word  atonement 
is  used  by  modern  theologians  in  senses  so  different,  that 
they  may  seem  to  be  agreed,  when  in  fact  they  differ  from 
one  another  most  essentially.  The  same  may  he  said  of  the 
words,  vicarious , substitution,  and  even  justification  itself. 
The  good  old  orthodox  sense  of  vicarious  is,  to  assume  the 
law-place  of  any  one,  to  do  what  he  was  bound  to  do,  or  to 
suffer  what  he  was  under  obligation  to  bear;  and  the  same  of 
substitution ; but  in  many  modern  discourses,  these  words 
have  an  entirely  different  meaning.  They  are  made  to  sig- 
nify something  done  or  suffered,  not  as  fulfilling  the  demands 
of  the  law  in  another’s  stead,  but  as  doing  or  suffering  some- 
thing which,  though  no  fulfilment  of  the  law,  is  intended  to 
answer  the  same  purpose;  a meaning  totally  different  from 
the  old  and  authorized  sense;  and  this  has  ever  been  the 
artifice  of  errorists,  to  retain  the  language  of  orthodoxy,  to 
which  the  ears  of  the  people  had  been  accustomed,  until  they 
had  fully  introduced  their  new  opinions.  We  said  that  this 
diversity  of  meaning  applied  to  the  word  justification;  and 
we  would  refer  our  readers,  with  pleasure,  to  the  author’s 
accurate  definition  of  the  terms,  just,  righteous,  righteous- 
ness , justify , justification,  in  the  sixth  chapter  of  the  work. 

There  is  nothing  new  in  the  conclusions  to  which  our 
author  has  arrived;  but  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  this 
is  a mere  compilation  from  standard  authors,  by  whom  this 
subject  has  been  so  largely  treated,  and  with  whose  waitings 
Dr.  Junkin  appears  to  be  well  acquainted.  The  process  by 
which  he  comes  to  his  conclusions  is  his  own.  This  is  an 
original  work.  As  he  informs  us,  in  his  preface,  his  method 
is  “ synthetic.”  He  begins  with  the  simple  elements  of  truth, 
and  ascends  to  the  highest  doctrines  of  the  moral  system.  In 
the  same  place,  he  says,  “ If  there  is  any  thing  peculiar  in 
the  general  design  of  the  work,  distinguishing  it  from  other 
treatises  on  justification,  it  will  be  found  in  the  identifica- 
tion— or  at  least  the  attempt  to  identify  the  great  principles 
of  God’s  covenants  with  the  first  Adam  and  the  second,  and 
their  use  in  man’s  justification,  with  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  moral  rule,  whose  application  in  human  govern- 
ments will  produce  the  highest  measure  of  human  freedom 


1840.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


271 


and  happiness.”  “ Another  feature  of  the  plan  is  its  phi- 
losophical arrangement.  The  design  has  been  to  connect 
the  various  parts  together,  in  such  manner  as  will  be  most 
easily  followed  up.  For  this  reason,  I have  endeavoured  to 
arrange  the  matter  according  to  the  laws  of  mind,  by  which 
the  train  of  thought  is  regulated,  so  that  every  preceding  ve- 
hicle shall  have  a certain  aptitude  to  draw  after  it  the  one 
precisely  adapted  to  it,  and  which  will  secure  a similar  se- 
quence.” We  are  of  opinion,  that  this  method,  however 
philosophical,  w’ill  not  be  found  by  experience  to  be  popular 
with  the  largest  class  of  readers;  nor  well  adapted  to  their 
state  of  mental  improvement.  This,  it  is  true,  is  the  fault  of 
the  people,  but  such  is  the  state  in  which  we  actually  find 
them;  and,  authors,  if  they  will  profit  them,  must  descend 
from  the  high  ground  of  metaphysical  science,  and  accommo- 
date themselves  to  the  apprehension  and  the  attainments  of 
the  common  mind.  We  are,  moreover,  of  opinion  that  Dr. 
Junkin  has  entered  into  too  many  abstruse  discussions  and 
explanations  respecting  elementary  principles.  These  had 
better,  in  a work  intended  for  the  common  people,  be 
assumed  as  true  and  undoubted,  than  attempted  to  be  demon- 
strated by  metaphysical  reasoning.  For  example,  the  author 
employs  three  sections  on  the  subject  of  moral  agency  ; and 
while  we  assent  to  all  his  reasonings  and  conclusions  on  this 
subject,  we  are  fully  of  opinion,  that  for  his  purposes  three 
short  sentences  would  have  answered  better  than  this  philo- 
sophical discussion.  People  know  themselves  to  be  free 
and  accountable,  and  yet  they  do  not  inquire  what  is  essen- 
tial to  moral  agency,  and  very  little  is  gained  by  leading 
them  through  investigations  of  this  sort.  Thus  also,  the 
chapter  (XI.)  on  “ ability  and  inability,”  is  entirely  too 
abstruse  for  nine  out  of  ten,  who  ought  to  read  this  book; 
and  yet  we  believe  that  the  views  and  reasonings  of  the 
author  are  philosophically  correct. 

When  the  author,  in  his  first  chapter,  makes  “the  will  of 
God”  the  only  foundation  of  moral  obligation,  of  course  we 
understand  him  to  mean,  that  the  distinction  between  moral 
good  and  evil  is  not  arbitrary,  or  might  have  been  the  very 
reverse  of  what  it  now  is,  if  God  had  so  willed  it;  but  as 
maintaining,  that  the  will  of  God,  as  his  nature,  is  immuta- 
bly inclined  to  good.  As  there  is  an  extreme  opinion  on 
this  subject  of  the  will  of  God  being  the  ultimate  standard  of 
moral  rectitude,  it  would  have  been  well  to  guard  against 
this  by  an  explanatory  clause. 


272 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


But.  we  come  now  to  the  main  thing  which  should  claim 
attention  in  this  treatise;  the  soundness  of  the  doctrines  in- 
culcated. And  here  we  have  the  pleasure  of  expressing  our 
almost  unqualified  approbation.  That  Dr.  Junkin  would 
not  fall  below  the  standard  of  orthodoxy,  acknowledged  by 
the  church  to  which  he  belongs,  was  a thing  to  be  expected 
by  all,  as  he  has  been  conspicuous  as  a defender  of  these 
doctrines  against  those  who  attempted  to  introduce  innova- 
tions, contrary  to  the  uniformly  received  opinions  of  the 
Presbyterian  church,  in  this  country,  and  in  Great  Britain. 
In  this  respect,  there  will  be  no  disappointment.  There  will 
be  found  here  no  compromise  with  Pelagian,  Arminian,  or 
Hopkinsian  errors.  Dr.  Junkin  does  not  hesitate  to  state 
clearly  and  firmly  what  he  believes  to  be  the  truth  of  God, 
however  unpalatable  or  unpopular  it  may  be  in  the  view  of 
carnal  reason.  He  presents  the  covenant  made  with  Adam 
under  some  new  aspects,  and  maintains,  by  cogent  agu- 
ments,  the  representative  character  of  the  first  man.  His 
reasonings  on  the  general  principles  of  representation  are  in- 
genious, and  in  some  respects  original,  while  he  comes  to  the 
conclusions  commonly  received.  There  was  need  here  of 
some  more  critical  inquiry  respecting  the  true  import  of  the 
original  terms,  in  both  Testaments,  which  our  translators 
have  rendered  covenant.  By  allowing  to  the  term  that  am- 
plitude of  meaning,  which  belongs  to  both  the  Hebrew  and 
Greek  words,  and  not  confining  himself  to  the  strict  sense  of 
the  English  word  covenant , the  explication  of  the  two  cove- 
nants would  be  found  much  easier.  He  has,  however,  in 
this  followed  the  common  track  of  orthodox  theologians. 
As,  however,  the  adversaries  of  the  Calvinistic  system  have 
utterly  denied  the  existence  of  any  covenant  between  God 
and  Adam,  proof  that  this  transaction  was  properly  called  a 
covenant,  should  have  been  introduced.  And  the  reader 
would  naturally  have  expected  some  explanation  of  the  way 
in  which  the  first  sin  can  be  accounted  for. 

Dr.  Junkin  gives  that  view  of  the  covenant  of  grace 
which  is  now  most  commonly  adopted  by  Calvinistic  wri- 
ters, namely,  an  agreement  between  God  the  Father  and  the 
Son,  in  behalf  of  his  chosen  people.  If  we  adhere  to  the 
strict  meaning  of  the  English  word  covenant , this  view  is 
undoubtedly  correct;  for  elect  sinners,  until  made  partakers 
of  some  of  the  blessings  of  the  new  covenant,  by  which  they 
are  enabled  to  exercise  a true  faith,  are  incapable  of  entering 
into  any  stipulations,  or  performing  any  conditions.  And  no 


1840.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


273 


other  reason  can  be  assigned  why  Christ  should  be  denomi- 
nated the  second  Adam , but  because,  in  the  covenant  of 
grace,  he  was  the  great  contracting  party  in  behalf  of  all  his 
chosen;  as  the  first  Adam  was  for  all  his  posterity  in  the 
covenant  of  works. 

But  it  is  a remarkable  fact,  that  all  sound  Calvinistic  theo- 
gians,  until  about  the  middle  of  the  17th  century,  uni- 
formly represented  the  covenant  of  grace  to  be  an  agree- 
ment between  God  and  the  elect  sinner,  through  Christ  the 
Mediator.  Thus  we  have  it  in  Turretine,  Markius,  Witsius, 
De  Moor,  Burman,  Heidan,  Vitringa,  Wyttenbach,  and 
a multitude  of  others.  This  diversity  in  the  use  of  the 
phrase  has  introduced  no  small  confusion  into  this  depart- 
ment of  theology.  You  can  hardly  find  two  theologians 
who  agree  precisely  as  to  the  meaning  of  these  terms;  and 
yet  this  diversity  implies  no  real  difference  in  doctrine. 
Those  who  hold  the  one  or  the  other  of  these  views  of  the 
precise  nature  of  the  covenant  of  grace,  are  equally  firm  and 
consistent  in  adhering  to  all  the  doctrines  of  grace.  As  we 
do  not  find  the  exact  phrase  in  scripture,  and  are  at  liberty 
to  affix  such  a sense  to  it  as  is  consistent  with  the  doctrines 
of  the  Bible,  it  would  perhaps  be  best  to  enlarge  its  mean- 
ing, so  as  to  comprehend  both  the  covenant  of  redemption 
between  the  Father  and  the  Son,  and  the  gracious  covenant 
which  God  enters  into  with  each  individual  believer,  when 
by  faith  he  accepts  the  terms  proposed  in  the  gospel.  And 
this  general  signification  would  be  entirely  conformable  to 
the  original  terms  for  covenant  both  in  the  Hebrew  and  Greek 
languages;  for  these  terms  are  not  so  restricted  in  their 
meaning  as  the  English  word  covenant,  but  are  used  to  de- 
signate any  solemn  engagement  or  institution  accompanied 
with  visible  signs  and  seals,  as  well  as  a mutual  compact  be- 
tween contracting  parties.  And  it  would  seem  that  the 
Westminster  Divines  intended  to  give  the  phrase  the  lati- 
tude of  meaning  which  has  been  suggested,  from  their  ac- 
count of  the  covenant  of  grace  in  the  larger  catechism 
(Quest.  31,  32.)  “ The  covenant  of  grace  was  made  with 

Christ,  the  second  Adam,  and  in  him  with  all  the  elect  as 
his  seed.  The  grace  of  God  is  manifested  in  the  second 
covenant,  in  that  he  freely  provideth  and  offereth  to  sinners 
a Mediator,  and  life  and  salvation  by  him;  and  requiring 
faith  as  the  condition  to  interest  them  in  him,  promiseth 
and  giveth  his  Holy  Spirit  to  all  his  elect,  to  work  in  them 
that  faith,  with  all  other  saving  graces,  and  to  enable  them 

vol.  xn.  no.  2.  35 


274 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


unto  all  holy  obedience,  as  the  evidence  of  the  truth  of  the 
the  truth  of  their  faith,  and  thankfulness  to  God,  and  as  the 
way  which  he  hath  appointed  them  to  salvation.” 

The  definition  of  the  covenant  of  grace,  however,  as  given 
in  the  7th  chapter  of  the  Confession  of  Faith,  seems  to  agree 
more  with  the  views  of  the  older  theologians,  and  was  un- 
doubtedly penned  by  another  hand.  It  is  as  follows:  “ Man 
by  his  fall  having  made  himself  incapable  of  life  by  that 
covenant,  the  Lord  was  pleased  to  make  a second,  commonly 
called  the  covenant  of  grace,  wherein  he  freely  ofiereth  to 
sinners  life  and  salvation  by  Jesus  Christ,  requiring  of  them 
faith  in  him,  that  they  may  be  saved,  and  promising  to  give 
unto  all  them  that  are  ordained  unto  life,  his  Holy  Spirit,  to 
make  them  able  and  willing  to  believe.  ” 

We  fully  coincide  with  Dr.  Junkin  when  he  says,  “ Due 
weight  has  never  been  given  to  the  common  remark,  that 
much  controversy  would  be  saved  by  an  accurate  defini- 
tion of  terms.”  And  again,  “ But  here  it  is  necessary  to  pre- 
mise that  although  I have  placed  the  English  words  at  the 
head  of  the  chapter  (iv.),  yet  it  is  really  the  meaning  of  the 
original  terms  of  the  sacred  writings,  after  which  we  must 
inquire.  Our  ultimate  appeal  is  to  the  language  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;  and  the  true  and  exact  sense  of  that  must  be  attached 
to  the  words  of  our  English  translation,  however  unsuitable 
these  may  be  to  express  that  sense.” 

On  the  whole  subject  of  the  mediatorial  work  of  Christ, 
which  makes  up  a large  part  of  the  volume,  we  have  ob- 
served nothing  in  which  we  do  not  concur.  The  author’s 
views  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  atonement  are  in 
accordance  with  the  opinions  advocated  in  this  work,  in 
former  numbers.  We  object,  however,  to  the  use  of  the 
phrase  “ limited  atonement :”  we  greatly  prefer  “ definite 
atonement ,”  or  the  old  terms,  “ particular  redemption.” 
The  word  “ limited”  is  by  many  applied  to  that  peculiar 
view  of  the  nature  of  the  atonement  maintained  by  the  au- 
thor of  the  little  work  entitled  “ Gethsemane,”  according 
to  which  the  atonement  is  limited  in  its  intrinsic  value,  as 
well  as  in  its  designation  and  application.  This  term  was 
invented  by  the  opposers  of  the  orthodox  doctrine,  and  as  it 
has  a tendency  to  mislead,  should  be  rejected  by  accurate 
writers.  We  believe  in  the  infinite  value  and  merit  of  the 
atonement,  in  itself  considered;  and  we  believe,  that  if  it 
had  been  God’s  purpose  to  save  the  whole  world,  no  other 
or  greater  atonement  would  have  been  requisite.  Moreover, 


1840.] 


Juntcin  on  Justification. 


275 


it  is  our  opinion,  that  although  millions  have  already  been 
pardoned  through  the  atonement,  its  fulness  and  value  is  as 
complete  now  as  in  the  beginning.  Though  we  approve  all 
that  Dr.  Junkin  has  written  on  this  subject,  yet  we  regret 
that  he  had  not  stated,  in  a single  section,  the  true  grounds 
of  the  necessity  of  the  atonement,  since  very  much  of  the 
stress  of  the  controversy  lies  here.  The  distinct  notice  of 
active  obedience  of  the  Mediator  at  this  time  peculiarly 
seasonable,  when  by  so  many  it  is  called  in  question;  and 
especially  as  an  attempt  has  been  made  in  a certain  con- 
temporary journal  to  induce  the  belief  that  this  was  not  the 
doctrine  of  the  reformers  and  their  immediate  followers. 
Nothing  but  ignorance  of  the  history  of  theological  opinion, 
could  ever  have  induced  a man  who  had  any  regard  for  his 
own  reputation,  to  venture  to  publish  or  insinuate  such  an 
opinion.  We  believe  no  single  instance  can  be  found  of  any 
theologian,  belonging  to  the  Reformed  churches,  or  to  the 
Lutheran  churches,  in  their  best  and  purest  days,  who 
denied  this  doctrine  without  incurring  the  censures  of  the 
church. 

In  the  20th  chapter  of  this  work,  by  far  the  most  unsatis- 
factory to  us  of  any  in  the  treatise,  where  the  author  treats 
of  faith,  we  find  him  making  a concession,  which  we  exceed- 
ingly regret  to  see.  The  passage  to  which  we  object  is 
found  in  the  4th  section,  entitled,  “ Difficulties  and  Objec- 
tions:” It  relates  to  the  responsibility  of  man  for  what  he 
believes.  There  is  not  at  this  day  a more  important  princi- 
ple in  dispute.  That  faith  is  an  involuntary  act,  and  hence  that 
man  cannot  be  held  accountable  for  his  opinions,  has  been 
inculcated  by  such  men  as  lord  Brougham  and  sir  James 
Mackintosh;  and  is  widely  prevalent  among  men  of  philo- 
sophic minds  in  Great  Britain,  and  this  country.  Robert 
Owen,  by  going  one  step  further,  and  denying  that  man  is 
accountable  for  his  affections  or  feelings,  subverts  the  whole 
system  of  morality,  and  makes  man  the  mere  creature  of 
necessity,  influenced  necessarily  by  the  circumstances  in 
which  he  happens  to  be  placed.  There  is  not,  at  present, 
a more  dangerous  system  of  infidelity  than  this.  It  is  not 
as  generally  known  as  it  should  be,  that,  at  this  time,  this 
destructive  system  is  making  sad  havoc  in  the  manufac- 
turing districts  of  Great  Britain,  under  the  name  of  So- 
cialism. So  alarming  has  been  its  progress,  that  it  has 
recently  become  the  subject  of  an  interesting  discussion  in 
the  House  of  Lords,  on  a motion  made  by  the  Bishop  of 


276 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


Exeter,  to  present  an  humble  address  to  the  Queen,  praying 
her  to  have  inquiry  made  into  the  facts,  and  to  cause  the 
laws  to  be  enforced  against  any  who  should  be  found  trans- 
gressing the  same.  Numerous  petitions  for  the  suppression 
of  Socialism  were  also  sent  to  the  parliament,  now  in  ses- 
sion. In  the  course  of  the  discussion,  information  was  com- 
municated of  a truly  alarming  nature.  It  appeared  that 
numerous  societies  had  been  formed,  and  that  the  greatest 
exertion  was  made  by  the  Socialists  to  extend  their  system, 
and  increase  their  numbers.  In  the  single  town  of  Birming- 
ham, their  number  had  so  increased,  that  eight  thousand  sig- 
natures were  obtained  to  a petition  in  their  favour;  and  in 
some  places  they  had  erected  capacious  and  elegant  build- 
ings, in  which  to  hold  their  meetings.  But  to  return  from 
this  digression.  We  are  sure  that  no  man  abhors  all  such 
opinions,  as  those  above-mentioned,  more  than  Dr.  Junkin; 
and  yet  he  has,  in  our  opinion,  made  a concession  in  this 
section,  which  is  of  dangerous  tendency,  and  which,  in  our 
judgment,  he  was  not  in  truth  called  upon  to  make.  Our 
readers  will  pardon  us  for  dwelling  on  this  point,  as  we 
consider  the  subject  to  be  important  in  its  bearings.  The 
following  objection  is  introduced  by  the  author,  that  the 
act  of  believing,  if  involuntary,  can  have  no  moral  character. 
For  it  is  agreed  generally,  that  volition  is  necessary  to  a 
moral  act.  The  act  which  is  done  without  design,  intention, 
will  or  choice,  cannot  be  good  or  bad,  in  any  moral  sense  of 
the  words.  Consequently,  believing,  if  it  necessarily  follows 
the  perception  of  truth,  is  without  any  moral  character. 
This  is  the  objection;  now  for  the  answer.  “The  conse- 
quence I admit;  but  only  you  will  observe  in  reference  to  the 
act  of  believing;  not  with  regard  to  the  principle  or  habit 
of  the  mind,  or  to  the  motive  which  induced  the  act.  The 
possession  of  capacity  to  perceive  spiritually  the  truth  of 
God’s  testimony,  is  a grace  and  moral  excellence;  and  the 
weighing  of  moral  motives  and  yielding  to  the  stronger,  is  a 
moral  virtue.  We  thank  no  man  for  believing  that,  for  the 
truth  of  which  there  is  presented  to  his  mind,  overwhelm- 
ing evidence.”  We  are  persuaded  that  the  worthy  author 
here  entangled  himself  in  a web  of  his  own  metaphysics, 
from  which  he  has  been  unable  to  extricate  himself.  Our 
first  and  main  objection  is,  that  faith  itself,  or  the  belief  in 
the  divine  testimony,  is  the  act  required  by  the  command  of 
God,  and  we  have  no  authority  for  excluding  that  act  from 
the  class  of  those  which  partake  of  a moral  nature.  Dr.  Jun- 


1S40.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


277 


kin  himself,  in  a previous  section  of  this  very  chapter,  insists 
on  it,  and  proves,  that  faith  is  a duty;  and  if  a duty,  then 
surely  a moral  act;  for  he  taught  us  that  the  will  of  God  is 
the  only  foundation  of  moral  obligation.  Again,  he  admits 
in  this  very  passage,  that  the  principle  of  faith  is  moral;  but 
if  the  principle  of  an  action  be  moral,  then  surely  the  act 
must  partake  of  the  nature  of  its  source.  An  act  is  the  prin- 
ciple in  exercise.  The  motive  he  admits  to  be  moral,  but 
actions  receive  their  character  from  the  motives  which  pro--" 
duce  them.  In  the  next  paragraph  he  says,  in  further  expla- 
nation, “ If  then  it  be  asked,  where  do  you  connect  moral 
responsibility  with  believing  ? — I answer,  in  the  preparatory 
steps  toward  the  art  of  believing;  not  in  the  act  itself.  To 
give  moral  character  to  an  act,  we  have  seen  that  it  is  requi- 
site that  it  be  voluntary;  i.  e.  done  in  view  of  motives  ope- 
rating upon  choice;  and  that  the  motives  be  such  as  to  call 
into  action  the  moral  faculty,  &c.”  It  clearly  follows  from 
this  statement,  that  faith  itself  is  no  duty  incumbent  on  any 
man,  but  his  whole  responsibility  rests  upon  the  previous 
acts  of  mind,  preparatory  to  the  act  of  believing.  This  is  a 
strange  doctrine  to  emanate  from  such  a quarter.  But  let  us 
examine  it  a little  further.  In  these  preparatory  exercises, 
in  which  man  is  admitted  to  be  responsible,  belief  in  some 
truth  is  necessary  at  every  step.  Suppose  the  man  believes 
that  he  has  evidence  enough  without  impartially  considering 
the  whole  subject:  well,  if  he  believes  so,  he  is  not  respon- 
sible, and  of  course  he  can  be  under  no  obligation  to  make 
further  examination.  Again,  if  the  act  of  belief  has  no  moral 
character,  and  of  course  is  no  duty,  then  the  act  of  unbelief  has 
no  moral  character,  and  is  no  sin.  Suppose  two  men  hear 
the  testimony  of  God  from  his  own  word  at  the  same  time, 
the  one  believes  it  cordially  because  he  has  a spiritual  discern- 
ment of  its  excellency:  the  other,  because  of  the  depravity  of 
his  nature  which  blinds  his  mind,  disbelieves  it,  is  there  no 
iniquity  in  this  act,  proceeding  from  such  a cause? 

We  hope  that  Dr.  Junkin  will  not  persist  in  maintaining  such 
a position.  If  this  is  a specimen  of  the  benefit  to  be  derived 
from  introducing  metaphysical  subtleties  into  the  plain  doc- 
trines of  Scripture,  we  trust  that  the  church  will  be  delivered 
from  such  aid.  This  method  of  analyzing,  by  which  an  act 
is  attempted  to  be  separated  from  its  motive  and  principle, 
is  unphilosophical,  and  contrary  to  every  sound  principle  of 
morals.  By  a similar  process  of  reasoning,  it  may  be  proved 
that  the  affections  are  not  of  a moral  nature,  and  that  men  are 


278 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


not  accountable  for  their  love  or  hatred,  but  only  for  the  steps 
preparatory  to  their  exercise.  For  the  affections  are  not 
voluntary  in  the  sense  of  the  objection  under  consideration. 
We  do  not  love  or  hate  in  consequence  of  a volition,  nor  are 
our  affections  of  the  nature  of  a volition.  And  when  an 
object  appears  amiable  to  the  mind,  the  affection  of  love  as 
certainly  follows,  as  belief  when  evidence  is  presented.  But 
shall  we  on  this  account  declare  that  the  affections  have  no 
moral  character?  Thus  all  morality  will  be  cut  up  root  and 
branch.  And  the  process  does  not  stop  here,  for  by  the 
same  kind  of  metaphysical  hair-splitting,  we  can  demonstrate 
that  no  act  of  the  will  itself  is  of  a moral  nature.  The  voli- 
tion to  perform  any  given  act  is  the  same,  whatever  be  the 
motive.  Take  the  case  of  killing  a man.  This  act  may  be 
performed  from  a good  motive,  or  from  a bad  motive,  or  by 
an  insane  person;  in  each  case  the  volition  considered  sepa- 
rately is  the  same,  namely,  the  determination  to  strike  a 
certain  blow.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  volition  itself, 
separated  from  the  motive,  has  no  moral  character.  The 
truth  is,  that  to  constitute  a moral  act,  several  things  must 
be  taken  into  view,  and  not  the  bare  act  separated  from  all 
its  adjuncts.  We  are  the  more  surprised  at  this  inadver- 
tence in  Dr.  Junkin,  as  he  had  given  so  full  an  account  of 
what  is  requisite  to  constitute  a moral  agent.  Now  all  these 
things  are  necessary  to  a moral  act. 

But  what  shall  be  done  with  the  principle  that  every  moral 
action  is  a voluntary  action?  We  utterly  deny  it,  in  the 
sense  in  which  it  is  used  in  the  objection  stated  above.  That 

is,  we  deny  that  every  exercise  of  the  mind  which  is  moral, 
is  the  effect  of  a volition;  although  this  is  true  in  regard  to 
external  or  bodily  acts,  because  a volition  must  precede 
them  if  they  are  properly  our  acts.  But  this  does  not  apply 
to  the  exercise  of  the  affections  in  which  morality  or  virtue 
principally  consists.  We  love  God,  not  in  consequence  of  a 
volition  to  love  him,  but  because  we  see  his  beauty  and 
glory;  and  so  of  other  affections  of  amoral  nature.  They 
precede  the  will,  and  influence  it,  but  do  not  proceed  from 

it.  There  is,  however,  a sound  sense,  in  which  it  may 
be  said  that  all  moral  acts  are  voluntary,  that  is  when  by 
the  will  we  mean  all  the  active  powers  of  the  man;  espe- 
cially the  affections.  We  hold  that  the  morality  of  actions 
consists  primarily  in  the  affections,  and  the  will  is  only 
concerned  in  moral  acts,  when  some  external  act  is  to  be 
performed,  or  when  we  wish  to  stir  up  our  affections  by 


1840.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


279 


contemplating  distinctly  the  objects  which  produce  them. 
Every  moral  act  must  have  a motive,  and  the  grand  source 
of  motives  to  good,  is  love  to  God  and  to  our  neighbour; 
when  these  are  absent  or  defective,  innumerable  other  mo- 
tives operate,  arising  out  of  the  active  principles,  passions, 
and  propensities  of  human  nature,  now  in  a state  of  disorder, 
for  want  of  the  regulating  principle. 

But  is  not  belief  necessary,  and  in  such  case  how  can  it 
be  moral?  In  innumerable  instances  there  is  no  morality  in 
the  act  of  believing;  but  it  would  be  a false  inference  from 
this,  that  the  act  of  believing  in  moral  subjects  is  indifferent. 
The  act  of  volition,  in  ten  thousand  cases,  has  no  moral 
character,  but  it  would  not  do  to  infer  from  this  that  volition 
had  no  moral  character  when  a moral  agent  was  required  to 
obey  the  law  of  his  Maker.  It  is  true,  that  our  belief  is 
always  in  accordance  with  the  evidence  perceived,  but  we 
are  of  opinion,  that  in  many  cases,  especially  those  of  a 
moral  nature,  the  evidence  apparent  to  the  mind  will  depend 
very  much  upon  the  moral  state  of  that  mind . And  however 
certain  the  effect  may  be,  it  alters  the  moral  character  of  the 
act  no  more  than  the  certainty  of  the  exercise  of  affections, 
agreeably  to  the  view  which  the  mind  has  of  objects,  takes 
away  the  moral  nature  of  these  affections. 

Some  months  since,  we  perused  an  article  in  the  West- 
minster Review,  written  by  an  insidious  and  sceptical 
writer,  which,  if  Dr.  Junkin  had  read,  he  would  never  have 
sent  out  to  the  public  the  views  which  we  have  been  criti- 
cising. This  writer  starts  on  the  principle,  that,  faith  being 
an  involuntary  exercise  of  the  mind,  man  cannot  possibly  be 
held  responsible  for  his  belief.  From  this  he  infers,  that  by 
faith,  in  Scripture,  cannot  be  meant  the  believing  any  parti- 
cular propositions,  for  this  does  not  depend  upon  bis  will. 
What  then  is  the  thing  required  in  the  gospel?  It  is 
according  to  this  writer  a disposition  to  deal  impartially 
with  evidence.  Here  man  is  responsible:  and  whatever 
particular  propositions  he  may  be  led  to  be  believe,  provided 
he  deals  honestly  with  evidence,  it  matters  not.  Hence  a 
man  may  have  the  true  faith  and  believe  very  little;  and  on 
the  other  hand,  he  may  believe  all  that  the  Bible  contains, 
and  have  no  genuine  faith.  And,  finally,  he  comes  to  the 
conclusion  that  a man  may  adopt  atheistical  opinions  and  be 
a true  believer;  while  the  orthodox  clergy  are  amongst  the 
greatest  unbelievers;  for  he  says,  no  sect  of  men  are  so  dis- 
honest in  their  method  of  dealing  with  evidence. 


280 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


[April 


Since  the  tide  of  infidelity  seems  to  be  running  in  that 
particular  channel,  let  not  the  friends  and  advocates  of  truth 
give,  by  unnecessary  concessions,  any  advantage  to  this 
dreadful  and  abominable  system  which  threatens  so  much 
evil  to  the  cause  of  rel igion  and  sound  morals  at  this  very 
time.  We  do  therefore  sincerely  hope,  that  Dr.  Junkin  will 
expunge  this  section  from  his  book  in  the  next  edition. 

We  had  intended  to  make  some  remarks  on  the  section 
which  treats  of  assurance  being  of  the  essence  of  faith;  as  we 
had  supposed  it  probable  that  the  author’s  views  differed 
somewhat  from  our  own  on  this  subject.  But  we  are  now 
rather  inclined  to  believe  that  the  difference  is  verbal  rather 
than  real.  The  distinction  between  the  assurance  of  faith 
and  of  sense,  used  by  the  two  great  theologians,  Brown  of 
Haddington,  and  Dr.  Mason,  does  not  serve,  in  our  opinion, 
to  cast  any  light  on  this  question.  The  true  point  of  differ- 
ence does  not  relate  at  all  to  the  degree  of  assent  given,  or 
of  comfort  attending  it,  but  to  the  precise  propositions  which 
are  the  primary  objects  of  a saving  faith.  According  to 
Brown’s  definition  of  the  assurance  of  faith , it  is,  “ The 
firm  assurance  of  God’s  love  to  us,  founded  on  his  promise; 
the  assurance  of  sense  is  the  persuasion  that  we  have  already 
tasted  his  love.”  Now  we  maintain  that  neither  of  these 
is  essential  to  a saving  faith  in  its  primary  exercise;  for  we 
cannot  be  assured  of  the  love  of  God  to  us  personally,  from 
any  promise  contained  in  the  Bible,  until  we  have  embraced 
that  promise.  Dr.  Mason  uses  the  same  distinction  in  the 
passage  quoted  by  Dr.  Junkin,  but  not  in  the  same  sense. 
As  he  explains  the  matter,  it  amounts  to  much  the  same  as 
all  sound  Presbyterians  hold.  And  we  admit  that  “ the  as- 
surance of  faith”  as  used  in  scripture,  signifies  a firm  belief 
of  the  truth  revealed,  and  not  any  persuasion  respecting  our 
own  state. 

“ When  we  speak  of  assurance  as  essential  to  faith,”  says 
he,  “ many  suppose  we  teach  that  none  can  be  real  Chris- 
tians who  do  not  feel  that  they  have  passed  from  death  unto 
life,  and  have  not  unclouded  and  triumphant  views  of  their 
interest  in  Christ,  so  as  to  say,  under  the  manifestations  of 
his  love,  ‘ My  beloved  is  mine,  and  I am  his.’  But  God  for- 
bid that  we  should  thus  offend  against  the  generation  of  his 
children.  That  many  of  them  want  such  assurance  may  not 
be  questioned.  This,  however,  is  the  assurance,  not  of  faith, 
but  of  sense;  and  vastly  different  they  are.  The  object  of 
the  former  is  Christ  revealed  in  the  word;  the  object  of  the 


1S40.] 


Junkin  on  Justification. 


281 


latter  Christ  revealed  in  the  heart.  The  ground  of  the  former 
is  the  testimony  of  God  without  us;  that  of  the  latter,  the 
work  of  the  Spirit  within  us,  &c.”  But  in  our  opinion  this 
matter  is  placed  in  the  true  stand  clearest  light  in  our  Larger 
Catechism,  (Ques.  SO,  81,)  “ Such  as  truly  believe  in  Christ, 
and  endeavour  to  walk  in  all  good  conscience  before  him, 
may,  without  extraordinary  revelation,  by  faith  grounded 
upon  the  truth  of  God’s  promises,  and  by  the  Spirit  enabling 
them  to  discern  in  themselves  those  graces  to  which  the 
promises  of  life  are  made,  and  bearing  witness  with  their 
spirits  that  they  are  the  children  of  God,  be  infallibly 
assured  that  they  are  in  the  estate  of  grace,  and  shall  perse- 
vere therein  unto  salvation.” 

“ Assurance  of  grace  and  salvation  not  being  of  the  es- 
sence of  faith,  true  believers  may  wait  long  before  Ihey 
obtain  it,  and  after  the  enjoyment  thereof  may  have  it  weak- 
ened and  intermitted  through  manifold  distempers,  sins, 
temptations,  and  desertions;  yet  are  they  never  left  without 
such  a presence  and  support  of  the  Spirit  of  God  as  keeps 
them  from  sinking  into  utter  despair.” 

As  to  the  appropriating  act  of  faith,  which  Dr.  Junkin 
makes  an  essential  characteristic  of  true  faith,  if  it  means  the 
act  of  receiving  Christ  and  resting  upon  him,  which  of 
course  we  do  for  ourselves,  he  is  right;  hut  there  is  no  need 
of  a new  technical  phrase  to  express  it;  and  if  it  be  an  act 
different  from  this,  by  which  we  are  assured  that  Christ  and 
his  benefits  are  ours,  then  it  is  not  essential  to  a true  faith. 
At  any  rate  we  are  not  convinced  of  the  propriety  or  need 
of  this  phrase.  And  we  have  not  found  it  used  by  the  best 
writers  on  this  subject.  Still  we  have  no  great  objection  to 
it,  if  it  be  explained  in  a sound  and  orthodox  sense.  Pro- 
perly speaking,  the  blessings  of  the  New  Covenant  are 
appropriated  to  us,  upon  believing,  by  the  free  gift  of  God. 
As  to  our  own  apprehension  or  persuasion  that  we  are  inte- 
rested in  them,  it  must  depend  upon  our  evidence  of  having 
truly  believe*!;  but  as  to  the  real  title,  it  is  as  firm  when  a 
true  faith  is  weak,  as  when  it  is  attended  with  the  fullest 
assurance  of  salvation. 

We  have  now  brought  our  review  to  a close,  and  upon  a 
survey  of  the  whole  work,  our  opinion  is,  that  in  doctrine  it 
is  sound,  and  that  the  execution  furnishes  evidence  of  a mind 
of  strong  original  powers,  capable  of  thinking  out  a subject 
without  dependence  upon  others.  But  we  must  protest 
against  Dr.  Junkin’s  fondness  for  metaphysical  disquisitions; 

VOL.  XII.  no.  2. 


282 


Juyikin  on  Justification. 


[April 


especially  where  they  are  not  needed,  and  where  they  rather 
tend  to  cloud  than  to  elucidate  the  subject.  Indeed,  we  are 
of  opinion,  that  metaphysics  is  not  Dr.  Junkin’s  forte.  We 
willingly  award  to  him  great  acuteness,  the  power  of  nice 
discrimination,  and  a logical  faculty;  but  he  is  too  rapid  and 
even  hasty  in  running  ahead  to  his  conclusions,  to  be  an 
accurate  metaphysician.  No  man  possesses  all  mental  facul- 
ties in  high  perfection.  Another  thing,  which  we  think  we 
have  observed  in  Dr.  Junkin’s  investigations,  is  the  ability 
to  discern  objects  near  at  hand  more  clearly  than  those  afar 
off.  In  regard  to  the  former,  he  may  be  said  to  have  a mi- 
croscopic discernment;  but  absorbed  in  these,  he  overlooks 
remote  consequences,  though  they  may  be  essential  to  a cor- 
rect judgment.  But  although  we  should  be  mistaken  in  this 
opinion,  we  feel  great  confidence  that  his  method  of  abstruse 
reasoning  is  not  adapted  to  the  capacities  or  the  tastes  of  the 
“ plain  reader,”  for  whom  he  tells  us  his  book  was  chiefly 
intended.  Our  opinion  is,  that  nothing  will  so  much  obstruct 
the  circulation  and  usefulness  of  this  volume  as  these  abstract 
disquisitions. 

As  we  suppose  that  the  work  will  go  to  a second  edition, 
we  would  respectfully  suggest  that,  instead  of  writing  other 
books,  the  author  employ  his  leisure  hours  in  improving 
this.  The  outline  given  in  the  contents  is  ample  enough 
for  the  energies  of  a life-time  to  fill  up  and  perfect.  Cal- 
vin continued  to  improve  his  Institutes  until  the  year  of 
his  death;  At  first,  we  presume  it  was  not  larger  than  the 
volume  under  review.  The  great  mistake  of  many  of  our 
best  writers,  has  been  that  of  publishing  too  much.  Had  Owen 
and  Baxter  and  Howe  confined  their  labours  within  narrow 
limits,  they  would  have  been  able  to  render  them  much  more 
perfect,  and  they  would  have  continued  to  be  read  to  the 
most  distant  times.  But  many  of  their  works  are  falling  into 
oblivion. 

We  take  leave  of  Dr.  Junkin  with  sincere  respect  for  his 
talents  and  indefatigable  industry,  and  cordially  wish  him 
success  in  his  earnest  efforts  for  the  promotion  of  ortho- 
dox truth  and  sound  literature.  We  have  used  the  privi- 
lege of  critics  freely,  but  we  hope  not  offensively;  and  we 
trust  that  our  remarks  will  be  perused  with  the  same  candour 
with  which  they  have  been  written. 


1840.]  Kenrick's  Theologia  Dogmatica. 


283 


Art.  VI. — Theologix  Dogmalicae  Tract  at  us  Tres  de  Rc- 
velafione,  de  Ecclesia , et  de  Verbo  Dei  quos  concin- 
navit  Revmus  Dnus  Franciscus  Patricius  Kenrick,  Epus 
Arath,  in  Part.  Infid.  et  Coadj.  Ep.  Philadelphiensis. 
Philadelphia;:  Typis  L.  Johnson,  in  Georgii  vico.  1839. 

Theologix  Dogmaticse,  quam  concinnavit  Franciscus  Pa- 
tricius Kenrick,  etc.  Volumen  II.  Philadelphiae:  L. 
Johnson.  1840. 

An  American  work  on  systematic  theology,  composed  in 
a dead  language,  is  a thing  so  foreign  from  our  every-day 
associations  and  experience,  that  we  should  feel  bound  to 
take  some  notice  of  it,  if  it  were  only  as  a curiosity.  It 
needed  no  name  upon  the  title  page,  to  assure  our  utilitarian 
countrymen,  that  the  author  was  connected  with  no  protest- 
ant  communion.  Indeed,  the  Latin  dress  of  Bishop  Ken- 
rick’s  work  will  have  this  curious  effect,  that  while  it  seals 
the  book  to  the  great  mass  of  American  readers,  it  opens  it 
to  the  educated  world  of  Europe,  and  to  the  Romish  priest- 
hood all  the  world  over.  We  can  think  of  no  class  to  whom 
it  will  afford  so  much  entertainment,  as  to  foreign  papists, 
on  account  of  the  frequency  with  which  the  author  inter- 
weaves minute  accounts  of  the  opinions  and  the  organization 
of  our  own  religious  sects.  If  the  secular  part  of  the  com- 
munity have  reason  to  dread  the  presence  and  inspection  of 
English  and  French  travellers,  the  religious  world  ought 
certainly  to  be  aware,  that  there  are  those  among  them  who 
are  able  and  disposed  to  draw  their  likeness  in  imperishable 
colours,  by  the  use  of  a language  which  is  not  only  still  the 
learned  language  of  the  world,  but  which  is  likely  so  to  be 
as  long  as  learning  shall  exist.  One  impression  made  upon 
our  mind,  by  the  inspection  of  these  volumes,  we  cannot  re- 
frain from  putting  upon  paper.  We  mean  the  impression  of 
the  striking  difference  between  the  protestant  and  popish 
method  of  observing  men  and  manners.  The  former  has, 
no  doubt,  the  advantage  as  to  candour;  but  the  latter  is,  at 
least,  as  much  superior  in  coolness  and  philosophical  compo- 
sure. One  might  have  supposed  that  a secluded  ecclesiastic, 
whom  we  never  hear  of,  and  who,  for  any  general  knowledge 


284 


Kenrick's  Theologia  Dogmalica.  [April 


of  him  here,  might  as  well  be  in  his  titular  diocese  of  Arath 
as  in  Philadelphia,  would  of  course  be  wrapt  in  a bigotted 
ignorance  of  our  concerns.  Such  a hypothesis  would  soon 
be  destroyed  by  a cursory  glance  at  these  two  volumes,  in 
which  not  only  sects,  but  individuals,  are  treated  as  objects  of 
familiar  knowledge;  in  which  Mr.  Barnes  and  Mr.  Furness 
figure  under  the  titles  of  Barnesius  and  Furnesius.  If  this 
be  a specimen  of  the  attention  which  our  popish  fellow-citi- 
zens are  paying  to  their  neighbours,  and  of  their  disposition 
to  record  what  they  observe,  we  may  take  to  ourselves 
Burns’s  warning  to  his  countrymen:  “ A chiel’s  amang  ye 
takin’  notes,  and  faith  he’ll  prent  it.” 

We  shall  not  take  upon  us  to  be  critics  of  a bishop’s  Latin, 
but  shall  let  it  pass  with  the  remark,  that  it  is  simple  and 
perspicuous,  not  more  exempt  from  vulgar  barbarisms  than 
from  the  equally  offensive  affectation  of  ultra-classical  idiom, 
which  disfigures  some  of  the  recent  German  writers  in  that 
language.  The  truth  is,  that  in  style,  arrangement,  and  ap- 
pearance, the  whole  work  bears  a strong  resemblance  to  the 
old  fashioned  theological  productions  of  the  Church  of 
Rome.  And  this  antique  air,  no  less  than  the  Latin,  helps 
to  give  a very  odd  look  to  the  names  of  our  contemporaries, 
and  the  account  of  our  religious  matters,  which  attract  the 
eye  at  every  opening  of  the  book. 

It  seems  that  the  late  Archbishop  Marechal,  of  Baltimore, 
while  a professor  in  St.  Mary’s  College,  formed  the  plan  of 
a system  of  theology,  which  his  subsequent  promotion  hin- 
dered him  from  executing.  It  has  since  become  a matter  of 
complaint,  that  the  systematic  works  upon  theology,  im- 
ported from  Europe,  have  no  view  to  the  state  of  things  in 
this  republic,  and  to  the  controversies  agitated  here.  To 
supply  this  defect  is  the  design  of  Bishop  Kenrick’s  work, 
in  writing  which  he  complains  that  his  time  was  too  short, 
his  books  too  few,  and  his  opportunity  of  consultation  with 
the  learned  too  restricted.  His  first  intention  was  to  publish 
a compendious  manual  for  the  use  of  students,  but  he  after- 
wards adopted  a more  copious  method,  lest  from  excess  of 
brevity,  he  might  seem  rather  to  have  betrayed  than  de- 
fended the  truth.  He  carefully  exonerates  the  mother 
church  from  all  responsibility  for  his  opinions  upon  doubtful 
points;  invites  the  critic  and  opponent  of  the  truth  to  turn 
their  weapons  upon  him,  and  manfully  exclaims — “Me,  me, 
(adsum  qui  feci),  in  me  convertite  ferrum” — forgetting,  in  the 


1840.]  Kenrick’s  Theclogia  Dogmatica. 


285 


warmth  of  his  disinterested  zeal,  that  though  the  Church 
of  Rome  might  be  esteemed  an  object  worthy  of  attack,  the 
bishop  of  Arath  might  be  reckoned  but  small  game.  We 
are  not  disposed,  however,  to  quarrel  with  the  rhetoric  of 
Bishop  Kenrick’s  preface,  and  shall,  therefore,  proceed  to 
give  a sketch  of  the  contents  and  arrangement  of  the  work. 

The  Dogmatic  Theology,  properly  so  called,  begins  with 
the  second  volume.  The  first  contains  the  preliminary  dis- 
cussions as  to  the  source  of  information  in  theology,  the  rule 
of  faith,  authority  of  the  church,  inspiration  of  the  scriptures, 
&c.  The  first  volume  is  the  most  interesting  to  the  protest- 
ant  reader.  In  both  parts,  the  subjects  are  handled  in  the 
good  old  way  of  proposition,  proof,  objection,  and  reply, 
which  we  think  far  better  than  the  discursive  and  diluted 
method  which  prevails  in  many  systems  of  Protestant  the- 
ology. 

Bishop  Kenrick  is  by  no  means  a profound  theologian. 
He  would  perhaps  regard  it  not  as  censure,  but  as  praise,  to 
be  told  that  his  book  contains  little,  if  any  thing,  which  can 
be  called  original  or  novel,  as  to  the  statement  or  defence  of 
his  opinions.  There  is  the  same  superficial  mode  of  hand- 
ling controverted  points,  the  same  unavailing  efforts  to  recon- 
cile the  semi-pelagianism  of  the  modern  papacy  with  the 
acknowledged  and  revered  authority  of  St.  Augustine,  and 
the  same  discreet  silence  with  respect  to  questions  where 
infallible  judgments  have  unfortunately  differed,  that  may  be 
observed  in  other  publications  of  the  same  school,  and  with 
far  less  ability  and  knowledge  of  the  subjects  than  are  exhi- 
bited by  Peter  Dens  and  other  recent  writers. 

In  the  first  volume  we  observe,  with  some  surprise,  a 
rifaccimento  of  the  old  exploded  slanders  against  Luther, 
Calvin,  and  the  rest  of  the  reformers,  which  we  doubt  not, 
will  be  swallowed  by  the  studiosi,  for  whose  sake  the  book 
was  written,  with  as  staunch  a faith  as  that  which  they  are 
taught  to  cherish  towards  the  silliest  legends  of  the  Breviary. 
Our  own  readers  need  not  to  be  told  that  the  life  and  death 
of  Luther  and  Calvin  are  as  well  authenticated  matters  of 
history,  as  the  life  and  death  of  Washington.  For  the  sake  of 
working  upon  patriotic  feeling,  why  not  get  up  a story  that 
the  Father  of  his  country  was  a papist,  and  received  absolu- 
tion on  his  death-bed? 

The  citations  and  references,  with  which  the  margins  are 
plentifully  studded,  embrace,  besides  the  usual  patristic  and 
modern  theological  literature  of  the  Romish  church,  indica- 


286 


Kenrick’s  Theologia  Dogma/ ica. 


[April 


tions  of  acquaintance  with  some  very  different  branches  of 
knowledge.  A few  of  the  more  recent  German  writers  are 
quoted,  and  a great  variety  of  English  works.  The  author 
apologizes,  in  his  preface,  for  having  cited  heretical  authori- 
ties, when  he  had  “Catholic”  authorities  at  hand.  And  as 
this  apology,  with  all  its  implied  bigotry,  is  more  than 
usually  candid  and  charitable,  we  extract  it. 

“Ipsos  fidei  adversaries  stepius  testes  adduxi,  quamvis  non  ignorarem  Patres 
Ecclesiae,  interpretes  Catholicos,  vel  alios  scriptores,  posse  in  eundem  finem 
allegari,  sed  placuit  quae  et  illi  bene  sciipserunt  in  Religionis  vindicias  laudare, 
licet  a nobis  discidio  funesto  heu ! divulsi.  Utinain  qua  pollent  plurimi  ex  illis 
erudidonis  copia,  et  judicii  acumine  totain  illam  doctrinam  quam  Apostoli  cum 
suo  sanguine  Ecclesi®  profuderunt,  et  ipsi  tueri  vellent.”  Pref.  vii. 

He  also  claims  the  praise  of  having  quoted  from  original 
authoritative  documents,  in  all  his  statements,  with  respect 
to  the  government  and  doctrine  of  the  Protestants. 

The  typographical  execution  of  the  volumes  is  correct  and 
scholarlike,  except  so  far  as  Greek  and  Hebrew  are  con- 
cerned. In  the  latter  language  some  portentous  novelties  have 
been  brought  forward  by  the  Bishop  or  his  printer.  See,  for 
example,  pp.  26,  27,  29,  58  of  vol.  I.  It  is  but  just  to  add, 
that  in  the  second  volume  there  is  great  improvement.  As 
to  the  Greek,  the  fault  is  in  the  absence  of  all  rule  or  unifor- 
mity as  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  the  accents.  The 
Latin,  English,  French,  and  Italian,  seem  to  be  printed  with 
remarkable  correctness. 

We  need  scarcely  say  that  we  have  no  thought  of  review- 
ing Bishop  Kenrick’s  system.  We  should,  of  course,  be 
involved  in  controversy  at  almost  every  step.  It  could 
give  him  no  surprise  to  be  informed,  that  we  regard  his 
distinctive  tenets  as  entirely  false,  and  perhaps  as  little  to  be 
told,  that  we  consider  his  defence  of  them  as  weak.  Our 
object  in  calling  the  attention  of  our  readers  to  the  work, 
was  merely  to  present  a literary  notice  of  it,  as  a novelty,  and 
to  amuse  them  with  a few  examples  of  the  way  in  which 
American  and  Protestant  affairs  are  discussed  or  represented 
by  a Romanist  in  Latin.  This  we  shall  now  proceed  to 
do,  with  occasional  reference  to  other  topics,  as  they  may 
occur. 

In  treating  of  the  prophecy  of  Christ,  contained  in  Gen. 
49:  10,  the  Bishop  adds  the  following  note,  which  we  extract, 
as  an  interesting  instance  of  the  respect  which  is  commanded 
by  a work  of  sterling  merit  among  all  who  hold  the  funda- 


1840.]  Kenric/c’s  Theologia  Dogmalica. 


287 


mentals  of  religion,  when  no  sectarian  prejudice  is  called  in 
question 

“ Hengstenberg  perdocte  hanc  interpretationem  tuetur  in  egregio  opcre : 

‘ Christologie  des  alten  Testamentes,  und  Commentar  Uber  die  messianischen 
Weissagungen  der  Propheten’  Berlin,  1829,  quod  ante  biennium  in  Anglica- 
nam  linguam  versum  Alexandria,  D.  C.  editum  est.”  Vol.  i.  p.  66. 

The  following  picture  of  the  Christian  world  is  interesting 
in  itself,  as  well  as  on  account  of  its  American  allusions. 

“ Ecclesia  Catholica,  cujus  centrum  Romana  Petri  sedes  est,  tot’am  possidet 
Italiam,  Siciliam,  Hispanias  et  Lusitaniam,  Belgium,  totam  fere  Galliam,  et 
Hiberniam,  Bavariam,  Poloniam,  Bohemiam,  Hungariam,  et  magnam  ditionis 
Austriac®  partem,  Helvetiarum  plures  provincias,  plurimosque  numerat  filios  in 
Anglia,  Scotia,  Batavia,  Suevia,  et  Noivegia,  Borussia,  Saxonia,  Russia,  et  in 
insulis  Archipelagi,  aliisque  Graci®,  et  Turci®  Europe®  partibus.  In  Asia 
minori,  et  tota  Turcia  Asiatica  sunt  plurimi  Catholici,  qui  magno  numero 
etiam  reperiuntur  ubique  fere  sparsi  per  Indias  Orientales,  et  insulas  plerasque 
Asi®  adjacentes,  in  Siam  regno  et  in  Sinensis  imperii  extremis  veluti  oris. 
Apud  Sinenses  ipsos  60,000  numerantur,  apud  Indos  Orientales  460,000,  et  in 
Australia  quamplurimi.  In  Africa  non  desunt  Catholici  in  Algypto,  in  Barba- 
ris  locis  maritimis,  jamque  erecta  est  sedes  Episcopalis  Julia;  Caesarea.  In 
regno  Congo,  et  prope  promontorium  quod  caput  Bon®  spei  audit,  est  quoque 
Episcopus.  Tota  America  meridionalis,  exceptis  locis  aliquibus  in  quibus  syl- 
vestres  degunt  homines,  Catholicam  profitetur  fidem,  qu®  et  Mexican®  repub- 
lic® communis  est.  Viget  in  plerisque  locis  Septemtrionalis  Americ®,  qu® 
Britannico  subjacent  imperio,  prasertim  in  provinciis  Canada,  et  in  plerisque 
insulis  utrique  America,  vel  etiam  Europ®,  vel  Asi®,  adjacentibus,  in  quibus 
Christi  nomen  aliquatenus  agnoscitur.  In  his  foederatis  provinciis  ad  millionem 
fere  pertingere  censemur.  Per  orbem  180,000,000  numerantur. 

“Graci  Schismatici  in  Russia  reperiuntur,  sicut  ubique  fere  in  Turchia  Eu- 
ropoea,  et  Asiatica,  et  in  gyp  to.  Russi  tamen  Constantinopolitanum  Anti- 
stitem,  qui  plerisque  praest,  non  agnoscunt.  30,000,000  a nonnullis, 
41,000,000,  ab  aliis  recensentur,  quibus  tamen  plerumque  accensent  sectas 
alias,  nempe  Nestorianos,  Jacobitas,  Armenos,  Coptos,  Abyssinos,  aliosque. 

“ Protestantes  in  innumeras  divisi  sectas,  plures  Europ®  obtinent  provincias, 
Angliam  scilicet,  Scotiam,  Daniam,  Sueviam,  Norvegiara,  Borussiam,  Bataviam, 
pluresque  Germani®  provincias,  et  magnam  provinciarum  foederatarum  partem. 
In  insulis  quoque  nonnullis  Indiarum  Occidentalium  et  Orientalium,  et  in  oris 
maritimis  Asi®  reperiuntur.  Lutheranismus  in  Dania,  et  provinciis  vicinis,  in 
Saxonia,  et  in  aliis  nonnullis  Germani®  partibus  prasertim  viget:  Calvini 
principia  in  Scotia,  Borussia,  Batavia,  et  Anglia  potius  obtinent.  Anglicani 
tamen  Hierarehi®  servant  umbram,  pluresque  ritus  fere  Catholicos : into  plura 
propugnant  principia,  qu®  specie  Catholica  sunt,  vel  parum  a Catholicis  dissita. 
Nonnulli  in  Europa  numerant  40,000,000  ex  variis  Protestantium  seeds, 
11,500,000  in  America;  sed  census  nimis  auctus  videtur.  In  his  foederatis 
provinciis  Presbyteriani,  Calvini  principia  plerumque  propugnantes,  numero  et 
studiis  pollent,  sed  in  pluriraas  sectas  sub-dividuntur,  veteris  a novae  schola,  uti 
aiunt,  sectatoribus,  nuperrimme  novo  dissitlio  scissix.  Baptist®,  immersionis 
necessitatem,  ut  valeat  baptismus,  statuentes,  Methodist®,  Episcopaliani,  aliique 
omnis  generis  numero  haud  parvo  reperiuntur.  Exord  sunt  ante  paucos  annos 
Movmonitae,  aureo  libro,  Bihliis  prastantiori,  uti  ipsi  contendunt,  detecto,  qui 
jam  in  provincia  Missouriensi  armis  se  tuentur.  Hac  tabula  inspecta  quisque 
statim  percipit  Ecclcsiam  Catholicam  omnibus  eminere,  quam  etiam  divinis  ful- 
gere  indiciis  intelligit,  quum  in  fide  semper  et  ubique  sibi  con6tans  omnem  ini 


288 


Kenrick’s  Theologia  Dogmatica.  [April 


micorum  superct  impetum.  De  ea  igitur  cum  Augustino  dicimus : “ Ecclesia 
sancta,  Ecclesia  una,  Ecclesia  vera,  Ecclesia  Catholica,  contra  omnes  haereses 
pugnans:  pugnare  potest,  expugnari  tamen  non  potest.  Haereses  omnes  de  ilia 
exierunt,  tamquam  sarmenta  inutilia  de  vite  praecisa.  Ipsa  autem  manet  in 
radice  sua.  in  vite  sua,  in  charitate  sua.  Portae  inferorum  non  vincent  earn.” 
Yol.  i.  p.  116—118. 

To  this  may  be  added  a subsequent  passage,  with  respect 
to  the  divisions  among  Protestants,  in  reference  to  the  form 
and  constitution  of  the  Church. 

“ Anglicani  Episcopale  regimen  tenent,  cui  fideles  singuli  sunt  subjiciendi, 
qua  autem  ratione  Episcopi  per  orbem  inter  se  conjungantur,  ut  in  unum  veluti 
corpus  coeant,  haud  feliciter  explicant,  charitatis  vinculum  cum  fide  dogmatum 
fundamentalium  sufficere  arbitrantes  : quod  tamen  aliquando  verbis  obscuriori- 
bus  enuntiant.  Episcoporum  autem  institutionem  ab  Apostolis  repetit  White : 
Bingham  a Christi  ordinatione.  Methodist®  nonnulli  Episcoporum  regimen 
agnoscunt,  quod  tamen  divinitus  institutum  vix  possunt  habere,  quum  Joannem 
Wesley,  Episcopali  charactere  plane  carentem,  Thomas  Coke  Episcopum 
primum  sectae  ordinasse  ipsi  referant,  et  Episcopum  ordinari  posse  a seniori- 
bus,  praeconibus  scilicet,  saltern  tribus  numero,  tradant,  si  temporum  calamitate 
contigerit  nullam  in  secta  superesse  Episcopum.  Apud  c return  generalem  seu 
collationem,  Anglice  “ General  Conference,”  praecipuam  constituunt  potesta- 
tem:  ea  quippe  ex  senioribus,  qui  in  annuis  collationibus  eliguntur,  constat, 
quolibet  quadriennio  congregatur,  ipsosque  quos  vocant  episcopos  suae  subditos 
auctoritati  habet.  Baptistae  consulunt  ut  data  occasione  inter  se  Ecclesiae 
locales  societatem  ineant,  communibusque  utantur  consiliis,  sed  omntn  auctori- 
tatis  notionem  abesse  jubent.  Presbyteriani  comitiis  generalibus  “ General 
Assembly”  ex  tota  America  fcederata  collectis,  piaeconibus  et  laicis  senioribus  in 
id  electis,  potestatem  summam  in  suae  sectae  negotiis  tribuunt.  Singulas 
paraecias  apud  illos  regit  praeco  cum  duobus  saltern  laicis  senioribus,  qui  tribu* 
nal  constituunt  “ Sessionem”  vocatum ; plures  sessiones  tribunal  Presbyterii 
efficiunt,  in  quo  conveniunt  praecones  omnes  qui  ad  eas  pertinent,  una  cum 
laico  seniore  ex  qualibet : synodus  tria  saltern  presbyteria  complectitur,  et  ex 
praeconibus,  et  laicis  senioribus  pari  ratione  coustituitur : Comitia  generalia 
fiunt  semel  in  anno,  praecone  uno  ex  viginti  quatuor  cnjuslibet  presbyterii,  et 
seniore  uno  pariter  coadunatis. 

“ In  ditionibus  Angliae  rex,  vel  regina,  in  omnibus  causis  turn  Ecclesiasticis, 
turn  civilibus,  praecipuam  habet  potestatem  juxta  articulos  Anglicanos:  sed 
Episcopaliani  Americani  profitentur  civilem  Magistratum  nullam  habere  aucto- 
ritatem  in  rebus  mere  spiritualibus.  Habetur  caetus  generalis  Episcoporum  : 
“General  Convention Ministris  cum  laicis  etiam  intervenientibus.  Omnibus 
praest  Episcopus  senior  ordinatione,  qui  taman  nullam  in  caetoros  exercet  auc- 
toritatem.  Anglicani  Episcopum  Romanum  nullam  habere  in  Angliae  ditioni- 
bus  jurisdictionem  affirmant;  sed  de  eo  silent  Americani  Episcopaliani.  Me- 
thodistae  nullam  exteram  jurisdictionem  agnoscunt ; sed  Baptistae  et  Presbyte- 
riani in  Episcopum  Romauum  tamquam  Antichristum  debacchantur.”  Vol.  i. 
p.  140—141. 

We  are  much  amused  at  the  frequency  and  readiness  with 
which  our  Bishop  pays  the  high-church  prelatists  in  their 
current  coin — as  for  example,  when  he  says — “Anglicani 
autem  schismatis  crimen  vehementer  exaggerant,  sui  vnlne- 
ris  haud  memores,”  (vol.  I.  p.  145.) 


1840.] 


Kenrick's  T/icologia  Dogmulica. 


283 


Whatever  may  be  thought  of  the  Bishop’s  conclusions  in 
the  following  extracts,  he  is  certainly  entitled  to  be  heard, 
as  a witness  having  no  connexion  with  the  parlies  spoken  of. 

“ Presbyteriani  in  comitiis  suis  generalibus  agnoscunt  potestatem  judicia- 
riam  in  doctrinae  controversiis,  sed  earn  contendunt  esse  mere  declaratoriam, 
■adeo  ut  sanctae  scripturae  sint  unica  regula  fidei  et  morum.  Destruunt  mani- 
festo quod  aedificant,  dum  errorem  subesse  posse  hujosmodi  judiciis  haud  gra- 
vantur  fateri.  Deest  igitur  unitatis  principium,  nullum  enim  est  tribunal  quo 
doctrina  certo  dijudicari  valeat. 

“ De  Ecclesiae  potestate  in  controversiis  fidei  silent  Methodistae,  verba  arti- 
culorum  Anglicanorum  alioquin  plerumque  exscribentes. 

“ Baptistae  supremum  controversiarum  judicem  nullum  alium  agnoscunt 
praeter  scripturana  a Spiritu  traditam. 

“ Liquet  igitur  apud  Sectas  nullum  esse  tribunal  quo  fidei  unitas  servari 
possit,  quum  summa  judicia  incerta  ab  ipsis  agnoscantur,  et  erroris  periculo 
obnoxia.”  Vol.  i.  p.  182. 

“Ex  Paley  audivimus  quae  opinionum  licentia  obtineat  apud  eos  qui  arti- 
culis  A nglicanis  subscribunt.  Recentissime  vero  luculentum  datum  est  argu- 
mentum  confessionem  Presbyterianam  nullam  vim  apud  sectam  obtin ere ; in 
ipsis  enim  comitiis  generalibus,  singulis  fere  annis  sententiae  contrariae  obti- 
nuerunt,  alterna  fere  vice  scholae  novae,  quae  a confessionis  principiis  longissime 
discedit,  vel  scholae  veteri  Calvinianae  faventes.  Quum  autum  commenta- 
tiones  in  epistolam  ad  Romanos  a Barnesio,  Philadelphiae  ante  paucos  annos 
«dita,  haereseos  fuissent  insimulatae,  ipseque  ex  Synod i auctoritate  a munere 
praedicandi  suspensus,  Comitia  Generalia  Pittsburgi  anno  1836  euin  absolve 
runt:  anno  vero  sequenti  Comitia  Generalia  Philadelphiae  habita,  omnes  novae 
Scholae  fautores  et  Ecclesias  in  quibus  eae  circumferebantui  opiniones  a con- 
sortio  suo  absciderunt,  qua  ratione  sexcenti  fere  praecones  simul  abscissi 
dicuntur.  Haec  sane  ostendunt  confessionem  nullatenus  idoneam  fidei  unitati 
perpetuo  servandae.”  Vol.  i.  p.  184. 

“ Re  quidem  vera  Episcopaliani  nostrates  in  baptismi  administratione  omit- 
tunt  singillatim  interrogare  de  Svmbuli  articulis,  utrum  scilicet  credat  baptizan- 
dus  in  Patrem,  Filium,  et  Spiritum  Sanctum,  Sanctam  Ecclesiam  Catholicam, 
remissionern  peccatorum,  et  caetera : substituta  interrogatione  generali : utrum 
teneat  omnes  articulos  fidei  Christianae  prout  in  Syinbolo  Apostolico  continen- 
tur.  Quamvis  haec  mutado  parvi  moinenti  possit  cuiquam  videri,  ex  industria 
facta  quum  sit,  periculum  praesefert  ne  sensim  sine  sensu  a pluribus  fidei  dog- 
matibus  recedendi  quaeratur  occasio.  Quod  vcrd  ad  rem  magis  facit,  in  visita- 
tione  aegrotoium  olim  apud  Anglicanos  praescriptum  est  ut  minister  aegrotum 
hortaretur  ad  specialera  peccatorum  confessionem  peragendam,  eique  confesso 
absolutionem  auctoritate  sibi  a Christo  commissa  impertiretur:  quain  absolvendi 
potestatem  Ecclesiae  denegare  esset,  teste  Pearsonio,  haeresis  Novatiana.  Jam 
vero  omnern  mentionem  confessionis,  et  absolutionis,  Rituale  Ameiicanum 
prorsus  omittit. 

“ Quum  Methodistae  Episcopalianos  imitentur,  Baptistae  vero  et  Presbyte- 
riani nullam  fere  habeant  formam  cultus,  sed  pleraque  praeconum  permittant 
arbitrio,  qui  orationes  fundere,  legere  scripturas,  hymnos  canere,  et  conciones 
facere  pro  occasione  debent,  liquet  fidei  unitatem  in  cultu  et  sacramentorum  ad- 
nrinistratione  nullum  apud  sectas  habere  praesidium. 

“ Nullum  est  principium  apud  Sectas  quo  in  regimine  servari  possit 
unitas,  vel  foveri  sacra  cum  Christi  fidelibus  per  orhem  communio:  nam  nulla 
est  communis  auctoritas  qua  teneantur.  Comitia  Generalia  in  America  nullo 
auctoritatis  ligaraine  cum  Calvinianii  Scotis,  Anglis,  Genevcnsibus  conjungun- 

voi..  xii.  no.  2.  37 


890 


Kenrick's  Theologia  Dogmutica. 


[ April 


itur,  sed  sola  imitations  regiminis,  et  doctrinae  similitudine,  plurimis  capitibus, 
quae  odium  paritura  forent,  mutatis,  se  fratres  exhibent.  Ipsa  comitia  non 
valent  unitatem  in  sua  provincia  servare,  quum  auctoritatem  nullarn  sacrarn 
habere  agnoscantur,  et  oscillatione  quadam  in  varias  ferantur  partes.  Episco- 
paliani  nullo  communi  vinculo  tenentur,  Anglicani  enirn  regem  vel  leginam  in 
omnibus  causis  civilibus  et  Ecclesiasticjs,  intra  suam  ditionem,  suprema  aucto- 
ritate  pollere  fatentur,  quod  ex  Dei  ordinatione  repetit  rex  in  solemni  sua  decla. 
ratione  articulis  praefixa.  Nostrates  autem  conventione  generali  res  suas 
moderantur,  in  singulis  diopcesibus  coetu  quodam  statute,  quo  et  Episcoporum 
sarctetur  potestas.  Adeo  autem  carent  communionis  sax.no  vinculo,  ut  nonnisi 
humanitate  quadam  conjungi  cum  Anglicanis  dici  possint,  cujus  exercitium 
leges  Anglicanae  coercent,  vetantes  ne  exterus  quis  episcopus  in  suis  Ecclesiis 
poncionetur.  Anglicani  porro  cleri  comitia,  quae  Convocationem  vocant,  ne- 
queunt  haberi  absque  venia  regia,  qualem  etiam  sanclioncm  ejus  decreta  exigunt 
pt  vaLeant.”  Vol,  i.  p.  185 — 186. 

The  following  account  of  Calvinistic  strifes  is  as  true  as  it 
is  flattering. 

“Calviniani,  Dordracena  Synodo  habita,  in  sectas  Gomaristarum  et  Arminia- 
porum  scissi  sunt,  illos  hos  etiam  ad  mortem  nonnumquam  persequentibus. 
Nostiis  etiam  temporibus  vidimus  scissam  sectam,  jurgio  vehementiori,  et 
.contumeliis  in  foliis  in  se  invicem  latis.”  Vol.  i.  p.  1S7. 

On  the  subject  of  Presbyterian  intolerance,  hear  the  Bishop 
of  Arath,  the  worthy  organ  of  his  mild  and  merciful  Mother 
Church. 

“ Sic  Calvinus  in  Servetum  saevit : sic  Beza  saeviendum  docuit : sic  foedus 
sanguinis  inierunt  Puritani,  rege  juramento  adstricto  se  ex  suo  imperio  extermi- 
naturum  omnes  haereticos,  et  vero  Dei  cultui  adversanos : idque  muneris  civili 
magistratui  in  secundi  decalogi  praecepti  explicatione  haud  obscure  injungunt, 
quam  etiam  Presbyteriani  nostrates  retinent,  omnibus  inculcantes  se  teneri  vi 
divini  illius  praecepti  ad  sese  pro  sua  conditione  omni  falso  cultui  opponendum, 
,et  ad  monumenta  idololatriae,  qua  ratione  Catholicum  cultum  placuit  designaie, 
tollenda.”  Vol.  i.  p.  194. 

The  following  reference  to  Dr.  J.  P.  Wilson’s  work  on 
Ruling  Elders,  is,  we  think,  instructive. 

“ Calvinus  arguitur  a Wilsone,  praecone  ipso  sectae,  quod  ad  optimatum  con- 
filiandum  gratiam,  laicos  seniores  regiminis  fecerit  participes,  contra  totius 
antiquitatis  ©hristianae  sensum  et  morem.”  Vol.  i.  p.  207. 

The  Bishop  is  of  opinion  that  Protestant  missionaries  are 
more  like  travellers  than  preachers  of  the  gospel,  and  that 
no  nation  has  ever  been  converted  by  them  to  the  Christian 
faith,  (vol.  i.  p.  222.) 

As  the  apostolical  succession  is  a fashionable  topic  at  the 
present  time,  we  think  it  right  to  hear  the  Bishop  of  Arath 
pn  the  pretensions  of  the  Greek  and  English  churches. 


1840.] 


Kenrick's  Theologia  Dogmatica 


29 1 


“ Quod  autem  Graeci  ordines  habeant,  non  gravamur  fateri ; sed  Apostolical 
successionis  jura  manifesto  schismate  amissa  Sunt,  quum  fenim  Christus  unairf 
voluerit  esse  Ecclesiam,  qui  unitatis  ligamen  disrumpit,  extra  Ecclesiam  fit,  et 
jurisdictionem,  quae  ab  ipsa  pendet,  amittit.  Quod  ad  Anglicanos  attinet, 
vitium  hoc  merito  objicitur  eorum  jactatae  successioni,  ut  interim  sileatnus  de 
ordinibus  ipsis,  quos  ob  novam  formam  sub  Eduardo  rege  invectam,  et  ob  litem 
de  Parked  in  Archiepiscopum  Cantuariensem  consecratione,  nihil  valere, 
magno  consensu  Theologi  existimant.”  Vol.  i.  p.  222. 

“ Inde  igitur  infertur  societatem  omnem  quae  caret  ministerio,  qualis  est 
Amicorum,'i\i\go  Quakers,  caetus,  nullo  modo  esse  Christi  Ecclesiam:  nec 
societatem  quae  ministerium  habet,  sed  unitatis  sacrum  vinculum  disrupit, 
quod  Graeci  schismatici  fecerunt,  veram  Ecclesiam  esse : nec  quae  ordinationis 
validae  defectu,  vel  schismatis  crimine,  Apostolicae  caret  successionis  juribus, 
quod  alterutrum,  vel  potius  utrumque,  de  Anglicanis  affirmari  tuto  potest,  ulla- 
tenus  posse  Sponsae  Christi  privilegia  sibi  vindicare.  Omni  autem  umbra 
successionis  Apostolicae,  vel  legitimi  ministerii  carent,  Calviniani,  Methodistae, 
Baptistae,  Unitariani,  Universalistae,  caeterique  sectarii.”  Vol.  i.  p.  235. 

In  the  fallowing  paragraph  the  Bishop  shows  an  accurate 
acquaintance,  not  only  with  the  difference  between  our  prin- 
cipal denominations,  but  with  the  subdivisions  which  exist 
in  one  of  them. 

“ Plerique  sectarii  in  hac  regione  vel  Episcopale  regimen  prorsus  rejiciunt, 
vel  illud  ad  Ecclesiasticam  politiam  rfeferunt,  quin  a Christi  institutione  deri- 
vetur.  Presbyteriani  contendunt  nullam  specialem  auctoritatem  regiminis 
Episcopi  vocabulo  designari,  sed  de  simplici  quovis  animarum  pastore  illud 
usuipari.  Iis  Baptistae,  ut  plerumque,  assentiuntur.  Methodistae  nonnulli 
Episcopalis  regiminis  nomen  retinerit,  sed  illud  repetunt  ex  Wesleyi  in  hanc 
formam  voluntate  magis  propensa,  eum  Episcopatus  sui  auctorem  agnoscentes. 
Episcopaliani  eo  gloriantur;  sed  ex  Apostolorum  institutione  illud  derivat 
White,  qui,  moderations  laudem  cupiens,  animadvertit  Ecclesiafn  Anglicam 
absolutam  ejus  necessitatem  numquam  affirmasse,  et  Bancroftum  ipsum,  dutn 
ageretur  de  Episcopis  Scotiae  dandis,  ab  ea  quaestione  dirimenda  consult® 
abstinuisse,  ne  omnes  pene  Ecclesiae  reformatae  ministerio  carere  viderehtur.” 
Vol.  i.  p.  246. 

The  contrast  between  the  Papists  and  the  Quakers  is  exhi- 
bited in  very  bold  relief  as  follows. 

“ Amici,  quos  Quakeros  vocant,  tenent  universis  prorsus  hominibus  lumen- 
interius  dari,  quo  quae  ad  salutem  spectant  noscere  valeant,  et  salutem  reapse 
assequi,  etsi  ignorent  historiam  Jesu.  Catholica  doctrina  in  Concilio  Latera- 
nensi  III.  exposita  est  his  verbis : ‘ Una  vero  est  fitfelium  universalis  Ecclesia, 
extra  quam  nullus  omnino  salvatur.’  ” Vol.  i.  p.  313.- 


The  following  sentence  would  be  rather  startling,  if  the 
context  did  not  show  that  by  biblical  system,  Bishop  Ken- 
rick  means  the  system  of  the  Bible  Society,  or  the  indiscri-' 
minate  circulation  of  the  scriptures: 

“ Callaghan,  minister  Protestanticus  in  Hibernia,  egregie  vitium  systemati*- 
Biblici  exposuit.”  Vol.  i.  p.  431,  note. 


292 


Kenrick’s  Theologia  Dogmatica.  [April 


In  speaking  of  those  who  have  denied  the  doctrine  of  ori- 
ginal  sin,  our  author  brings  together  some  who  never  could 
have  dreamed  of  being  placed  in  the  same  category: 

“ Hoc  dogma  negavit  qninto  saeculo  ineunte  Pelagius  monachus  laicus  e 
Britannia,  Coelestio  Scot©  assentiente;  quibus  praeclare  restitit  Augustinus, 
quosque  concilia  et  Fontifices  damnarunt.  Albieenses  in  eodem  haeserunt 
luto,  sicut  Zuinglius  etiam,  et  Socinus  uterque.  Illud  negant  aperte  Unitarii 
hodierni.  Novissime  Albertus  Birnesius,  praeco  presbyterianus,  illud  evellere- 
studuit,  arte  quadem  et  industria,  editis  in  epistolam  S.  Pauli  and  Romanos 
commentationibus,  quae  magnum  in  secta  conflaverunt  incendium.  Profitetur 
quidem  se  rem  ipsam  admittere,  ex  quo  peccavit  Adam  totum  humanum  genus 
in  peccatum  et  interitum  prolapsum  ; sed  theoriam  nullam  ab  Apostolo  statu- 
tam  dicit,  a qua  igitur  statuenda  abstinendum  est.  Re  tamen  vera  ipse  suam 
mentem  prodit,  occasionem  lapsus  caeteris  hominibus  ex  Adae  peccato  ortam, 
sed  nullam  veram  peccati  labcm.  Latet  anguis  in  berba;  de  theoria  enim  sta- 
tuenda haud  agitur,  sed  de  re  ipsa:  utrum  scilicet  peccante  Adamo,  universi 
homines  constituti  sint  peccatores,  et  idcirco  morti  obnoxii : non  adhuc  quaeri- 
tur  quomodo  id  contigerit,  qua  ratione  reatus  ille  transfundatur,  quave  in  re 
peccati  hujus  natura  sit  posita.  Has  quaestiones  ad  theorias  relegari  patimur 
libenter : sed  dogma,  rem,  factum  negat,  qui  dicit  homines  Adae  posteros  tunc 
primum  peccatores  constitui,  quando  suis  actibus  deliquerunt ; Apostolus 
quippe  docet  omnes  Adae  peccato  peccatores  constitutes.”  Vol.  ii.  p.  38-39. 

In  the  following  paragraph,  too,  the  Presbyterians  and 
Quakers  are  somewhat  unexpectedly  brought  together: 

“ Dordracena  synodus  definivit : ‘ Deus  . . . Spiritum  Sanctum  etiam 

in  tristibus  lapsibus  a suis  non  prorsus  aufert,  nec  eo  usque  eos  prolabi  sinit,  ut 
a gratia  adoptionis,  ac  justifieationis  statu  excidant.’  Id  tradunt  aperte  Pres- 
byteriani  hodierni.  Quakeri  dicunt  ad  tantam  perfectionem  perveniri  posse, 
ut  quis  in  apostasiam  totalem  haud  amplius  labi  valeat.”  Vol.  ii.  p.  338. 

We  commend  the  following  statement  to  the  notice  of  the 
Baptists,  Presbyterians,  and  Mr.  Barnes: 

“ Barnesius,  commentationibus  in  Pauli  ad  Romanos  epistolam  plura  de 
Christo  Deo  inseruit ; adjunxit  tamen  eum  Filium  designari  ex  tempore  quo 
humana  indutus  came  apparuit,  et  scripturas  piorsus  silere  de  ulla  ejus  proces- 
sione  antequam  homo  factus  sit.  Liquet  hac  ratione  distinctionem  personarum 
tolli,  et  veterem  haeresim  sub  involucris  renovari.  Equidem  constat  Arianos  et 
Humanitarios  in  Presbyterianorum  et  Baptistarum  sectis  plurimos  reperiri.” 
Vol.  ii.  p.  79. 

That  nothing  might  appear  to  have  escaped  his  notice,  the 
bishop  thus  alludes  to  a matter  which  has  recently  attracted 
much  attention  in  this  country: 

“ In  magnetismo  animali,  quo  quis  eorum  quae  procul  sunt  conseius  fieri 
dicitur,  spiritu  illuc  nescio  quo  pacto  se  transferente,  et  uti  dicitur,  imaginatione 
operante  extra  proprium  corpus,  nullam  daemoniacam  operam  interesse  suspica- 
mur,  sed  vel  artem  quandam,  vel  illusionem,  quamvis  recentissime  in  hac  ipsa 
regione,  plura  miraque  relata  sint,  quibus  homines  Acatholici  judicio  graves  ad- 
hibucruut  fidem.”  Vol.  ii.  p.  75. 


1840.]  Kenrick’s  Theologia  Dogmatica. 


293 


With  all  his  variety  of  knowledge,  however,  there  are 
two  omissions,  which  evince  that  he  is  still  behind  the  age. 
Unless  our  very  cursory  perusal  does  the  work  injustice,  it 
contains  no  reference  either  to  the  German  Christianity, 
now  taking  root  in  some  parts  of  America,  or  to  the  Oxford 
Christianity,  already  bearing  fruit  in  others.  We  are,  indeed, 
inclined  to  think,  after  all,  that  America,  to  Bishop  Kenrick, 
means  Philadelphia,  and  that  to  this  circumstance  may  be 
ascribed  the  unenviable  prominence  given  in  his  work  to 
certain  writers  and  preachers  of  that  goodly  city. 

As  the  bishop,  more  than  once,  rather  unadvisedly  admits 
the  great  diversity  of  sentiment  existing  among  Romanists 
themselves,  the  question  naturally  arises,  to  which  school  or 
sect  of  the  infallible  and  only-saved  he  happens  to  belong. 
At  the  end  of  the  second  volume,  he  replies  to  this  inquiry, 
and  asserts  his  claim  to  be  considered  a good  “ catholic,”  as 
follows: 

“ Quamvis  nulli  scholae  necessaiio  nos  addictos  profiteamur,  in  haereticorum 
solvendis  objectionibus  qualibet  sententia  calholica  uti  licere  existiroavimus. 
Placet  nobis  celebre  Augustini  effatum : Iff  necxssariis  unitas,  in  dubiis 
xibertas,  in  omnibus  caritas.  Quod  si  aliquid  nobis  exciderit,  in  re  adeo 
difficili,  quod  sanae  doctrinae  haud  consonum  reperiatur,  Apostolicae  Sedis  ju- 
dicio  illud  revocatum  habendum  erit:  quae  enim  scripsimas,  sicut  et  quae  su- 
mus  scripturi,  summo  illi  praesuli,  qui,  Petri  cathedram  tenens  fidei  ejus  haeres 
constituitur,  ex  animo  subjicimus,  nullum  majus  privilegium  nobis  vindicantes, 
quam  lidei  ejusdem  et  communionis  consortium.”  Vol.  if.  p.  389. 

We  have  suffered  the  bishop  to  speak  for  himself,  and  for 
the  most  part  at  our  own  expense.  For  after  all,  what  is 
there  more  d'stinctive  of  the  Papist  and  the  Protestant  than 
this,  that  while  the  latter  dares  to  spread  before  his  hearers 
the  worst  that  his  worst  enemies  can  say  against  him,  the 
former,  not  content  with  his  expurgatory  index,  is  afraid  to- 
trust  his  followers  with  the  word  of  God? 


QUARTERLY  LIST 


or 

NEW  BOOKS  AND  PAMPHLETS. 


An  Historical  Account  of  the  First  Settlement  of  Salem,  in  West  Jersey,  by' 
John  Fenwick,  Esq.,  chief  proprietor  of  the  same.  With  many  of  the  im- 
portant events  that  have  occurred  down  to  the  present  generation.  By  R. 
G.  Johnson,  Philadelphia.  Published  by  Orrin  Rogers:  1839.  12mo. 
pp.  173. 

We  hardly  knowhow  our  aged  men  of  leisure  and  opportunity  can  render 
a better  service  to  the  literature  of  the  country  than  by  preparing  and  pub- 
lishing just  such  books  as  this.  Col.  Johnson  has  here  given  us  a history  of 
the  county  of  Salem ; an  account  of  its  first  settlement ; to  a certain  extent  of 
the  origin  of  its  inhabitants ; of  the  formation  of  its  churches  of  different 
denominations ; of  legislative  enactments  and  judicial  proceedings ; and  its 
sacrifices  and  struggles  in  the  revolutionary  war.  It  is  evident  at  once  that 
if  we  could  have  similar  authentic  accounts  of  the  several  counties  in  our 
State,  wc  should  have  a basis  for  its  civil  and  religious  history  of  inestimable 
importance.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that  the  materials  of  history  can  be  pre- 
served and  rendered  accessible  to  the  general  historian.  It  is  impossible  for 
any  one  man  to  have  access  to  the  county  records ; to  the  archives  of  churches, 
to  the  family  traditions  over  a whole  state.  The  collection  and  publication  of 
these  materials  must  be  left  to  the  intelligent  inhabitants  of  each  particular 
district.  We  tender  Col.  Johnson,  therefore,  our  hearty  thanks  for  his  inte- 
resting and  instructive  little  volume,  and  hope  that  his  example  may  be 
speedily  followed  by  equally  qualified  writers  in  every  part  of  the  country. 

A Sermon  on  the  present  crisis  in  the  Missionary  operations  of  the  American 
Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions.  By  Rufus  Anderson,  D.D., 
one  of  the  Secretaries  of  the  Board : 1840. 

It  appears  from  this  discourse  that  there  is  great  danger  of  the  income  of 
this  venerable  Board  falling  short  to  an  alarming  extent  during  the  current 
year.  The  deficiency  for  the  first  five  months  is  stated  at  38,000  dollars. 
Should  the  residue  of  the  year  prove  equally  unproductive,  the  receipts  will 
not  exceed  two-thirds  of  what  they  were  in  each  of  the  last  three  years.  The 
consequences  of  such  a deficiency  would  be  most  disastrous.  It  must  occasion 
the  breaking  up  of  whole  missions.  The  causes  of  this  decline  in  the  resources 
of  the  Board  are  no  doubt  various.  The  most  obvious  is  the  general  finan- 
cial embarrassment  of  the  country.  This,  however,  though  it  has  to  a great 


1840.] 


Quarterly  List  of  New  Books. 


295 


extent  diminished  the  large  contributions  of  the  rich,  has  not  so  much  affected 
the  numerous  and  more  important  contributions  of  the  poor.  Another  cause 
is  the  dying  out  in  many  places  of  the  old  organizations  for  raising  money. 
Formerly  there  were  sixteen  hundred  associations,  male  and  female,  for  this 
this  purpose  ; now  there  are  but  six  hundred.  The  place  of  these  associations 
is  most  imperfectly  supplied  by  congregational  collections.  One  of  the  reme- 
dies for  the  evils  under  which  the  Board  now  labours,  is  suggested  by  this 
statement.  It  is  a return  to  the  old  and  more  efficient  organizations.  How 
effectual  this  would  probably  prove,  may  be  inferred  from  the  case  of  the 
churches  of  Boston.  Last  year  they  raised  by  congregational  collections, 
$4,836 ; this  year,  by  even  a partial  return  to  the  old  plan,  $9,940.  These 
organizations  may  be  perfectly  simple.  They  need  only  a treasurer  and  col- 
lectors. The  th in g- to  be  done  is  to  present  the  claims  of  missions  personally 
to  every  member  of  the  church  and  congregation.  We  are  persuaded  that 
this  is  the  right  method  for  that  Board,  and  for  those  immediately  connected 
with  our  own  church.  We  sincerely  hope  that  Dr.  Anderson’s  impressive 
appeal  may  be  the  means  of  speedily  relieving  the  Board  from  all  its  diffi- 
culties. 

The  Polymicrian  Lexicon  to  the  New  Testament.  By  W.  Greenfield.  Phi- 
ladelphia: Henry  Perkins,  134  Chesnut  street.  Boston:  Perkins  & 

Marvin,  114  Washington  Street. 

We  are  always  glad  to  see  our  press  attempting  to  rival  the  English  in 
the  pubhcation  and  style  of  standard  works.  This  one  we  think  decidedly 
superior  to  the  English  edition.  The  type  is  larger  and  more  distinct,  the 
page  is  a better  size  and  shape,  the  price  is  much  less,  and  the  proof  is  more 
correct.  This  latter  quality  is  owing  to  the  indefatigable  industry  and  accu- 
racy of  Mr.  Joseph  P.  Engles,  who  acted  as  editor.  This  Lexicon  is  intended 
to  match  an  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament,  published  a few  months  ago, 
under  the  same  auspices.  We  are  glad  that  the  scholarship,  industry  and 
accuracy  of  Mr.  Engles  has  been  turned  to  account  in  this  way,  and  that  we 
have  at  last  an  opportunity  to  bear  our  testimony  to  qualifications,  which  have 
been  so  long  devoted  to  the  cause  of  education  and  religion,  privately  and 
anonymously.  For  the  information  of  those  not  acquainted  with  this  Lexicon, 
in  its  English  dress,  we  would  state  that  it  is  based  on  Wahl’s  Lexicon,  as 
translated  and  improved  by  Professor  Robinson.  It  has  all  the  words  in  the 
New  Testament  and  those  in  Griesbach’s  various  readings,  with  their  deriva- 
tions, principal  inflections,  and  copious  definitions,  supported  by  references  to 
the  passages  where  the  word  is  so  applied.  When  bound  with  the  Testament 
it  still  makes  a very  small  pocket  volume,  and  is  an  invaluable  apparatus  for 
studying  the  New  Testament.  The  enterprising  publisher  deserves  the 
thanks  of  Biblical  students;  and,  what  will  be  as  much  to  their  interest  as  his, 
their  patronage.  The  perfect  convenience  of  this  arrangement  will  often 
tempt  one  to  look  into  his  Greek  Testament,  and  investigate  the  etymology  or 
exact  shade  of  meaning  of  a word  or  passage,  when  he  would  have  neglected 


296  Quarterly  List  of  New  Books.  [April 

to  do  so,  if  possessed  of  only  the  more  cumbrous,  though  more  detailed  and 
perfect  books  on  the  subject. 

The  Great  Concern  of  Salvation.  By  the  Rev.  Thomas  Halyburton.  Phila- 
delphia: Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication.  William  S.  Martien,  Pub- 
lishing Agent  : 1839. 

Though  this  work  has  been  published  some  months,  it  has  not  fallen  in  our 
way  till  recently.  We  are  surely  safe  in  presuming  that  our  readers  are 
well  acquainted  with  the  vigour  of  intellect,  and  the  deep  and  scriptural 
piety  which  characterize  this  great  man’s  writings.  It  is  only  necessary  to 
say,  that  the  abridgment  of  the  work,  (for  it  has  been  re-written  and  abridged 
for  the  Board  of  Publication,  by  the  Rev.  C.  Corss,)  seems  to  us  to  be  admi- 
rably done.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  how  any  one  can  give  this  work  a 
serious  and  thorough  perusal,  without  a deep  and  fixed  conviction,  that  sal- 
vation is,  indeed,  the  great  concern,  and  a clear  view,  (so  far  as  spiritual 
truth  can  be  made  clear  without  divine  influence,)  of  the  nature  of  that  salva- 
tion, and  of  the  manner  in  which  it  becomes  available  for  sinners. 

The  Pleasures  of  Religion.  By  Henry  Forster  Burder,  D.D.  Philadelphia: 
Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication.  W.  S.  Martien,  Publishing  Agent. 
The  author  treats  in  a truly  pleasing  and  persuasive  manner,  the  following 
topics: — The  Pleasures  which  constitute  True  Happiness  : The  Pleasures  of 
a Good  Conscience  : The  Pleasures  of  an  Enlightened  Intellect:  The  Plea- 
sures which  arise  from  the  Exercise  of  the  Affections  in  Religion : The 
Pleasures  of  Obedience  to  the  Will  of  God : The  Pleasures  of  Prayer  and 
Praise : The  Pleasures  of  the  Sabbath : The  Pleasures  arising  from  the  doc- 
trine of  Divine  Providence : The  Pleasures  of  Hope  : The  Pleasure  of  Doing 
Good:  The  Pleasures  of  the  Heavenly  State:  The  Pleasures  of  Early 
Piety. — This  is  too  rich  a field  for  such  a mind  to  fail  of  gathering  an  ample 
and  precious  harvest.  The  book  also  possesses  another  quality,  with  whioh 
it  is  more  diffieult  to  clothe  the  discussion  of  such  a subject; — it  is  decidedly 
attractive  even  to  those  who  may  not  be  much  inclined  to  seriousness. 

The  Spirit  of  Prayer.  By  the  Rev.  Nathaniel  Vincent,  A.M.  Philadelphia 
Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication.  W.  S.  Martien,  Publishing  Agent : 
1840. 

The  language,  style  and  manner  of  this  little  work  are  somewhat  old  fash- 
ioned : but  it  is,  (as  old  fashioned  books  generally  are,)  a rich,  scriptural 
discussion  of  the  subject.  The  author  treats  of  the  spirit  and  occasions  of 
prayer, — “ Pray  always of  the  parts,  and  different  kinds  of  prayer, — 
“ With  all  prayer ,”  the  nature  of  right  prayer, — “ Supplication  in  the 
Spirit the  duty  and  necessity  of  watching  along  with  prayer, — “ Watching' 
thereunto  the  best  manner,  and  the  importance  of,  persevering  in  prayer, — 
“ With  all  perseverance and  the  enlarged  and  liberal  spirit  of  prayer, — 
“ Supplication  for  all  saints This  little  book  is  highly  instructive  and 
practical ; and  breathes  a sweet  spirit. 


1840.] 


Quarterly  List  of  New  Books. 


297 


A Sermon  delivered  to  the  Presbyterian  Congregation  of  Trenton,  N.  J.,  at  the 
Dedication  of  their  new  house  of  worship,  January  19,  1840.  By  John  W. 
Yeomans.  Trenton:  1840. 

This  sermon  is  distinguished  by  that  refinement  of  thought  and  polish  of 
diction  for  which  Mr.  Yeomans’  writings  are  remarkable.  The  discourse  is 
founded  on  a passage  in  the  66th  Psalm,  of  which  a very  ingenious  interpre- 
tation is  given,  which  rests  upon  the  hypothesis  of  its  being  a pious  contem- 
plation of  the  future  grandeur  of  that  temple  which  the  warrior  Psalmist  was 
not  to  be  allowed  to  see  otherwise  than  in  prophetic  vision.  This  forms  the 
introduction.  The  residue  of  the  discourse  is  principally  taken  up  in  exhibit- 
ing the  bfessedness  connected  with  dwelling  “in  the  courts  of  the  Lord;” 
with  having  a family  locaiion  in  a place  devoted  to  the  worship  of  God.  A 
most  appropriate  subject  for  a dedication  sermon.  And  it  is  treated  with  a 
felicity,  good  taste  and  pious  feeling  which  must  have  rendered  it  peculiarly 
acceptable  to  the  intelligent  congregation  to  which  it  was  addressed. 

A History  of  the  Rise,  Progress,  Genius  and  Character  of  American  Presby- 
terianism : together  with  a Review  of  “ The  Constitutional  History  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America.  By  Charles  Hodge, 
Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary,  Princeton,  N.  J.”  By  William 
Hill,  D.D.  Washington:  J.  Gideon,  Ji.  1840.  pp.  240. 

As  we  have  just  received  this  work,  we  can  do  little  more  than  announce  its 
title.  This  volume  is  the  first  of  a series  which  Dr.  Hill  proposes  to  publish 
on  the  history  of  our  church.  The  present  number  is  altogether  preliminary, 
bringing  the  history  no  further  than  to  the  formation  of  the  first  presbytery  in 
1705.  As  we  hope  to  have  the  opportunity  of  paying  our  respects  to  Dr.  Hill 
in  our  next  number,  we  dismiss  his  work  for  the  present  with  this  slight 
notice. 

Notes,  Critical,  Explanatory  and  Practical  on  the  Book  of  the  Prophet  Isaiah. 
By  Albert  Barnes.  Three  vols.  8vo. 

We  have  not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  this  work.  But  as  Mr. 
Barnes  is  so  well  known,  both  as  a writer  and  commentator,  our  readers  can  be 
at  no  loss  to  form  a probable  estimate  of  its  character. 

A Serious  Call  to  a Devout  and  Holy  Life : adapted  to  all  orders  of  Chris- 
tians. By  the  Rev.  William  Law,  A.M.  Carefully  revised  and  abridged, 
by  Howard  Malcom,  A.M.  Third  stereotype  edition.  Boston  : Gould, 
Kendall  & Lincoln.  1839.  18mo.  pp.  336. 

As  reprints  of  this  celebrated  and  extraordinary  book  are  continually  de- 
manded, it  is  certainly  desirable  that  it  should  be  given  to  the  public,  as  in 
the  present  instance,  purged  from  those  sentiments  which  are  repugnant  to 
the  views  of  the  great  bulk  of  Christians.  This  expurgation  Mr.  Malcom 
appears  to  have  effected  in  an  honest  and  laudable  manner.  But  the  great 
vice  of  the  work  is  one  which  no  pruning  can  reach ; its  defect,  namely,  of 
the  gospel.  Admitting  to  the  full  the  piety,  the  ascetic  fascinations,  and  ths 

vol.  xii.  no.  2.  38 


298 


Quarterly  List  of  New  Books.  [April 


cogent  eloquence  of  the  work  which  struck  the  minds,  not  only  of  Johnson 
and  Wesley,  hut  of  Gibbon,  we  must  still  protest  against  a Christless  devo- 
tion. No  doubt  we  should  agree  with  the  excellent  editor  in  our  opinion  of 
the  only  way  of  entering  on  a life  of  religion,  but  we  disagree  with  him  in 
thinking  that  it  is  a sufficient  apology  for  the  absence  of  Christ’s  justifying 
righteousness  and  “ the  mode  of  conversion,”  that  the  book  was  addressed  to 
pro fusseil  Christians.  For  every  chaptei  of  the  work  shows  that  those  to 
whom  it  is  addressed,  whether  professed  Christians  or  not,  are  such  as  need, 
first  of  all,  to  be  led  to  Him  who  is  the  Way,  the  Truth,  and  the  Life.  If 
the  beautiful  volume  can  be  read,  with  a due  sense  of  this,  it  may  be’as  useful 
as  it  is  popular.